4. 舍堕篇巴利
4. Nissaggiyakaṇḍaṃ
第一咖提那学处的注释巴利
1. Paṭhamakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
三十种舍堕法,是寂静者所宣说的;
现在我要为它们作前所未有的词句解释。巴利
Tiṃsa nissaggiyā dhammā, ye vuttā samitāvinā; Tesaṃ dāni karissāmi, apubbapadavaṇṇanaṃ.
459 那时,佛陀世尊住在毗舍离的乔达摩塔庙。当时,世尊允许比丘们使用三衣。这里说的“三衣”,就是下衣、上衣和僧伽梨,这三种衣服被允许使用。至于在哪里允许的、什么时候允许的、因为什么原因允许的,这些在《衣犍度·耆婆事》里都已经讲到了。比丘们另外拿一套三衣进村,也就是跟住在精舍和洗澡时穿的那套不同,这样每天穿着九件新衣。巴利
459. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati gotamake cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ ticīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ hotīti ettha ticīvaranti antaravāsako uttarāsaṅgo saṅghāṭīti idaṃ cīvarattayaṃ paribhuñjituṃ anuññātaṃ hoti. Yattha panetaṃ anuññātaṃ, yadā ca anuññātaṃ, yena ca kāraṇena anuññātaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ cīvarakkhandhake jīvakavatthusmiṃ (mahāva. 326 ādayo) āgatameva. Aññeneva ticīvarena gāmaṃ pavisantīti yena vihāre acchanti nhānañca otaranti, tato aññena, evaṃ divase divase nava cīvarāni dhārenti.
460 “已生起”:这是从获得的角度说“已生起”,为随后的制定戒条打开方便之门,而不是从完成的角度说的。巴利
460.Uppannaṃ hotīti anupaññattiyā dvāraṃ dadamānaṃ paṭilābhavasena uppannaṃ hoti, no nipphattivasena.
“想送给具寿舍利弗”这句话是说:据说,具寿阿难认为,除了世尊以外,再没有另一个人具备这样殊胜的功德,所以他出于对功德的敬重,特别护念具寿舍利弗。他每次得到合意的衣服,都会先染色、点上标记,然后送给这位长老;饭前得到上好的粥、嚼食或钵食,也送给这位长老;饭后得到蜂蜜、糖浆之类,也送给这位长老;从施主家里把孩子们带出来让他们出家时,也是让孩子们到这位长老跟前受依止,自己则替他们做告白羯磨。具寿舍利弗也这样想:“父亲该做的事,本来就是长子的责任;该由我为世尊做的事,阿难正在做。依靠阿难,我才能少事少务地安住。”因此他也特别护念具寿阿难,得到合意的衣服时,也同样送给阿难长老,完全和前面说的一样。应当知道,他们就是这样出于对功德的敬重而互相护念,所以那时那件衣服出现时,也是“想送给具寿舍利弗”。巴利
Āyasmato sāriputtassa dātukāmo hotīti āyasmā kira ānando bhagavantaṃ ṭhapetvā añño evarūpo guṇavisiṭṭho puggalo natthīti guṇabahumānena āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ atimamāyati. So sadāpi manāpaṃ cīvaraṃ labhitvā rajitvā kappabinduṃ datvā therasseva deti, purebhatte paṇītaṃ yāgukhajjakaṃ vā piṇḍapātaṃ vā labhitvāpi therasseva deti, pacchābhatte madhuphāṇitādīni labhitvāpi therasseva deti, upaṭṭhākakulehi dārake nikkhāmetvā pabbājetvāpi therassa santike upajjhaṃ gāhāpetvā sayaṃ anusāvanakammaṃ karoti. Āyasmāpi sāriputto ‘‘pitu kattabbakiccaṃ nāma jeṭṭhaputtassa bhāro, taṃ mayā bhagavato kattabbaṃ kiccaṃ ānando karoti, ahaṃ ānandaṃ nissāya appossukko viharituṃ labhāmī’’ti āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ ativiya mamāyati, sopi manāpaṃ cīvaraṃ labhitvā ānandattherasseva detīti sabbaṃ purimasadisameva . Evaṃ guṇabahumānena mamāyanto tadā uppannampi taṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa dātukāmo hotīti veditabbo.
世尊在第九天或第十天回来。这里有人可能会问:长老怎么知道呢?他是通过很多理由知道的。据说,舍利弗长老要外出游化各地时,一定会先向阿难长老告辞才出发,说:我会在多少天之内回来,这段时间里,你不要疏忽对世尊的照顾。如果不能当面告辞,也会派比丘去传话后才走。如果他在别处安居,就会对先回来的比丘们传话说:请以我的名义,用头顶礼世尊的双足,并问候阿难长老健康,然后告诉他,我将在某天回来。而且他总是会在预先说好的那一天回来。另外,具寿阿难也能靠推断知道:具寿舍利弗忍受与世尊分离,已经安住这么多天了,从现在起,他一定不会超过某一天,肯定会回来。因为凡是智慧广大的人,对世尊的爱敬也深,靠这个道理也能知道。他就是通过这样许多理由知道的。所以说:世尊在第九天或第十天回来。这样说之后,因为这条学处属于制戒罪,不是性罪,所以世尊就按照具寿阿难所说的同样时限,说:那时,世尊……应持。如果长老预告的是半个月或一个月,世尊也会允许。巴利
Navamaṃ vā bhagavā divasaṃ dasamaṃ vāti ettha pana sace bhaveyya ‘‘kathaṃ thero jānātī’’ti? Bahūhi kāraṇehi jānāti. Sāriputtatthero kira janapadacārikaṃ pakkamanto ānandattheraṃ āpucchitvāva pakkamati ‘‘ahaṃ ettakena nāma kālena āgacchissāmi, etthantare bhagavantaṃ mā pamajjī’’ti. Sace sammukhā na āpucchati, bhikkhū pesetvāpi āpucchitvāva gacchati. Sace aññattha vassaṃ vasati, ye paṭhamataraṃ bhikkhū āgacchanti, te evaṃ pahiṇati ‘‘mama vacanena bhagavato ca pāde sirasā vandatha, ānandassa ca ārogyaṃ vatvā maṃ ‘asukadivase nāma āgamissatī’ti vadathā’’ti sadā ca yathāparicchinnadivaseyeva eti. Apicāyasmā ānando anumānenapi jānāti ‘‘ettake divase bhagavatā viyogaṃ sahanto adhivāsento āyasmā sāriputto vasi, ito dāni paṭṭhāya asukaṃ nāma divasaṃ na atikkamissati addhā āgamissatī’’ti. Yesaṃ yesañhi paññā mahatī tesaṃ tesaṃ bhagavati pemañca gāravo ca mahā hotīti iminā nayenāpi jānāti. Evaṃ bahūhi kāraṇehi jānāti. Tenāha – ‘‘navamaṃ vā bhagavā divasaṃ dasamaṃ vā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte yasmā idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paṇṇattivajjaṃ, na lokavajjaṃ; tasmā āyasmatā ānandena vuttasadisameva paricchedaṃ karonto ‘‘atha kho bhagavā…pe… dhāretu’’nti. Sace pana therena addhamāso vā māso vā uddiṭṭho abhavissa, sopi bhagavatā anuññāto assa.
462-3 “衣已做成时”,是指无论以哪一种完成方式,衣已经做成了。不过,因为那件衣也可能由于制作而完成,也可能由于丢失等而完成,所以在逐项解释时,为了只显示它的含义,才说“比丘的衣已做……”等。其中,“已做”是指以缝纫工作结束而做成;所谓缝纫工作结束,就是做完一切该用针做的活,比如系带、纽结、边缘,然后把针收起来。“已失”是指被贼等拿走,这也因为制作障碍已经结束,所以称为“已完成”。“已坏”是指被白蚁等咬坏。“已烧”是指被火烧。“或衣的期望已断”:“我将于某家得到衣服”这样的期望已经生起,而此期望已断,这也应知因制作障碍的结束而成为“已作成”的状态。巴利
462-3.Niṭṭhitacīvarasminti yena kenaci niṭṭhānena niṭṭhite cīvarasmiṃ. Yasmā pana taṃ cīvaraṃ karaṇenapi niṭṭhitaṃ hoti, nassanādīhipi tasmāssa padabhājane atthamattameva dassetuṃ bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ kataṃ vā hotītiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha katanti sūcikammapariyosānena kataṃ, sūcikammapariyosānaṃ nāma yaṃkiñci sūciyā kattabbaṃ pāsapaṭṭagaṇṭhikapaṭṭapariyosānaṃ katvā sūciyā paṭisāmanaṃ. Naṭṭhanti corādīhi haṭaṃ, etampi hi karaṇapalibodhassa niṭṭhitattā niṭṭhitanti vuccati. Vinaṭṭhanti upacikādīhi khāyitaṃ. Daḍḍhanti agginā daḍḍhaṃ. Cīvarāsā vā upacchinnāti ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma kule cīvaraṃ labhissāmī’’ti yā cīvarāsā uppannā hoti, sā vā upacchinnā, etesampi hi karaṇapalibodhasseva niṭṭhitattā niṭṭhitabhāvo veditabbo.
“咖提那已被撤除时”,意思就是咖提那已被撤除的时候。由此说明第二种障碍不存在。不过,咖提那的撤除方式,要么是依八种事中的某一种,要么是依僧团内部的撤除,所以解释这个地方时,就说了“八种事”等等。其中,“诸比丘,有八种事能撤除咖提那——离去而撤、完成而撤、决定而撤、毁坏而撤、听闻而撤、期望断绝而撤、越界而撤、共同撤除”,这八种事见于《咖提那犍度》。僧团内部的撤除则见于比丘尼分别:“尊者,请僧团听我说。如果僧团觉得时机合适,僧团就撤除咖提那。这是公告。尊者,请僧团听我说。僧团撤除咖提那。哪位尊者同意撤除咖提那,就保持沉默;谁不同意,就说出来。咖提那已由僧团撤除,僧团同意,所以沉默。我这样受持。”这里本该说明的内容,我们会在它出现的地方再解释。如果在这里讲,就必须引出原文,还要解释义理;而且即使讲了也不容易理解,因为讲在了不适当的地方。巴利
Ubbhatasmiṃ kathineti kathine ca ubbhatasmiṃ. Etena dutiyassa palibodhassa abhāvaṃ dasseti. Taṃ pana kathinaṃ yasmā aṭṭhasu vā mātikāsu ekāya antarubbhārena vā uddharīyati, tenassa niddese ‘‘aṭṭhannaṃ mātikāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘aṭṭhimā, bhikkhave, mātikā kathinassa ubbhārāya – pakkamanantikā, niṭṭhānantikā, sanniṭṭhānantikā, nāsanantikā, savanantikā, āsāvacchedikā, sīmātikkantikā, sahubbhārā’’ti evaṃ aṭṭha mātikāyo kathinakkhandhake āgatā. Antarubbhāropi ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho; yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho kathinaṃ uddhareyya, esā ñatti. Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho; saṅgho kathinaṃ uddharati, yassāyasmato khamati, kathinassa ubbhāro, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Ubbhataṃ saṅghena kathinaṃ, khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti (pāci. 926) evaṃ bhikkhunīvibhaṅge āgato. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ āgataṭṭhāneyeva vaṇṇayissāma. Idha pana vuccamāne pāḷi āharitabbā hoti, atthopi vattabbo. Vuttopi ca na suviññeyyo hoti, aṭṭhāne vuttattāya.
“以十日为限”的意思是:十天是最大的期限,所以叫“以十日为限”;意思是应当在这段以十日为限的时间里持守。不过在《分别》里,只是为了显示这个义理才说“应持守十日为限的状态”。这里要说的其实是:所谓“以十日为限”,就是指这个十日为限的状态、十日为限的性质,只要不超过这段时间,就应当持守。巴利
Dasāhaparamanti dasa ahāni paramo paricchedo assāti dasāhaparamo, taṃ dasāhaparamaṃ kālaṃ dhāretabbanti attho. Padabhājane pana atthamattameva dassetuṃ ‘‘dasāhaparamatā dhāretabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘dasāhaparama’’nti ettha yā dasāhaparamatā dasāhaparamabhāvo, ayaṃ ettako kālo yāva nātikkamati tāva dhāretabbanti.
因为不属于已决意、已分配的衣,所以是多余的衣,就叫“多余衣”。正因如此,在《分别》中才说“未决意、未分配”。巴利
Adhiṭṭhitavikappitesu apariyāpannattā atirekaṃ cīvaranti atirekacīvaraṃ. Tenevassa padabhājane vuttaṃ ‘‘anadhiṭṭhitaṃ avikappita’’nti.
六种衣中的任何一种,就是亚麻衣、棉衣、绢衣、毛衣、麻衣、粗麻布衣,也就是这六种衣中的某一种。这里先说明了衣的种类,接着为了说明尺寸,就说“适合分配的最下等衣”。它的尺寸是:长两拃,宽一拃。关于这一点,圣典中说:“诸比丘,我允许把适合分配的最下等衣,长为善逝八指、宽为四善逝指。”巴利
Channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataranti khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅganti imesaṃ channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ. Etena cīvarassa jātiṃ dassetvā idāni pamāṇaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘vikappanupagaṃ pacchima’’nti āha. Tassa pamāṇaṃ dīghato dve vidatthiyo, tiriyaṃ vidatthi. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āyāmena aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ sugataṅgulena caturaṅgulavitthataṃ pacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 358).
对于让那件衣超过期限的人,犯舍堕、波逸提。意思是:让如前所说种类和尺寸的衣,超过最多十天的时间,在这期间,如果不把它处理成不属于多余衣的状态,就犯舍堕、波逸提;而且那件衣成为应舍弃的,他也就有波逸提罪。或者,“舍”就是舍弃,这是对前期应做的律仪行为的名称。因为具有应舍弃的性质,所以就叫舍堕。是什么?波逸提。让那件衣超过期限的人,有伴随舍堕律仪行为的波逸提,这是这里的意思。不过在《分别》中,先为了显示义理的分辨,设立论母说“让那件衣超过期限的人,成为舍堕”,然后说“在第十一日破晓时,成为舍堕,应舍弃”。接着,为了显示应舍弃给谁以及怎样舍弃,说“应舍弃给僧团……”等。其中,“在第十一日破晓时”:这里,衣生起的那一天,其破晓是依附于生起之日的,因此应知,连同衣生起的那一天,在第十一日破晓时成为舍堕。即使多件衣捆在一起或包在一起放置,也只有一个罪。若没有捆、没有包,则按物的数量而有多个罪。巴利
Taṃatikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti taṃ yathāvuttajātippamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dasāhaparamaṃ kālaṃ atikkāmayato, etthantare yathā atirekacīvaraṃ na hoti tathā akubbato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, tañca cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti, pācittiyāpatti cassa hotīti attho. Atha vā nissajjanaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, pubbabhāge kattabbassa vinayakammassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Nissaggiyamassa atthīti nissaggiyamicceva. Kintaṃ? Pācittiyaṃ. Taṃ atikkāmayato sanissaggiyavinayakammaṃ pācittiyaṃ hotīti ayamettha attho. Padabhājane pana paṭhamaṃ tāva atthavikappaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ hotī’’ti mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘ekādase aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ hoti, nissajjitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Puna yassa ca nissajjitabbaṃ, yathā ca nissajjitabbaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘saṅghassa vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ekādase aruṇuggamaneti ettha yaṃ divasaṃ cīvaraṃ uppannaṃ tassa yo aruṇo, so uppannadivasanissito, tasmā cīvaruppādadivasaena saddhiṃ ekādase aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Sacepi bahūni ekajjhaṃ bandhitvā vā veṭhetvā vā ṭhapitāni ekāva āpatti. Abaddhāveṭhitesu vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo.
舍弃之后,应当发露所犯的罪。那要怎么发露呢?就像《犍度》里所说的那样。那里又是怎么说的呢?是这样说的:“比丘们,那位比丘应当前往僧团,把上衣偏袒一肩,顶礼上座比丘的双足,蹲跪合掌,这样说道:‘尊者,我犯了某某罪,我发露这个罪。’”(《小品》239)
在这里,如果只有一件衣,就应当说“一件舍堕波逸提”;如果有两件,就说“两件”;如果有多件,就说“许多件”。
在舍弃的时候,如果只有一件衣,就按照圣典原文那样说:“尊者,这是我的衣。”如果有两件或多件,就应当说:“尊者,这些是我的衣,已经超过十天,是应舍弃的,我把这些舍给僧团。”如果不会诵圣典原文,也可以用别的方式来说。巴利
Nissajjitvāāpatti desetabbāti kathaṃ desetabbā? Yathā khandhake vuttaṃ, kathañca tattha vuttaṃ? Evaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘ahaṃ, bhante, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, taṃ paṭidesemī’’’ti (cūḷava. 239). Idha pana sace ekaṃ cīvaraṃ hoti ‘‘ekaṃ nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti vattabbaṃ. Sace dve, ‘‘dve’’ti vattabbaṃ. Sace bahūni ‘‘sambahulānī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Nissajjanepi sace ekaṃ yathāpāḷimeva ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, cīvara’’nti vattabbaṃ. Sace dve vā bahūni vā, ‘‘imāni me, bhante, cīvarāni dasāhātikkantāni nissaggiyāni, imānāhaṃ saṅghassa nissajjāmī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Pāḷiṃ vattuṃ asakkontena aññathāpi vattabbaṃ.
应由一位聪明能干的比丘来接受罪。应当完全按照《犍度》里所说的方式接受。那里是这样说的:“应由一位聪明能干的比丘向僧团禀告:”巴利
Byattenabhikkhunā paṭibalena āpatti paṭiggahetabbāti khandhake vuttanayeneva paṭiggahetabbā. Evañhi tattha vuttaṃ – ‘‘byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
尊者,请僧团听我说:这位名叫某某的比丘,对犯戒之事记得、坦白、公开、发露。如果僧团觉得时机合适,我就接受这位名叫某某的比丘的犯戒之事。巴利
‘Suṇātu me bhante saṅgho, ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu āpattiṃ sarati vivarati uttāniṃ karoti deseti, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno āpattiṃ paṭiggaṇheyya’nti.
于是应该对他说“你看见了吗?”他回答“是的,我看见了”。“未来你应当防护。”(《小品》239)如果是两道罪或多道罪时,就应该按照前面同样的方式理解语句上的差别。巴利
Tena vattabbo ‘passasī’ti? ‘Āma, passāmī’ti. Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti (cūḷava. 239). Dvīsu pana sambahulāsu vā purimanayeneva vacanabhedo ñātabbo.
在布施衣时,也应该根据对象的不同来理解说法上的差别,比如“僧团接受这件衣、这些衣”。在向僧群和向个人舍衣时,也是同样的道理。巴利
Cīvaradānepi ‘‘saṅgho imaṃ cīvaraṃ imāni cīvarānī’’ti vatthuvasena vacanabhedo veditabbo. Gaṇassa ca puggalassa ca nissajjanepi eseva nayo.
关于发露罪和接受发露,这里的律文是:“诸比丘,那位比丘应当走到众多比丘那里,把上衣偏袒到一边肩膀,顶礼年长比丘们的双脚,蹲跪下来,合掌,这样说道:‘尊者,我犯了某某罪,我发露这个罪。’然后,应当由一位聪明能干的比丘告诉那些比丘:”巴利
Āpattidesanāpaṭiggahaṇesu panettha ayaṃ pāḷi – ‘‘tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā sambahule bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ katvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassu vacanīyā – ‘ahaṃ, bhante, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno taṃ paṭidesemī’ti. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā –
诸位尊者,请听我说:这位名叫某某的比丘,忆念所犯的罪、开显所犯的罪、公开所犯的罪、发露所犯的罪。如果各位尊者认为时机合适,我就接受这位名叫某某的比丘所犯的罪。巴利
‘Suṇantu me āyasmantā, ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu āpattiṃ sarati vivarati uttāniṃ karoti deseti. Yadāyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno āpattiṃ paṭiggaṇheyya’nti.
于是应该对他说:你见到了吗?是的,我见到了。今后你应该防护。巴利
Tena vattabbo ‘passasī’ti? ‘Āma, passāmī’ti. ‘Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’ti.
那位比丘应当走到另一位比丘跟前,把上衣偏袒到一边肩膀上,蹲下来,合掌,这样对他说:“贤友,我犯了某某罪,我向您发露这个罪。”对方应当说:“你看见了吗?”他说:“是的,我看见了。”对方就说:“以后你要好好防护。”在这里,罪的名称怎么取、话该怎么说,应当按前面说过的方式去理解。巴利
Tena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘ahaṃ, āvuso, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno taṃ paṭidesemī’ti. Tena vattabbo ‘passasī’ti, āma passāmīti āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti (cūḷava. 239). Tattha purimanayeneva āpattiyā nāmaggahaṇaṃ vacanabhedo ca veditabbo.
就像对僧团舍罪时那样,对两个人舍罪时也应知道同样的巴利文。因为如果有什么不同,那么就像“诸比丘,我允许三人举行清净布萨。诸比丘,应当这样做:由一位聪明能干的比丘告知那些比丘”这样说了三人清净布萨之后,又用“诸比丘,我允许两人举行清净布萨。诸比丘,应当这样做:由长老比丘偏袒上衣”这样的方式,单独宣说两人的清净布萨。同样,如果这里也有不同,就应该单独说巴利文;但因为没有不同,所以没有另外说,这里就以对僧团所说的巴利文为准。巴利
Yathā ca gaṇassa nissajjane evaṃ dvinnaṃ nissajjanepi pāḷi veditabbā. Yadi hi viseso bhaveyya, yatheva ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiṇṇannaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā’’tiādinā nayena ‘‘tiṇṇannaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātu’’nti vatvā puna ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbo. Therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅga’’ntiādinā (mahāva. 168) nayena visuṃyeva dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposatho vutto, evamidhāpi visuṃ pāḷiṃ vadeyya, yasmā pana natthi, tasmā avatvā gatoti, gaṇassa vuttā pāḷiyevettha pāḷi.
不过,在受罪这件事上有个区别:比如在僧团中舍罪后陈述罪过时,受罪的比丘要提出动议;同样,在这里不提出动议,由两人中的任何一人像单独一人那样受罪,罪就应当这样接受。因为对两个人来说,并不存在所谓“提出动议”这回事;如果有的话,就不会把两人的清净布萨单独宣说了。巴利
Āpattipaṭiggahaṇe pana ayaṃ viseso, yathā gaṇassa nissajjitvā āpattiyā desiyamānāya āpattipaṭiggāhako bhikkhu ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, evaṃ aṭṭhapetvā dvīsu aññatarena yathā ekapuggalo paṭiggaṇhāti, evaṃ āpatti paṭiggahetabbā. Dvinnañhi ñattiṭṭhapanā nāma natthi, yadi siyā dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ visuṃ na vadeyya.
在施舍已舍弃的衣时,就像一个人说“我把这件衣给尊者”,同样说“我们把这件衣给尊者”也是可以的。因为比这更重大的、需要白二羯磨的事情,也有说“应当先征询再作”的,对它们来说,这是随顺的。不过,已舍弃的衣必须给,不能不给,因为这只是律仪上的行事。并不会因为那样说,这件衣就成了施给僧团、僧众或个人的。巴利
Nissaṭṭhacīvaradānepi yathā ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato dammī’’ti eko vadati, evaṃ ‘‘imaṃ mayaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato demā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Ito garukatarāni hi ñattidutiyakammānipi ‘‘apaloketvā kātabbānī’’ti vuttāni atthi, tesaṃ etaṃ anulomaṃ nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ pana dātabbameva adātuṃ na labbhati, vinayakammamattañhetaṃ. Na taṃ tena saṅghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā dinnameva hotīti.
468 过了十天,有“已过十天”的想法:当衣服过了十天时,心里想“这件已经过了期限”;或者当十天过去时,心里想“十天已经过去了”。这是应舍的波逸提。在这里,光有想法并不能免除罪过。即使他这样想,那件衣服仍然要舍掉,并且犯波逸提罪。把“连同舍堕的出罪法”或“波逸提”这两种理解都说得通。这个道理适用于一切情况。巴利
468.Dasāhātikkante atikkantasaññīti dasāhaṃ atikkante cīvare ‘‘atikkantaṃ ida’’nti evaṃsaññī, dasāhe vā atikkante ‘‘atikkanto dasāho’’ti evaṃsaññī. Nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti na idha saññā rakkhati. Yopi evaṃsaññī, tassapi taṃ cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyāpatti ca. Sanissaggiyavinayakammaṃ vā pācittiyanti ubhopi atthavikappā yujjanti. Esa nayo sabbattha.
对没有给任何人、也没有舍弃的东西,却生起“我已经把它舍弃了”这样的想,这叫“未舍而作已舍想”。巴利
Avissajjitevissajjitasaññīti kassaci adinne apariccatte ‘‘pariccattaṃ mayā’’ti evaṃsaññī.
“没丢却以为丢了”:自己的衣服和许多别人的衣服放在一起,被贼偷走时,他对自己的那件衣服虽然没丢,却生起“丢了”的想法。这个道理也适用于“没坏”等情况。巴利
Anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññīti attano cīvarena saddhiṃ bahūni aññesaṃ cīvarāni ekato ṭhapitāni corā haranti. Tatresa attano cīvare anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī hoti. Esa nayo avinaṭṭhādīsupi.
这里说的“未掠夺”,应当理解为:不是通过破室入室、强行抢走这种方式而被掠夺。巴利
Avilutteti ettha pana gabbhaṃ bhinditvā pasayhāvahāravasena avilutteti veditabbaṃ.
没有舍弃就使用,犯恶作罪。穿在身上一次或披在身上一次后,没有从身上脱下来,即使整天到处走动,也只犯一个罪。每脱一次再穿、每脱一次再披,每次动作都犯恶作罪。整理穿得不好或披得不好的衣,无犯。别人使用那件衣,也无犯。这里“无犯:接受别人做好的衣来使用”等说法可以作为佐证。对于还没过期限却当作已过期限想的人,以及心存疑惑的人,所说的恶作罪是就使用而言的。巴利
Anissajjitvā paribhuñjati āpatti dukkaṭassāti sakiṃ nivatthaṃ vā sakiṃ pārutaṃ vā kāyato amocetvā divasampi vicarati, ekāva āpatti. Mocetvā mocetvā nivāseti vā pārupati vā payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā saṇṭhapentassa anāpatti. Aññassa taṃ paribhuñjatopi anāpatti, ‘‘anāpatti aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjatī’’ti (pārā. 570) ādivacanañcettha sādhakaṃ. Anatikkante atikkantasaññino vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ paribhogaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
469 “无犯:在十天内决意,或作净施。”在这里,应当知道什么是可以决意的,什么是可以作净施的。关于这一点,对应的巴利原文是这样的——那时,比丘们心里这样想:“世尊所允许的这些,无论是‘三衣’、‘雨浴衣’、‘坐具’、‘敷具’、‘覆疮衣’、‘擦面巾’还是‘杂用布’,这一切到底是应当决意,还是应当作净施呢?”他们就把这件事禀告了世尊。巴利
469.‘‘Anāpatti antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti, vikappetī’’ti ettha pana adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ vikappanupagañca veditabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi – atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘yāni tāni bhagavatā anuññātāni ‘ticīvara’nti vā ‘vassikasāṭikā’ti vā ‘nisīdana’nti vā ‘paccattharaṇa’nti vā ‘kaṇḍuppaṭicchādī’ti vā mukhapuñchanacoḷakanti vā parikkhāracoḷanti vā sabbāni tāni adhiṭṭhātabbānīti nu kho udāhu vikappetabbānī’’ti, bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ –
比丘们,我允许把三衣确定为自己所有,不用作净施;雨浴衣在雨季四个月里确定为自己所有,过了这段时间可以作净施;坐具确定为自己所有,不用作净施;敷具确定为自己所有,不用作净施;覆疮衣在有病期间确定为自己所有,过了这段时间可以作净施;擦面巾确定为自己所有,不用作净施;杂用布确定为自己所有,不用作净施。巴利
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ; nisīdanaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; paccattharaṇaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṃ yāvaābādhā adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ; mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 358).
在这里,决意三衣的人应当先把它染色,点上坏色点,然后只能决意尺寸合适的。它的尺寸是:按最高标准来说,比善逝衣小一些是可以的;按最低标准来说,僧伽梨和上衣的长度五拳、宽度三拳,是可以的。下衣长度五拳、宽度两肘,也是可以的,因为这样披着也能遮住肚脐。但超过或不足上述尺寸的,就应当作为杂用布来决意。巴利
‘‘Tattha ticīvaraṃ’’ adhiṭṭhahantena rajitvā kappabinduṃ datvā pamāṇayuttameva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Tassa pamāṇaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena sugatacīvarato ūnakaṃ vaṭṭati, lāmakaparicchedena saṅghāṭiyā uttarāsaṅgassa ca dīghato muṭṭhipañcakaṃ tiriyaṃ muṭṭhittikaṃ pamāṇaṃ vaṭṭati. Antaravāsako dīghato muṭṭhipañcako tiriyaṃ dvihatthopi vaṭṭati. Pārupaṇenapi hi sakkā nābhiṃ paṭicchādetunti. Vuttappamāṇato pana atirekaṃ ūnakañca parikkhāracoḷanti adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ.
这里,因为《附随》322 中说“衣有两种决意——以身决意,或以语决意”,所以先把旧僧伽梨舍掉,说“我舍此僧伽梨”,然后用手拿起新僧伽梨,心里作意“我决意此僧伽梨”,同时做出身体动作,这样就是以身决意。这就是以身决意。如果身体任何部分都没有碰到它,这种决意就不成立。至于以语决意,则要发出言语,以语决意。这里面有两种情况:如果衣在手边,就要说出“我决意此僧伽梨”;如果衣放在内室、楼上或附近的寺院里,就要先确认它放置的位置,然后说出“我决意那件僧伽梨”。同样的方法也适用于上衣和下衣,只是名称不同而已。因此,所有衣都应当以各自的名称来决意,也就是僧伽梨、上衣、下衣。如果决意之后,又用放置着的布料做成僧伽梨等,那么在染色和作净完成之后,要说“我舍此”把它舍掉,再重新决意。如果要把更大的第二块布或补丁缝到已经决意的衣上,也必须重新决意。如果缝上去的布大小相同或更小,就不需要再做决意。巴利
Tattha yasmā ‘‘dve cīvarassa adhiṭṭhānā – kāyena vā adhiṭṭheti, vācāya vā adhiṭṭhetī’’ti (pari. 322) vuttaṃ, tasmā purāṇasaṅghāṭiṃ ‘‘imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paccuddharāmī’’ti paccuddharitvā navaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ hatthena gahetvā ‘‘imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti cittena ābhogaṃ katvā kāyavikāraṃ karontena kāyena adhiṭṭhātabbā. Idaṃ kāyena adhiṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ yena kenaci sarīrāvayavena aphusantassa na vaṭṭati. Vācāya adhiṭṭhāne pana vacībhedaṃ katvā vācāya adhiṭṭhātabbā. Tatra duvidhaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ – sace hatthapāse hoti ‘‘imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti vācā bhinditabbā. Atha antogabbhe vā uparipāsāde vā sāmantavihāre vā hoti ṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘etaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti vācā bhinditabbā. Esa nayo uttarāsaṅge antaravāsake ca. Nāmamattameva hi viseso. Tasmā sabbāni saṅghāṭiṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ antaravāsakanti evaṃ attano nāmeneva adhiṭṭhātabbāni. Sace adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapitavatthehi saṅghāṭiādīni karoti, niṭṭhite rajane ca kappe ca imaṃ ‘‘paccuddharāmī’’ti paccuddharitvā puna adhiṭṭhātabbāni. Adhiṭṭhitena pana saddhiṃ mahantatarameva dutiyapaṭṭaṃ vā khaṇḍaṃ vā saṃsibbantena puna adhiṭṭhātabbameva. Same vā khuddake vā adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi.
三衣能不能决意为“随众衣具”呢?据说大莲花长老说:“三衣就只能决意为三衣。如果允许把三衣决意为随众衣具,那《无住处学处》里的开许就变得没有意义了。”据说他这么说了以后,其余比丘说:“随众衣具也是世尊亲口说应当决意的,所以是可以的。”《大护持》里也说:“所谓随众衣具,是一种单独存放的方式,因此把三衣决意为随众衣具来受用,是可以的。不过在《无住处学处》里,说的是决意三衣而持守者的开许。”据说持诵《两分别》的普那瓦利迦住者大提舍长老也说:“我们从前听大长老们说,住在林野的比丘把衣放在树洞等处,然后去精勤修行。他们去附近寺院听法时,太阳出来以后,沙弥或年少比丘就带着他们的钵和衣过去,所以为了受用方便,把三衣决意为随众衣具是可以的。”《大护持》里也说:“从前住林野的比丘们,因为在没有结界的区域难以持守,就把三衣决意为随众衣具来受用。”巴利
Ticīvaraṃ pana parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭati na vaṭṭatīti? Mahāpadumatthero kirāha – ‘‘ticīvaraṃ ticīvarameva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Sace parikkhāracoḷādhiṭṭhānaṃ labheyya udositasikkhāpade parihāro niratthako bhaveyyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte kira avasesā bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘parikkhāracoḷampi bhagavatāva adhiṭṭhātabbanti vuttaṃ, tasmā vaṭṭatī’’ti. Mahāpaccariyampi vuttaṃ ‘‘parikkhāracoḷaṃ nāma pāṭekkaṃ nidhānamukhametanti ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷanti adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Udositasikkhāpade pana ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā pariharantassa parihāro vutto’’ti. Ubhatovibhaṅgabhāṇako puṇṇavālikavāsī mahātissattheropi kira āha – ‘‘mayaṃ pubbe mahātherānaṃ assumha, araññavāsino bhikkhū rukkhasusirādīsu cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā padhānaṃ padahanatthāya gacchanti. Sāmantavihāre dhammasavanatthāya gatānañca nesaṃ sūriye uṭṭhite sāmaṇerā vā daharabhikkhū vā pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā gacchanti, tasmā sukhaparibhogatthaṃ ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷanti adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Mahāpaccariyampi vuttaṃ pubbe āraññikā bhikkhū abaddhasīmāyaṃ dupparihāranti ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷameva adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjiṃsū’’ti.
“雨浴衣”取名为“不过量”,按照前面说的方法,在雨季四个月里要决意受持,过了这段时间就要舍掉、作净。这件衣即使只是染了不同的颜色,也可以用。但两件就不可以。“坐具”也要按前面说的方法决意,而且必须符合尺寸,只能有一件,两件不可以。“敷具”也要决意,大的也可以用,一件可以用,多件也可以用。蓝色、黄色、有花叶纹的、有花朵纹的,所有种类都可以。一旦决意了,就一直处于决意状态。“痒疮覆布”只要病还没好,就按尺寸决意受持。病好了以后,要舍掉、作净,只能有一件。“擦面布”也要决意,当一件在洗的时候,可以想要另一件来用,所以两件可以。不过其他长老说:“这是一种存放方式,多件也可以。”随众衣具没有数量限制,想要多少就决意多少。袋子和滤水器,如果达到可以作净的最小衣量,也要决意成“随众衣具”。把多件合在一起,决意说“我决意这些衣是随众衣具”,也可以。为了医药、劳作、父母等用途而存放的,也要决意。不过《大护持》里说“无犯”。至于床垫、椅垫、枕头、披毯、毛毯这些,以及为了坐卧具资具而布施的敷物,就根本不需要决意。巴利
‘‘Vassikasāṭikā’’ anatirittappamāṇā nāmaṃ gahetvā vuttanayeneva cattāro vassike māse adhiṭṭhātabbā, tato paraṃ paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā. Vaṇṇabhedamattarattāpi cesā vaṭṭati. Dve pana na vaṭṭanti. ‘‘Nisīdanaṃ’’ vuttanayena adhiṭṭhātabbameva, tañca kho pamāṇayuttaṃ ekameva, dve na vaṭṭanti. ‘‘Paccattharaṇa’’mpi adhiṭṭhātabbameva, taṃ pana mahantampi vaṭṭati, ekampi vaṭṭati, bahūnipi vaṭṭanti. Nīlampi pītakampi sadasampi pupphadasampīti sabbappakāraṃ vaṭṭati. Sakiṃ adhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhitameva hoti. ‘‘Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi’’ yāva ābādho atthi, tāva pamāṇikā adhiṭṭhātabbā. Ābādhe vūpasante paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā, ekāva vaṭṭati . ‘‘Mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ’’ adhiṭṭhātabbameva, yāva ekaṃ dhoviyati, tāva aññaṃ paribhogatthāya icchitabbanti dve vaṭṭanti. Apare pana therā ‘‘nidhānamukhametaṃ bahūnipi vaṭṭantī’’ti vadanti. Parikkhāracoḷe gaṇanā natthi, yattakaṃ icchati tattakaṃ adhiṭṭhātabbameva. Thavikāpi parissāvanampi vikappanupagaṃ pacchimacīvarappamāṇaṃ ‘‘parikkhāracoḷaka’’nti adhiṭṭhātabbameva. Bahūni ekato katvā ‘‘imāni cīvarāni parikkhāracoḷāni adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti adhiṭṭhātumpi vaṭṭatiyeva. Bhesajjanavakammamātāpituādīnaṃ atthāya ṭhapentenapi adhiṭṭhātabbameva. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘anāpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. Mañcabhisi pīṭhakabhisi bimbohanaṃ pāvāro kojavoti etesu pana senāsanaparikkhāratthāya dinnapaccattharaṇe ca adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthiyeva.
那么,对于受用已经决意过的衣的人来说,决意是怎样失去的呢?通过施与他人、被强行夺走、以信任的方式取用、还俗、舍弃学处、命终、改变性别、撤销决意、出现破洞——通过这九种原因而失去。其中,前八种会让所有衣都失去决意,而出现破洞这一种,则只在三衣上导致失去决意,这在所有注释书中都有说到,而且是指指甲盖大小的破洞。这里指甲盖大小,要按小指指甲的大小来理解,破洞也必须是真正穿透的洞。因为如果破洞里面还有一根线没断,那还是算保护着决意的。其中,僧伽帝和郁多罗僧,在长边一搩手、横边八指的范围以内出现破洞,就会破坏决意,超出这个范围就不会破坏。安陀会则是在长边一搩手、横边四指的范围以内出现破洞,就会破坏决意,超出这个范围就不会破坏。所以,一旦出现破洞,那件衣就处于“多余衣”的状态,应该缝补之后再重新决意。不过大须摩长老说:“标准大小的衣,不管在哪里出现破洞,都会破坏决意;大件的衣,在标准范围以外出现破洞不会破坏决意,在范围以内出现的破洞则会破坏。”迦罗毗迦帝须长老说:“小或大并不是判断标准。穿两件衣的时候,在左手叠放收拢的地方出现破洞,不会破坏决意,在那个位置以下就会破坏。安陀会也一样,做褶边时在叠合的地方出现破洞不会破坏,从那以下就会破坏。”但在安达卡注释书中,则以三衣中大须摩长老的说法为标准,进一步说:“最下量也保护决意。”对于资具布,长边按善逝指八指、横边四指,不管在哪里出现破洞,都会失去决意。大块布上超出这个量的破洞,不会失去决意。这个道理适用于所有应当决意的衣。巴利
Adhiṭṭhitacīvaraṃ pana paribhuñjato kathaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatīti? Aññassa dānena, acchinditvā gahaṇena, vissāsaggāhena, hīnāyāvattanena, sikkhāpaccakkhānena , kālaṃkiriyāya, liṅgaparivattanena, paccuddharaṇena, chiddabhāvenāti imehi navahi kāraṇehi vijahati. Tattha purimehi aṭṭhahi sabbacīvarāni adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahanti, chiddabhāvena pana ticīvarasseva sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu adhiṭṭhānavijahanaṃ vuttaṃ, tañca nakhapiṭṭhippamāṇena chiddena. Tattha nakhapiṭṭhippamāṇaṃ kaniṭṭhaṅgulinakhavasena veditabbaṃ, chiddañca vinibbiddhachiddameva. Chiddassa hi abbhantare ekatantu cepi acchinno hoti, rakkhati. Tattha saṅghāṭiyā ca uttarāsaṅgassa ca dīghantato vidatthippamāṇassa tiriyantato aṭṭhaṅgulappamāṇassa padesassa orato chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhindati, parato na bhindati. Antaravāsakassa pana dīghantato vidatthippamāṇasseva tiriyantato caturaṅgulappamāṇassa padesassa orato chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhindati, parato na bhindati. Tasmā jāte chidde taṃ cīvaraṃ atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati, sūcikammaṃ katvā puna adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Mahāsumatthero panāha – ‘‘pamāṇacīvarassa yattha katthaci chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhindati, mahantassa pana pamāṇato bahi chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindati, antojātaṃ bhindatī’’ti. Karavīkatissatthero āha – ‘‘khuddakaṃ mahantaṃ na pamāṇaṃ, dve cīvarāni pārupantassa vāmahatthe saṅgharitvā ṭhapitaṭṭhāne chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindati, orabhāge bhindati. Antaravāsakassapi ovaṭṭikaṃ karontena saṅgharitaṭṭhāne chiddaṃ na bhindati, tato oraṃ bhindatī’’ti. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ticīvare mahāsumattheravādaṃ pamāṇaṃ katvā uttarimpi idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘pacchimappamāṇaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ rakkhatī’’ti. Parikkhāracoḷe dīghaso aṭṭhaṅgule sugataṅgulena tiriyaṃ caturaṅgule yattha katthaci chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati. Mahante coḷe tato parena chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahati. Esa nayo sabbesu adhiṭṭhātabbakesu cīvaresū’’ti.
这里,因为对一切应当决意的衣来说,除了可作净的最下量之外,并没有另外所谓的最下量。凡是坐具、痒疮覆布、雨浴衣所规定的量,那是最高量;因为超过它被禁止,所以它不是最下量;低于它则不被禁止。三衣即使不足善逝衣的量,也只是最高量而已。至于最下量,在经中并没有单独说过。擦面巾、敷布、资具布根本没有最高量的界定。不过,通过可作净的最下量,已经说了最下量的界限。因此,安达卡注释书中先说“最下量护持决意”,然后只对资具布用善逝指显示八指、四指的最下量,而对于其他三衣等,则依据拳量等差别的最下量,说“这个道理适用于一切应当决意的衣”——这并不吻合。巴利
Tattha yasmā sabbesampi adhiṭṭhātabbakacīvarānaṃ vikappanupagapacchimappamāṇato aññaṃ pacchimappamāṇaṃ nāma natthi, yañhi nisīdana-kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi-vassikasāṭikānaṃ pamāṇaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ, tato uttari paṭisiddhattā na pacchimaṃ tato heṭṭhā appaṭisiddhattā. Ticīvarassāpi sugatacīvarappamāṇato ūnakattaṃ ukkaṭṭhappamāṇameva. Pacchimaṃ pana visuṃ sutte vuttaṃ natthi. Mukhapuñchanapaccattharaṇaparikkhāracoḷānaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo natthiyeva. Vikappanupagapacchimena pana pacchimaparicchedo vutto. Tasmā yaṃ tāva andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘pacchimappamāṇaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ rakkhatī’’ti vatvā tattha parikkhāracoḷasseva sugataṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulacaturaṅgulapacchimappamāṇaṃ dassetvā itaresaṃ ticīvarādīnaṃ muṭṭhipañcakādipabhedaṃ pacchimappamāṇaṃ sandhāya ‘‘esa nayo sabbesu adhiṭṭhātabbakesucīvaresū’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ na sameti.
在迦罗毗迦帝须长老的说法里,也只指出了长边方向的破洞,没有指出横边方向的破洞,所以那个说法没有明确界定。大须摩长老的说法是:“标准量衣,不管在哪里有破洞,都会破坏决意;但大件衣在标准量范围之外的破洞,不破坏决意。”可是并没有说:“这样的才是标准量衣,超过这个的就是大件衣。”而且这里所说的三衣等,是以拳量五倍等差别中的最下量作为标准。如果超出最下量范围的破洞不破坏决意,那么达到上等量的钵或中等量的钵,超出下等量范围的破洞也应该不破坏决意;但事实上并非如此。所以这一说法也没有明确界定。巴利
Karavīkatissattheravādepi dīghantatoyeva chiddaṃ dassitaṃ, tiriyantato na dassitaṃ, tasmā so aparicchinno. Mahāsumattheravāde ‘‘pamāṇacīvarassa yattha katthaci chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhindati, mahantassa pana pamāṇato bahi chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Idaṃ pana na vuttaṃ – ‘‘idaṃ nāma pamāṇacīvaraṃ ito uttari mahantaṃ cīvara’’nti. Apicettha ticīvarādīnaṃ muṭṭhipañcakādibhedaṃ pacchimappamāṇanti adhippetaṃ. Tattha yadi pacchimappamāṇato bahi chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindeyya, ukkaṭṭhapattassāpi majjhimapattassa vā omakappamāṇato bahi chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindeyya, na ca na bhindati. Tasmā ayampi vādo aparicchinno.
然而,这里最早出现的注释书说法,才是此处的判断标准。为什么呢?因为它有明确的界定。关于三衣的最下量、破洞的大小,以及破洞出现位置的範圍,所有这些在一切注释书里都已经明确界定并说明了,所以只有这个说法才是标准。这个说法确实是随顺世尊的意趣而说的。至于其他说法,既没有明确的界定,前后也不一致。巴利
Yo panāyaṃ sabbapaṭhamo aṭṭhakathāvādo, ayamevettha pamāṇaṃ. Kasmā? Paricchedasabbhāvato. Ticīvarassa hi pacchimappamāṇañca chiddappamāṇañca chidduppattidesappamāṇañca sabbaaṭṭhakathāsuyeva paricchinditvā vuttaṃ, tasmā sveva vādo pamāṇaṃ. Addhā hi so bhagavato adhippāyaṃ anugantvā vutto. Itaresu pana neva paricchedo atthi, na pubbāparaṃ sametīti.
如果有人先在薄弱的地方打上补丁,后来又把薄弱的地方剪掉拿走,决意不会坏。翻转边缘时也是同样的道理。对于双层衣,如果其中一层破了或者脱落了,决意不会坏。把小衣改成大衣,或者把大衣改成小衣,决意不会坏。如果把两端往中间缝合时,先剪断再拼接,决意就坏了;如果是先拼接再剪断,就不会坏。即使让洗衣工洗过之后把它弄白,决意还是决意。以上就是关于“在十天内决意或作净”当中,对决意的判定。巴利
Yo pana dubbalaṭṭhāne paṭhamaṃ aggaḷaṃ datvā pacchā dubbalaṭṭhānaṃ chinditvā apaneti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhijjati. Maṇḍalaparivattanepi eseva nayo. Dupaṭṭassa ekasmiṃ paṭale chidde vā jāte gaḷite vā adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhijjati, khuddakaṃ cīvaraṃ mahantaṃ karoti, mahantaṃ vā khuddakaṃ karoti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhijjati. Ubho koṭiyo majjhe karonto sace paṭhamaṃ chinditvā pacchā ghaṭeti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhijjati. Atha ghaṭetvā chindati, na bhijjati, rajakehi dhovāpetvā setaṃ kārāpentassāpi adhiṭṭhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānamevāti . Ayaṃ tāva ‘‘antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappetī’’ti ettha adhiṭṭhāne vinicchayo.
关于作净,有两种作净:当面作净和隔面作净。怎样才是当面作净呢?先弄清楚这些衣是一件还是多件、是放在跟前还是没放在跟前,然后说“这件衣”或“这些衣”,或者说“那件衣”或“那些衣”,再说“我为你作净”,这就是第一种当面作净。做到这一步,可以存放,但还不能使用、不能送人、也不能决意。如果这样说:“这是我的东西,我的这些东西,你拿去用、拿去送人,或者随你方便处置吧”,这就叫出离。从那时起,使用等就都可以了。巴利
Vikappane pana dve vikappanā – sammukhāvikappanā ca parammukhāvikappanā ca. Kathaṃ sammukhāvikappanā hotīti? Cīvarānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘‘‘imaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘imāni cīvarānī’ti vā ‘etaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘etāni cīvarānī’’’ti vā ‘‘tuyhaṃ vikappemī’’ti vattabbaṃ, ayamekā sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhuñjituṃ pana vissajjetuṃ vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vā na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Mayhaṃ santakaṃ, mayhaṃ santakāni paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti evaṃ pana vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
还有一种方式:同样地,先弄清楚这些衣是一件还是多件、是放在近处还是不在近处,然后在那位比丘面前说“这件衣”或“这些衣”或“那件衣”或“那些衣”,再从五位同法者中选一位自己中意的,称他的名号,说“我为提舍比丘作净施”,或者说“我为提舍比丘尼、提舍在学尼、提舍沙弥、提舍沙弥尼作净施”,这就是另一种当面净施。做到这一步,就可以存放了,但在使用等方面则一样也不允许。然而,当那位比丘说“提舍比丘的所有物……乃至……提舍沙弥尼的所有物,你使用、或处理、或随宜处置”时,这就叫作“出离”。从那时起,使用等也就允许了。巴利
Aparopi nayo – tatheva cīvarānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā tasseva bhikkhuno santike ‘‘‘imaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘imāni cīvarānī’ti vā ‘etaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘etāni cīvarānī’’’ti vā vatvā pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa attanā abhirucitassa yassa kassaci nāmaṃ gahetvā ‘‘‘tissassa bhikkhuno vikappemī’ti vā ‘tissāya bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, tissassa sāmaṇerassa, tissāya sāmaṇeriyā vikappemī’’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ aparāpi sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā ‘‘tissassa bhikkhuno santakaṃ…pe… tissāya sāmaṇeriyā santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
什么是不对面净施?同样要先弄清楚衣是一件还是多件、是存放着还是没存放,然后说“这件衣”或“这些衣”或“那件衣”或“那些衣”,接着说“我给你,用作净施”。对方应当问:“谁是你的朋友或熟人?”然后他就按前面的方式说“提舍比丘……中略……提舍沙弥尼”。接着那位比丘要说“我给提舍比丘……中略……我给提舍沙弥尼”,这就是不对面净施。到这一步,可以存放,但在使用等方面一样也不允许。然而,当那位比丘按第二当面净施中所说的方式说“某某的所有物,你使用、或处理、或随宜处置”时,这就叫出离。从那时起,使用等也就允许了。巴利
Kathaṃ parammukhāvikappanā hotīti? Cīvarānaṃ tatheva ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘‘‘imaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘imāni cīvarānī’ti vā ‘etaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘etāni cīvarānī’’’ti vā vatvā ‘‘tuyhaṃ vikappanatthāya dammī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Tena vattabbo – ‘‘ko te mitto vā sandiṭṭho vā’’ti? Tato itarena purimanayeneva ‘‘tisso bhikkhūti vā…pe… tissā sāmaṇerī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ. Puna tena bhikkhunā ‘‘ahaṃ tissassa bhikkhuno dammīti vā…pe… tissāya sāmaṇeriyā dammī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ parammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā dutiyasammukhāvikappanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva ‘‘itthannāmassa santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
两种净施的差别在哪里?当面净施,是自己先作净施,然后由别人来撤回。不对面净施,则是让别人先作净施,再让另一个人来撤回。这就是两者的差别。不过,如果接受净施的那个人不精通这项规定,不知道怎么撤回,那就应该把袈裟拿上,到一位通达的人那里,重新作净施之后再让他撤回。这叫做“已净施的净施”,是允许的。以上是对“净施”这个词的判定。巴利
Dvinnaṃ vikappanānaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ? Sammukhāvikappanāyaṃ sayaṃ vikappetvā parena paccuddharāpeti . Parammukhāvikappanāya pareneva vikappāpetvā pareneva paccuddharāpeti, idamettha nānākaraṇaṃ. Sace pana yassa vikappeti, so paññattikovido na hoti, na jānāti paccuddharituṃ, taṃ cīvaraṃ gahetvā aññassa byattassa santikaṃ gantvā puna vikappetvā paccuddharāpetabbaṃ. Vikappitavikappanā nāmesā vaṭṭati. Ayaṃ ‘‘vikappetī’’ti imasmiṃ pade vinicchayo.
“诸比丘,我允许对三衣作决意,不允许作净施”等语,与这里笼统说的“净施”看起来好像矛盾,但如来所说的话不会自相矛盾。所以应当这样理解它的意思:对于以三衣为范围而受用三衣的人来说,我只允许决意,不允许净施;而雨浴衣在四个月之后,只允许净施,不允许决意。这样一来,如果有人想从三衣中留出一件衣而离开住处,就可以撤回三衣的决意,为了让他能方便地离衣而住,开许他作净施。并且,超过十天也没有罪过——应当知道,通过这个方式,净施在一切情况下都不是被禁止的。巴利
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetu’’ntiādivacanato ca idaṃ ‘‘vikappetī’’ti avisesena vuttavacanaṃ viruddhaṃ viya dissati, na ca viruddhaṃ tathāgatā bhāsanti. Tasmā evamassa attho veditabbo, ticīvaraṃ ticīvarasaṅkhepeneva pariharato adhiṭṭhātumeva anujānāmi, na vikappetuṃ. Vassikasāṭikaṃ pana cātumāsato paraṃ vikappetumeva na adhiṭṭhātuṃ. Evañca sati yo ticīvare ekena cīvarena vippavasitukāmo hoti, tassa ticīvarādhiṭṭhānaṃ paccuddharitvā vippavāsasukhatthaṃ vikappanāya okāso dinno hoti. Dasāhātikkame ca anāpattīti etenupāyena sabbattha vikappanāya appaṭisiddhabhāvo veditabbo.
“施与”就是把它给另一个人。那么,怎样才算已经给了、已经接受了呢?如果他说“我把这个给你,我给、我赠、我授、我舍、我弃、我施与”,或者说“我给某某……乃至……我弃舍”,那么不论当面还是不在当面,都算已经给了。如果对他说“你拿吧”,他说“我拿”,这就是给得妥当、接受得妥当。如果对他说“你把它当成你的东西吧”“它就成为你的东西吧”“你将把它当成你的东西”,而他说“我把它当成我的东西”“它成为我的东西”“我将把它当成我的东西”,这就是给得不当、接受得不当——施者不知道该怎么施,受者也不知道该怎么受。不过,如果对他说“你把它当成你的东西吧”,他说“好的,尊者,我拿”,那就是接受得妥当。如果一方说“你拿吧”,另一方说“我不拿”,前者又说“我已经给你了,你拿吧”,后者也说“我不需要这个”。此后,前者心想“我已经给了”,过了十天;后者心想“我已经拒绝了”。这算谁有罪呢?谁都没有罪。但如果有人愿意,就可以决意之后拿来用。巴利
Vissajjetīti aññassa deti. Kathaṃ pana dinnaṃ hoti, kathaṃ gahitaṃ? ‘‘Imaṃ tuyhaṃ demi dadāmi dajjāmi oṇojemi pariccajāmi nissajjāmi vissajjāmīti vā ‘‘itthannāmassa demi…pe… nissajjāmī’’ti vā vadati, sammukhāpi parammukhāpi dinnaṃyeva hoti. ‘‘Tuyhaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vutte ‘‘mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti vadati, sudinnaṃ suggahitañca. ‘‘Tava santakaṃ karohi, tava santakaṃ hotu, tava santakaṃ karissasī’’ti vutte ‘‘mama santakaṃ karomi, mama santakaṃ hotu, mama santakaṃ karissāmī’’ti vadati, duddinnaṃ duggahitañca. Neva dātā dātuṃ jānāti, na itaro gahetuṃ. Sace pana ‘‘tava santakaṃ karohī’’ti vutte ‘‘sādhu, bhante, mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. Sace pana ‘‘eko gaṇhāhī’’ti vadati, itaro ‘‘na gaṇhāmī’’ti puna so ‘‘dinnaṃ mayā tuyhaṃ, gaṇhāhī’’ti vadati, itaropi ‘‘na mayhaṃ iminā attho’’ti vadati. Tato purimopi ‘‘mayā dinna’’nti dasāhaṃ atikkāmeti, pacchimopi ‘‘mayā paṭikkhitta’’nti. Kassa āpattīti? Na kassaci āpatti. Yassa pana ruccati, tena adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ.
如果有人对“决意”这件事还有疑惑,那该怎么办?他应该说明自己有疑惑,然后说:“如果还没有决意,这样对我来说就是如法的。”接着再按前面说的方式舍弃。因为像这样如实说明之后再作戒律事务,并不会构成妄语。不过有些人说:“可以由一位比丘以信任的方式拿来之后,再布施出去。”这并不合理。因为那并不是他依戒律所应作的事,也不会仅仅因此就成为另一件物品。巴利
Yo pana adhiṭṭhāne vematiko, tena kiṃ kātabbaṃ? Vematikabhāvaṃ ārocetvā sace anadhiṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati, evaṃ me kappiyaṃ hotīti vatvā vuttanayeneva nissajjitabbaṃ. Na hi evaṃ jānāpetvā vinayakammaṃ karontassa musāvādo hoti. Keci pana ‘‘ekena bhikkhunā vissāsaṃ gahetvā puna dinnaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ na yujjati. Na hi tassetaṃ vinayakammaṃ, nāpi taṃ ettakena aññaṃ vatthuṃ hoti.
“遗失”等说法本身意思很浅显。关于“若不给与,就犯恶作罪”这一句:如果一个人心里想“这是给我的”,抱着这种想法而不给,就犯恶作。但如果已经知道那东西实际上属于对方,却用借口把它夺走,那就应当估量物品的价值,然后让他照价赔偿。巴利
Nassatītiādi uttānatthameva. Yo na dadeyya āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha ‘‘mayhaṃ dinnaṃ iminā’’ti imāya saññāya na dentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Tassa santakabhāvaṃ pana ñatvā lesena acchindanto bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabboti.
关于起源等项目,这条学处名叫“咖提那起源”,从身和语生起,也从身、语和心生起;因为不决意、不作净而违犯,所以属于非作;即使没有想也不得解脱,即使不知道也犯,因此不是想解脱;是无心、施设违犯、身业、语业、三心、三受。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ nāma kāyavācāto ca kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, anadhiṭṭhānena ca avikappanena ca āpajjanato akiriyaṃ, saññāya abhāvepi na muccati, ajānantopi āpajjatīti nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
第二 乌多西塔学处解说巴利
2. Udositasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
471 471.“那个时候,佛陀、世尊”——这是《优多西陀学处》的开头。其中,“santaruttarena”的意思是:antarā(安陀罗)称为下衣,uttara(郁多罗)称为上衣;下衣和上衣合在一起就是santaruttara(上下衣),意思就是穿着那套上下衣,也就是穿着下衣和上衣。“Kaṇṇakitāni”是指被汗水浸湿的地方生起的黑白色圆斑。具寿阿难在巡视住处时看见了:据说,世尊为了白天独自禅修而进入香室后,长老趁这个机会,一边收拾摆放不当的木器和陶器,一边清扫没有打扫过的地方,一边和生病的比丘们互相问候,当他来到那些比丘的住处时,就看见了。因此说:“具寿阿难在巡视住处时看见了。”巴利
471.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavāti udositasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha santaruttarenāti antaranti antaravāsako vuccati, uttaranti uttarāsaṅgo, saha antarena uttaraṃ santaruttaraṃ, tena santaruttarena, saha antaravāsakena uttarāsaṅgenāti attho. Kaṇṇakitānīti sedena phuṭṭhokāsesu sañjātakāḷasetamaṇḍalāni. Addasa kho āyasmā ānando senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantoti thero kira bhagavati divā paṭisallānatthāya gandhakuṭiṃ paviṭṭhe taṃ okāsaṃ labhitvā dunnikkhittāni dārubhaṇḍamattikābhaṇḍāni paṭisāmento asammaṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ sammajjanto gilānehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ karonto tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ senāsanaṭṭhānaṃ sampatto addasa. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘addasa kho āyasmā ānando senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto’’ti.
473 授予“不离衣”的认可,意思是:关于不离衣的认可,就叫不离衣认可;或者,为了不离衣而作的认可,就叫不离衣认可。那么,这有什么好处呢?他以那件衣离宿,那件衣不会成为应舍,也不会犯罪。时间是多久呢?大须摩长老说:“只要病还没平息;病平息后,就要赶快回到放衣的地方。”大莲华长老说:“如果赶快回来,病可能会复发,所以应该慢慢回来。从开始找车船,或者心里动念‘我要走了’的时候起,就可以了。但如果心里想‘我现在不走了’,这样放弃责任,就应该撤回认可,那件衣就会归入多余衣的范围。”如果他病又复发,该怎么办呢?触天长老说:“如果还是同一种病复发,那原来的认可仍然有效,不需要再给一次认可。如果是另一种病发作,就要再给一次认可。”优波提舍长老说:“不管是同一种病还是另一种病,都不需要再给认可。”巴利
473.Avippavāsasammutiṃ dātunti avippavāse sammuti avippavāsasammuti, avippavāsāya vā sammuti avippavāsasammuti. Ko panettha ānisaṃso? Yena cīvarena vippavasati, taṃ nissaggiyaṃ na hoti, āpattiñca nāpajjati. Kittakaṃ kālaṃ? Mahāsumatthero tāva āha – ‘‘yāva rogo na vūpasamati, vūpasante pana roge sīghaṃ cīvaraṭṭhānaṃ āgantabba’’nti . Mahāpadumatthero āha – ‘‘sīghaṃ āgacchato rogo paṭikuppeyya, tasmā saṇikaṃ āgantabbaṃ. Yato paṭṭhāya hi satthaṃ vā pariyesati, ‘gacchāmī’ti ābhogaṃ vā karoti, tato paṭṭhāya vaṭṭati. ‘Na dāni gamissāmī’ti evaṃ pana dhuranikkhepaṃ karontena paccuddharitabbaṃ, atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhassatī’’ti. Sace panassa rogo paṭikuppati, kiṃ kātabbanti? Phussadevatthero tāva āha – ‘‘sace soyeva rogo paṭikuppati, sā eva sammuti, puna sammutidānakiccaṃ natthi. Athañño kuppati, puna dātabbā sammutī’’ti. Upatissatthero āha – ‘‘so vā rogo hotu, añño vā puna sammutidānakiccaṃ natthī’’ti.
475-6 “比丘的衣已作成时”:这里不能像前一条学处那样取它的意思,而应当把具格理解为表示所属关系,也就是“比丘的衣已作成时”。因为按具格来说,并没有“比丘应当做这件事”的意思。若按所属关系来理解,则是:比丘的衣已作成、咖提那也已撤除,这样断除了障碍的比丘,即使只一夜以三衣离宿——这样的意思才讲得通。其中,“以三衣”是指在已指定的三衣当中,以任何一件。因为即使只离开一件衣而宿,也算是以三衣离宿,因为所离开的衣正属于被禁止的范围之内。所以,在它的分别中说“以僧伽梨……”等。“离宿”是指分开而住。巴利
475-6.Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunāti idha pana purimasikkhāpade viya atthaṃ aggahetvā niṭṭhite cīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunoti evaṃ sāmivasena karaṇavacanassa attho veditabbo. Karaṇavasena hi bhikkhunā idaṃ nāma kātabbanti natthi. Sāmivasena pana bhikkhuno cīvarasmiṃ niṭṭhite kathine ca ubbhate evaṃ chinnapalibodho ekarattampi ce bhikkhu ticīvarena vippavaseyyāti evaṃ attho yujjati. Tattha ticīvarenāti adhiṭṭhitesu tīsu cīvaresu yena kenaci. Ekena vippavutthopi hi ticīvarena vippavuttho hoti, paṭisiddhapariyāpannena vippavutthattā. Tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘saṅghāṭiyā vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Vippavaseyyāti vippayutto vaseyya.
477-8 “同一界内的村庄”等这一句,是为了确定不离衣的界限相而说的。此后,依次详细展开那十五个论母词条,所以说“名为同一界内的村庄”等。其中,“单一家族的村庄”是指属于一位国王或一位食主的村庄。“有围墙”是指被任何一种城墙、篱笆或围栏围住。到这里,就显示了单一家族村庄的同一界性。“应住在村内”:在这样的村庄里,把衣放下后,可以在村内任何合意的地方待到天亮。“无围墙”:以此显示了同一个村庄的多界性。在这样的村庄里,衣放在哪一家,就应住在那里。或者不应离开手距:或者说,不应离开那家周围的手距,不应离开两肘半指距的范围以上,这是所说的意思。但在两肘半指距之内则可以住。若超过这个限度,即使有神足的比丘在空中让天亮,也仍然是舍堕。这里,“在哪一家”这一句,家的界限应依“单一家族的住所”等(《波罗夷》480)之相来了知。巴利
477-8.Gāmo ekūpacārotiādi avippavāsalakkhaṇavavatthāpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tato paraṃ yathākkamena tāneva pannarasa mātikāpadāni vitthārento ‘‘gāmo ekūpacāro nāmā’’tiādimāha. Tattha ekakulassa gāmoti ekassa rañño vā bhojakassa vā gāmo. Parikkhittoti yena kenaci pākārena vā vatiyā vā parikkhāya vā parikkhitto. Ettāvatā ekakulagāmassa ekūpacāratā dassitā. Antogāme vatthabbanti evarūpe gāme cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā gāmabbhantare yathārucite ṭhāne aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Aparikkhittoti iminā tasseva gāmassa nānūpacāratā dassitā. Evarūpe gāme yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ, tattha vatthabbaṃ. Hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbanti atha vā taṃ gharaṃ samantato hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ, aḍḍhateyyaratanappamāṇappadesā uddhaṃ na vijahitabbanti vuttaṃ hoti. Aḍḍhateyyaratanabbhantare pana vatthuṃ vaṭṭati. Taṃ pamāṇaṃ atikkamitvā sacepi iddhimā bhikkhū ākāse aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpeti, nissaggiyameva hoti. Ettha ca yasmiṃ ghareti gharaparicchedo ‘‘ekakulassa nivesanaṃ hotī’’tiādinā (pārā. 480) lakkhaṇena veditabbo.
479 “不同家族的村庄”是指属于多位国王或多位领主的村庄,就像毗舍离、拘尸那罗那样的地方。用“有围墙”这一说法,显示的是不同家族的村庄属于同一界内。“在集会处或城门附近”:这里的“集会处”,是通过词性变化来表达的集会处;“城门附近”指城门旁边。这里要说明的是:在这样的村庄里,衣放在哪一户人家,就应该住在那里。如果因为声音嘈杂或人群拥挤而没法住在那里,那就应该住在集会处或城门附近。如果在那里也没法住,那就在任何舒适的地方住下,但天亮之前要回到那个集会处或城门附近,不能离开伸手所及的范围。至于放衣的那户人家或衣所在之处,并没有必须住在伸手所及范围内的规定。巴利
479.Nānākulassagāmoti nānārājūnaṃ vā bhojakānaṃ vā gāmo, vesālikusinārādisadiso. Parikkhittoti iminā nānākulagāmassa ekūpacāratā dassitā. Sabhāye vā dvāramūle vāti ettha sabhāyanti liṅgabyattayena sabhā vuttā. Dvāramūleti nagaradvārassa samīpe. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – evarūpe gāme yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ, tattha vā vatthabbaṃ. Tattha saddasaṅghaṭṭanena vā janasambādhena vā vasituṃ asakkontena sabhāye vā vatthabbaṃ nagaradvāramūle vā. Tatrapi vasituṃ asakkontena yattha katthaci phāsukaṭṭhāne vasitvā antoaruṇe āgamma tesaṃyeva sabhāyadvāramūlānaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. Gharassa pana cīvarassa vā hatthapāse vattabbameva natthi.
前往集会堂的人,在伸手所及的范围内放下衣:如果他想“我不放在家里,我要放在集会堂”,于是前往集会堂。这个前往集会堂的人,在伸手所及之处——也就是伸手能够到、方便放下的地方,心里想着“来,我把这件衣放在这里”,就把衣放在某个店铺里。然后按照前面说的方式,应当住在集会堂或城门附近,不应离开伸手所及的范围。巴利
Sabhāyaṃ gacchantena hatthapāse cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvāti sace ghare aṭṭhapetvā sabhāye ṭhapessāmīti sabhāyaṃ gacchati, tena sabhāyaṃ gacchantena hatthapāseti hatthaṃ pasāretvā ‘‘handimaṃ cīvaraṃ ṭhapemī’’ti evaṃ nikkhepasukhe hatthapāsagate kismiñci āpaṇe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā purimanayeneva sabhāye vā vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā, hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
关于这一点,裁决如下:花天长老先说:“没有必要住在袈裟伸手所及的范围内,不管在哪里——街巷伸手所及、集会堂伸手所及、城门伸手所及——都可以住。”优波提舍长老则说:“城有许多门,也有许多集会堂,所以并非处处都可以。袈裟放在哪条街巷,正对着那条街巷的集会堂和城门,就不应离开那座集会堂和那座城门的伸手所及范围。这样,才能知道袈裟的去向。”如果去集会堂时,把袈裟交到某个店主手里,而他把袈裟带回家中存放,那就不再守护街巷的伸手所及范围,应住在房屋的伸手所及范围内。如果房屋很大,横跨两条街巷,则应在屋前或屋后的伸手所及范围内迎接天亮。如果把袈裟放在集会堂,则应在集会堂里、或在正对集会堂的城门根处、或在那些地方的伸手所及范围内迎接天亮。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – phussadevatthero tāva āha – ‘‘cīvarahatthapāse vasitabbaṃ natthi, yattha katthaci vīthihatthapāsepi sabhāyahatthapāsepi dvārahatthapāsepi vasituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Upatissatthero panāha – ‘‘nagarassa bahūnipi dvārāni honti bahūnipi sabhāyāni, tasmā sabbattha na vaṭṭati. Yassā pana vīthiyā cīvaraṃ ṭhapitaṃ yaṃ tassā sammukhaṭṭhāne sabhāyañca dvārañca tassa sabhāyassa ca dvārassa ca hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. Evañhi sati sakkā cīvarassa pavatti jānitu’’nti. Sabhāyaṃ pana gacchantena yassa āpaṇikassa hatthe nikkhittaṃ, sace so taṃ cīvaraṃ atiharitvā ghare nikkhipati, vīthihatthapāso na rakkhati, gharassa hatthapāse vatthabbaṃ. Sace mahantaṃ gharaṃ hoti, dve vīthiyo pharitvā ṭhitaṃ purato vā pacchato vā hatthapāseyeva aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sabhāye nikkhipitvā pana sabhāye vā tassa sammukhe nagaradvāramūle vā tesaṃyeva hatthapāse vā aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetabbaṃ.
“没有围墙”这句话,是用来说明那个村子没有同一邻近。按照同样的方法,应当理解:在一切情况下,既有“同一邻近”也有“非同一邻近”。不过在巴利圣典中,先举出“名为同一邻近的村”这样的开头,最后举出“名为同一邻近的空地”这样的结尾,只提取出一个论母句,然后详细展开逐句分别。因此,应当依照这个句子的方式,在一切情况下从“有围墙”等方面来理解同一邻近和非同一邻近。巴利
Aparikkhittotiiminā tasseva gāmassa nānūpacāratā dassitā. Etenevupāyena sabbattha ekūpacāratā ca nānūpacāratā ca veditabbā. Pāḷiyaṃ pana ‘‘gāmo ekūpacāro nāmā’’ti evaṃ ādimhi ‘‘ajjhokāso ekūpacāro nāmā’’ti evaṃ ante ca ekameva mātikāpadaṃ uddharitvā padabhājanaṃ vitthāritaṃ. Tasmā tasseva padassānusārena sabbattha parikkhepādivasena ekūpacāratā ca nānūpacāratā ca veditabbā.
480-1 在住宅等处所说的“内室”,只是对房间的另一种说法。“或者伸手所及”,是指房间的伸手所及范围。“或者门口”,是指所有人共用的房屋门口。“或者伸手所及”,是指房间或房屋门口的伸手所及范围。巴利
480-1.Nivesanādīsuovarakāti gabbhānaṃyevetaṃ pariyāyavacanaṃ. Hatthapāsā vāti gabbhassa hatthapāsā. Dvāramūle vāti sabbesaṃ sādhāraṇe gharadvāramūle. Hatthapāsā vāti gabbhassa vā gharadvāramūlassa vā hatthapāsā.
482-7 “仓库”是指存放车辆等物品的棚屋。从这里开始,裁决方法应当依照在“住宅”部分所说的那样来理解。“楼堡”是为了抵御敌国等而用砖砌成的、墙壁厚实、有四五层高的特殊建筑。“殿阁”是单一屋顶覆盖的方形宫殿。“宫殿”是长形宫殿。“殿堂”是平顶宫殿。巴利
482-7.Udositoti yānādīnaṃ bhaṇḍānaṃ sālā. Ito paṭṭhāya ca nivesane vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo. Aṭṭoti paṭirājādipaṭibāhanatthaṃ iṭṭhakāhi kato bahalabhittiko catupañcabhūmiko patissayaviseso. Māḷoti ekakūṭasaṅgahito caturassapāsādo. Pāsādoti dīghapāsādo. Hammiyanti muṇḍacchadanapāsādo.
489 这里,“七内”中的一内是二十八肘。如果正在行进的商队把村庄或河流覆盖住而停下来,和已经进入里面的人连成一片,横跨两岸停住,那就只能得到商队护。如果已经进入的人被村庄或河流包住,那就能得到村庄护和河流护。如果商队越过寺院界之后停下来,而袈裟在界内,就应该去寺院住。如果袈裟在界外,就应该住在商队旁边。如果在行进途中因为车坏了或者牛丢了而中断,袈裟在哪一段,就应该住在那里。巴利
489.Sattabbhantarātiettha ekaṃ abbhantaraṃ aṭṭhavīsatihatthaṃ hoti. Sace sattho gacchanto gāmaṃ vā nadiṃ vā pariyādiyitvā tiṭṭhati antopaviṭṭhena saddhiṃ ekābaddho hutvā orañca pārañca pharitvā ṭhito hoti, satthaparihārova labbhati. Atha gāme vā nadiyā vā pariyāpanno hoti antopaviṭṭho , gāmaparihāro ceva nadīparihāro ca labbhati. Sace vihārasīmaṃ atikkamitvā tiṭṭhati, antosīmāya ca cīvaraṃ hoti, vihāraṃ gantvā vasitabbaṃ. Sace bahisīmāya cīvaraṃ hoti satthasamīpeyeva vasitabbaṃ. Sace gacchanto sakaṭe vā bhagge goṇe vā naṭṭhe antarā chijjati, yasmiṃ koṭṭhāse cīvaraṃ tattha vasitabbaṃ.
490 在只有一户人家的田地里,所谓“手距”就是袈裟的手距;在有多户人家的田地里,所谓“手距”就是田地门口的手距。在没有围墙的地方,就是袈裟本身的手距。巴利
490. Ekakulassa khette hatthapāso nāma cīvarahatthapāsoyeva, nānākulassa khette hatthapāso nāma khettadvārassa hatthapāso. Aparikkhitte cīvarasseva hatthapāso.
491-4 打谷场叫作khala。园指花园或果园。这两处田地的判定方式和前面说的一样。精舍等同于住宅。在树根处,指在树荫覆盖的范围之内。但如果树是枝叶稀疏的,放在被阳光照到的地方,就成了应舍;所以应该放在这种树的枝叶阴影或树干阴影里。如果放在树枝或枝干上,就应该放在上方其他枝叶阴影覆盖的地方。弯曲树的树荫延伸得很远,放在树荫所到之处就可以。这里的手距也是衣手距。巴利
491-4.Dhaññakaraṇanti khalaṃ vuccati. Ārāmoti pupphārāmo vā phalārāmo vā. Dvīsupi khette vuttasadisova vinicchayo. Vihāro nivesanasadiso. Rukkhamūle antochāyāyanti chāyāya phuṭṭhokāsassa anto eva. Viraḷasākhassa pana rukkhassa ātapena phuṭṭhokāse ṭhapitaṃ nissaggiyameva hoti, tasmā tādisassa sākhācchāyāya vā khandhacchāyāya vā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace sākhāya vā viṭape vā ṭhapeti, upari aññasākhācchāyāya phuṭṭhokāseyeva ṭhapetabbaṃ. Khujjarukkhassa chāyā dūraṃ gacchati, chāyāya gataṭṭhāne ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Idhāpi hatthapāso cīvarahatthapāsoyeva.
所谓“无村旷野”,就是在频阇陀林之类的密林里,或者在大海中央渔夫到不了的小岛上,所能得到的处所。“周围七寻”是说,对坐在中间的人来说,四周每个方向都是七寻,直径就是十四寻。坐在中间的人,能守护放在东方或西方边界上的袈裟。但如果天快亮时,他哪怕只朝东方移动一根头发尖那么点距离,西方的袈裟就成了应舍;反过来也一样。布萨的时候,要从坐在僧众边缘的比丘开始,清理出七寻的界。比丘僧团扩大多少,界也跟着扩大多少。巴利
Agāmake araññeti agāmakaṃ nāma araññaṃ viñjhāṭavīādīsu vā samuddamajjhe vā macchabandhānaṃ agamanapathe dīpakesu labbhati. Samantā sattabbhantarāti majjhe ṭhitassa samattā sabbadisāsu sattabbhantarā, vinibbedhena cuddasa honti. Majjhe nisinno puratthimāya vā pacchimāya vā disāya pariyante ṭhapitacīvaraṃ rakkhati. Sace pana aruṇuggamanasamaye kesaggamattampi puratthimaṃ disaṃ gacchati, pacchimāya disāya cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Esa nayo itarasmiṃ. Uposathakāle pana parisapariyante nisinnabhikkhuto paṭṭhāya sattabbhantarasīmā sodhetabbā. Yattakaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho vaḍḍhati, sīmāpi tattakaṃ vaḍḍhati.
495 有位精进修行(padhānika)的比丘,整夜都在用功修行,到了清晨时分,心想“我要去洗澡”,就把三件袈裟放在岸边,下河去洗。就在他洗澡的时候,天亮了。这时该怎么办呢?
如果他上岸后穿上那件袈裟,就会因为受用了还没有舍掉的应舍袈裟,而犯突吉罗罪。那如果他光着身子走呢?这样也犯突吉罗罪吗?不犯。因为在他还没有见到另一位比丘、还没有做律羯磨之前,那些袈裟还不适合受用,所以它们就等同于“丢失的袈裟”的状态。而丢失的袈裟,没有什么不合法的问题。
所以,应该先穿一件,手里拿着两件,回到住处后做律羯磨。如果住处很远,路上又有行人来往,那就穿一件、披一件,把另一件搭在肩头上走。如果到了住处,看不到同分的比丘,他们都去乞食了,那就把僧伽梨放在村外,穿着内衣和上衣进入集会堂做律羯磨。如果村外有盗贼的危险,那就披着僧伽梨去。如果集会堂很拥挤、人很多,没办法在一边把袈裟脱下来做律羯磨,那就带一位比丘到村外,做完律羯磨之后,才可以受用那些袈裟。巴利
495.Anissajjitvā paribhuñjati āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha sace padhāniko bhikkhu sabbarattiṃ padhānamanuyuñjitvā paccusasamaye ‘‘nhāyissāmī’’ti tīṇipi cīvarāni tīre ṭhapetvā nadiṃ otarati, nhāyantasseva cassa aruṇaṃ uṭṭhahati, kiṃ kātabbaṃ. So hi yadi uttaritvā cīvaraṃ nivāseti, nissaggiyacīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Atha naggo gacchati, evampi dukkaṭaṃ āpajjatīti? Na āpajjati. So hi yāva aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā vinayakammaṃ na karoti, tāva tesaṃ cīvarānaṃ aparibhogārahattā naṭṭhacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhito hoti. Naṭṭhacīvarassa ca akappiyaṃ nāma natthi. Tasmā ekaṃ nivāsetvā dve hatthena gahetvā vihāraṃ gantvā vinayakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace dūre vihāro hoti, antarāmagge manussā sañcaranti. Ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā ekaṃ aṃsakūṭe ṭhapetvā gantabbaṃ. Sace vihāre sabhāgabhikkhū na passati, bhikkhācāraṃ gatā honti, saṅghāṭiṃ bahigāme ṭhapetvā santaruttarena āsanasālaṃ gantvā vinayakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace bahigāme corabhayaṃ hoti, pārupitvā gantabbaṃ. Sace āsanasālā sambādhā hoti janākiṇṇā, na sakkā ekamante cīvaraṃ apanetvā vinayakammaṃ kātuṃ, ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ ādāya bahigāmaṃ gantvā vinayakammaṃ katvā cīvarāni paribhuñjitabbāni.
如果比丘们把钵和衣交给年轻比丘们拿着,走在路上,到了后夜想躺下休息,那就应当各自把自己的衣放在伸手够得到的地方,然后才躺下。如果走着走着,年轻比丘们还没到,天就亮了,那么衣就成了应舍衣,但依止并不废止。长老们走在前面,年轻比丘们还没到,也是同样的道理。如果偏离道路,在树林里彼此看不见,也是同样的道理。但如果年轻比丘们说:“尊者,我们稍微睡一会儿,然后在某某地方赶上你们。”结果一直睡到天亮,那么衣就成了应舍衣,依止也废止了。把年轻比丘们打发走之后,长老们自己躺下睡觉,也是同样的道理。如果走到岔路口,长老们说“是这条路”,年轻比丘们说“是那条路”,彼此都不接受对方的说法,各自走了,那么天一破晓,衣就成了应舍衣,依止也废止了。如果年轻比丘们离开道路,心想“我们会在天亮前回来”,为了取药进入村庄,回来时还没到,天就亮了,那么衣成了应舍衣,但依止并不废止。但如果因为怕母牛或怕狗,心想“稍微站一会儿再走”,于是站着或坐着,之后继续走,半路上天亮了,那么衣成了应舍衣,依止也废止了。如果心想“我们会在天亮前回来”,进入界内的村庄,半路上天亮了,那么衣既不是应舍衣,依止也不废止。但如果心想“先等天亮吧”就坐下,即使天亮了,衣也不是应舍衣,但依止会废止。还有些人心想“我们会在天亮前回来”,为了听法而积极前往附近的寺院,半路上天就亮了,那么衣成了应舍衣,但依止并不废止。如果因为尊重法,心想“听完再走”,就坐下,那么天一破晓,衣就成了应舍衣,依止也废止了。长老派年轻比丘去村里洗衣服时,应当先把自己的衣舍出,然后才交给他。年轻比丘的衣也应当让他舍出后再放置。如果年轻比丘因为忘记而走了,就应当把自己的衣舍出,然后以信任的方式拿年轻比丘的衣来放置。如果长老忘了,而年轻比丘记得,那么年轻比丘应当把自己的衣舍出,以信任的方式拿长老的衣,去对长老说:“尊者,请决意您的衣后再受用。”自己也应当决意自己的衣。这样,即使只有一个人记得,也能从罪中解脱出来。其余部分意思都很浅显。巴利
Sace bhikkhū daharānaṃ hatthe pattacīvaraṃ datvā maggaṃ gacchantā pacchime yāme sayitukāmā honti, attano attano cīvaraṃ hatthapāse katvāva sayitabbaṃ. Sace gacchantānaṃyeva asampattesu daharesu aruṇaṃ uggacchati, cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti, nissayo pana na paṭippassambhati, daharānampi purato gacchantānaṃ theresu asampattesu eseva nayo. Maggaṃ virajjhitvā araññe aññamaññaṃ apassantesupi eseva nayo. Sace pana daharā ‘‘mayaṃ, bhante, muhuttaṃ sayitvā asukasmiṃ nāma okāse tumhe sampāpuṇissāmā’’ti vatvā yāva aruṇuggamanā sayanti, cīvarañca nissaggiyaṃ hoti, nissayo ca paṭippassambhati, dahare uyyojetvā theresu sayantesupi eseva nayo. Dvedhāpathaṃ disvā therā ‘‘ayaṃ maggo’’ daharā ‘‘ayaṃ maggo’’ti vatvā aññamaññassa vacanaṃ aggahetvā gatā, saha aruṇuggamanā cīvarāni ca nissaggiyāni honti , nissayo ca paṭippassambhati. Sace daharā maggato okkamma ‘‘antoaruṇeyeva nivattissāmā’’ti bhesajjatthāya gāmaṃ pavisitvā āgacchanti. Asampattānaṃyeva ca tesaṃ aruṇo uggacchati, cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, nissayo pana na paṭippassambhati. Sace pana dhenubhayena vā sunakhabhayena vā ‘‘muhuttaṃ ṭhatvā gamissāmā’’ti ṭhatvā vā nisīditvā vā gacchanti, antarā aruṇe uggate cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, nissayo ca paṭippassambhati. Sace ‘‘antoaruṇeyeva āgamissāmā’’ti antosīmāyaṃ gāmaṃ paviṭṭhānaṃ antarā aruṇo uggacchati, neva cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, na nissayo paṭippassambhati. Sace pana ‘‘vibhāyatu tāvā’’ti nisīdanti, aruṇe uggatepi na cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, nissayo pana paṭippassambhati. Yepi ‘‘antoaruṇeyeva āgamissāmā’’ti sāmantavihāraṃ dhammasavanatthāya saussāhā gacchanti, antarāmaggeyeva ca nesaṃ aruṇo uggacchati, cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, nissayo pana na paṭippassambhati. Sace dhammagāravena ‘‘yāva pariyosānaṃ sutvāva gamissāmā’’ti nisīdanti, saha aruṇassuggamanā cīvarānipi nissaggiyāni honti, nissayopi paṭippassambhati. Therena daharaṃ cīvaradhovanatthāya gāmakaṃ pesentena attano cīvaraṃ paccuddharitvāva dātabbaṃ. Daharassāpi cīvaraṃ paccuddharāpetvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace assatiyā gacchati, attano cīvaraṃ paccuddharitvā daharassa cīvaraṃ vissāsena gahetvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace thero nassarati, daharo eva sarati, daharena attano cīvaraṃ paccuddharitvā therassa cīvaraṃ vissāsena gahetvā gantvā vattabbo ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjathā’’ti attanopi cīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Evaṃ ekassa satiyāpi āpattimokkho hotīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva .
在等起等各方面,第一条迦絺那学处说的是不决意、不分别说以及不作为,而这里说的是不舍出,这就是唯一的差别。其余各处都和前面所说的方式一样。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīsu paṭhamakathinasikkhāpade anadhiṭṭhānaṃ avikappanañca akiriyaṃ, idha apaccuddharaṇaṃ ayameva viseso. Sesaṃ sabbattha vuttanayamevāti.
3. 第三咖提那学处解释巴利
3. Tatiyakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
497 “那时”,是第三咖提那学处。其中,“撑开后反复擦拭”的意思是:他心里想“要是褶皱没了,这件衣就会变大”,于是用水浇湿,用脚踩踏,用手撑开、提起,在背上摩擦。这衣在阳光下晒干后,还是原来的尺寸。他又照样做了一遍,所以说“撑开后反复擦拭”。世尊坐在香室里,看见他这样辛苦劳作,就走了出来,像在巡视住处一样走到那里。所以说“世尊看见”等等。巴利
497.Tena samayenāti tatiyakathinasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjatīti ‘‘valīsu naṭṭhāsu idaṃ mahantaṃ bhavissatī’’ti maññamāno udakena siñcitvā pādehi akkamitvā hatthehi ussāpetvā ukkhipitvā piṭṭhiyaṃ ghaṃsati, taṃ ātape sukkhaṃ paṭhamappamāṇameva hoti. So punapi tathā karoti, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjatī’’ti. Taṃ evaṃ kilamantaṃ bhagavā gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinnova disvā nikkhamitvā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto viya tattha agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘addasa kho bhagavā’’tiādi.
499-500 “十一个月”是指除去最后一个迦提月,剩下的十一个月。“七个月”是指除去迦提月和冬季四个月这五个月,剩下的七个月。“即使指定了时间而布施”:是指对僧团标明“这是非时衣”而布施,或者对个人说“我把这个给你”而布施。巴利
499-500.Ekādasamāseti ekaṃ pacchimakattikamāsaṃ ṭhapetvā sese ekādasamāse. Sattamāseti kattikamāsaṃ hemantike ca cattāroti pañcamāse ṭhapetvā sese sattamāse. Kālepi ādissa dinnanti saṅghassa vā ‘‘idaṃ akālacīvara’’nti uddisitvā dinnaṃ, ekapuggalassa vā ‘‘idaṃ tuyhaṃ dammī’’ti dinnaṃ.
“从僧团”是指:按自己应得的那一份,从僧团那里得到。“从众”是指:他们说“这一份给经部众,这一份给论部众”,就这样分给某个众。然后,按自己应得的那一份,从那个众那里得到。巴利
Saṅghato vāti attano pattabhāgavasena saṅghato vā uppajjeyya. Gaṇato vāti idaṃ suttantikagaṇassa dema, idaṃ ābhidhammikagaṇassāti evaṃ gaṇassa denti. Tato attano pattabhāgavasena gaṇato vā uppajjeyya.
如果还不能圆满,意思是:假如还不圆满,而用来制作决意衣的布料只有那么多,如果这些布料不够,那件衣就会不足量。巴利
No cassa pāripūrīti no ce pāripūrī bhaveyya, yattakena kayiramānaṃ adhiṭṭhānacīvaraṃ pahoti, tañce cīvaraṃ tattakaṃ na bhaveyya, ūnakaṃ bhaveyyāti attho.
在“对僧团或众有期待”等句中:心想“某一天僧团会得到衣,众会得到衣,我由此会得到衣”,这样就是对僧团或众有期待。心想“亲属为了给我衣而寄来了,朋友寄来了,他们来了就会给我衣”,这样就是对亲属或朋友有期待。“或粪扫衣”:这里应理解为“我将得到粪扫衣”,这样有期待。“或以自己的财物”:指用自己的棉线等财物,心想“某一天我会得到”,这样也有期待。这就是其含义。巴利
Paccāsā hoti saṅghato vātiādīsu asukadivasaṃ nāma saṅgho cīvarāni labhissati, gaṇo labhissati, tato me cīvaraṃ uppajjissatīti evaṃ saṅghato vā gaṇato vā paccāsā hoti. Ñātakehi me cīvaratthāya pesitaṃ, mittehi pesitaṃ, te āgatā cīvare dassantīti evaṃ ñātito vā mittato vā paccāsā hoti. Paṃsukūlaṃ vāti ettha pana paṃsukūlaṃ vā lacchāmīti evaṃ paccāsā hotīti yojetabbaṃ. Attano vā dhanenāti attano kappāsasuttādinā dhanena, asukadivasaṃ nāma lacchāmīti evaṃ vā paccāsā hotīti attho.
如果超过这个期限还继续放着,哪怕是有期待也一样。意思是:如果超过一个月的最长期限还继续放着,就犯舍堕罪。不过这里没有直接这么说,而是因为:在中间阶段出现的期待衣,从根本衣生起的那天算起,一直到第二十天为止,这段时间里出现的期待衣会让根本衣随顺于它;从那之后,根本衣反过来让期待衣随顺于它。因此,为了显示这个差别,才用“那时生起了根本衣”等方式来逐项分别解说,这些内容本身已经很清楚。巴利
Tato ce uttari nikkhipeyya satiyāpi paccāsāyāti māsaparamato ce uttari nikkhipeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti attho. Evaṃ pana avatvā yasmā antarā uppajjamāne paccāsācīvare mūlacīvarassa uppannadivasato yāva vīsatimo divaso tāva uppannaṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ mūlacīvaraṃ attano gatikaṃ karoti, tato uddhaṃ mūlacīvaraṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ attano gatikaṃ karoti. Tasmā taṃ visesaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tadahuppanne mūlacīvare’’tiādinā nayena padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ uttānatthameva.
当出现不相称的情况时,关于“根本衣”:如果根本衣细软,而期待衣粗厚,就无法搭配使用。而且剩下的夜晚还多,月期还没满,就不该在不愿意的情况下勉强把衣做掉。只有在得到另一件期待衣之后,才应在时限内制作。期待衣也应当决意为资具布。反过来,如果根本衣粗厚,期待衣细软,那就把根本衣决意为资具布,然后把期待衣当作根本衣来放置。这样它又能再获得一个月的豁免期。按这个方法,只要愿意,就可以互相轮流当作根本衣来放置,这是允许的。其余内容浅显易懂。巴利
Visabhāge uppanne mūlacīvareti yadi mūlacīvaraṃ saṇhaṃ, paccāsācīvaraṃ thūlaṃ, na sakkā yojetuṃ. Rattiyo ca sesā honti, na tāva māso pūrati , na akāmā niggahena cīvaraṃ kāretabbaṃ. Aññaṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ labhitvāyeva kālabbhantare kāretabbaṃ. Paccāsācīvarampi parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Atha mūlacīvaraṃ thūlaṃ hoti, paccāsācīvaraṃ saṇhaṃ, mūlacīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā paccāsācīvarameva mūlacīvaraṃ katvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Taṃ puna māsaparihāraṃ labhati, etenupāyena yāva icchati tāva aññamaññaṃ mūlacīvaraṃ katvā ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatīti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
等起等项,与第一咖提那戒完全相同。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisānevāti.
4. 旧衣学处注释巴利
4. Purāṇacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
503-5 “那时”这一句,说的是旧衣学处。其中“乃至第七代祖父辈”:“祖父”就是父亲的父亲,“祖父辈”就是祖父的世代。“辈”在这里指的是寿命的长度。这只是一种说法而已。从实际含义来说,祖父本身就是祖父辈。从这里再往上,所有先辈都被“祖父”这个说法涵盖进去了。这样一来,一直到第七代的人,凡是跟自己没有亲属关系的,就称为“乃至第七代祖父辈无亲属关系”。这也只是一种表达方式。不过,从“从母方或从父方”这句话来看,应当知道:祖父辈、祖母辈、外祖父辈、外祖母辈,以及他们的兄弟、姐妹、外甥、侄子、儿子、孙子等等,全都包含在这里面了。巴利
503-5.Tena samayenāti purāṇacīvarasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha yāva sattamā pitāmahayugāti pitupitā pitāmaho, pitāmahassa yugaṃ pitāmahayugaṃ. Yuganti āyuppamāṇaṃ vuccati. Abhilāpa mattameva cetaṃ. Atthato pana pitāmahoyeva pitāmahayugaṃ. Tato uddhaṃ sabbepi pubbapurisā pitāmahaggahaṇeneva gahitā. Evaṃ yāva sattamo puriso tāva yā asambaddhā sā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddhāti vuccati. Desanāmukhameva cetaṃ. ‘‘Mātito vā pitito vā’’tivacanato pana pitāmahayugampi pitāmahiyugampi mātāmahayugampi mātāmahiyugampi tesaṃ bhātubhaginībhāgineyyaputtapaputtādayopi sabbe idha saṅgahitā evāti veditabbā.
这里详细展开来说:父亲、父亲的父亲、他的父亲、他父亲的父亲,这样一直到第七代;父亲、父亲的母亲、她的父亲和母亲、兄弟、姊妹、儿子、女儿,这样向上和向下一直到第七代;父亲、父亲的兄弟、父亲的姊妹、父亲的儿子、父亲的女儿,以及这些人的儿子女儿的世代相续,这样一直到第七代;母亲、母亲的母亲、她的母亲、她母亲的母亲,这样一直到第七代;母亲、母亲的父亲、她的母亲和父亲、兄弟、姊妹、儿子、女儿,这样向上和向下一直到第七代;母亲、母亲的兄弟、母亲的姊妹、母亲的儿子、母亲的女儿,以及这些人的儿子女儿的世代相续,这样一直到第七代。既不是通过母方关系、也不是通过父方关系而有关联的人,这就叫作非亲属。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ vitthāranayo – pitā pitupitā tassa pitā tassāpi pitāti evaṃ yāva sattamā yugā, pitā pitumātā tassā pitā ca mātā ca bhātā ca bhaginī ca puttā ca dhītaro cāti evampi uddhañca adho ca yāva sattamā yugā, pitā pitubhātā pitubhaginī pituputtā pitudhītaro tesampi puttadhītuparamparāti evampi yāva sattamā yugā, mātā mātumātā tassā mātā tassāpi mātāti evampi yāva sattamā yugā, mātā mātupitā tassa mātā ca pitā ca bhātā ca bhaginī ca puttā ca dhītaro cāti, evampi uddhañca adho ca yāva sattamā yugā, mātā mātubhātā mātubhaginī mātuputtā mātudhītaro tesampi puttadhītuparamparāti evampi yāva sattamā yugā, neva mātusambandhena na pitusambandhena sambaddhā, ayaṃ aññātikā nāma.
“从两边”是指:在比丘尼僧团中通过白四羯磨受具足戒,又在比丘僧团中通过白四羯磨受具足戒,也就是通过八语羯磨法而受具足戒。巴利
Ubhato saṅgheti bhikkhunisaṅghe ñatticatutthena bhikkhusaṅghe ñatticatutthenāti aṭṭhavācikavinayakammena upasampannā.
即使只穿过一次、只披过一次,也要先染色、做成袈裟后,哪怕只穿过一次或披过一次。最低限度,如果以受用的方式把它搭在肩上或顶在头上走路,或者当作枕头垫着躺下,这也仍然算是旧衣。但是,如果把它铺在坐卧具下面躺着,或者用手举起来在空中当帐幔走,头不碰到它,这就不算受用。这是《库伦达疏》中说的。巴利
Sakiṃ nivatthampi sakiṃ pārutampīti rajitvā kappaṃ katvā ekavārampi nivatthaṃ vā pārutaṃ vā. Antamaso paribhogasīsena aṃse vā matthake vā katvā maggaṃ gato hoti, ussīsakaṃ vā katvā nipanno hoti, etampi purāṇacīvarameva. Sace pana paccattharaṇassa heṭṭhā katvā nipajjati, hatthehi vā ukkhipitvā ākāse vitānaṃ katvā sīsena aphusanto gacchati, ayaṃ paribhogo nāma na hotīti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ.
在“洗了之后,属于舍堕”这一条里,像这样被吩咐的比丘尼,为了洗涤而准备灶台、收集木柴、生火、打水,直到把那件衣洗好拿起来为止,比丘尼每做一个动作,比丘就犯一个恶作。洗完刚拿起来的那一刻,就构成舍堕。如果她以为还没洗干净,又再洒水或再洗,直到洗完为止,每做一个动作都犯恶作。染色和捶打也是同样的道理。具体说,在染槽里倒入染料之后,直到把那件衣染过一次为止,在此之前为了染色所做的任何事,或者之后又再染,在所有这些情况下,比丘每做一个动作都犯恶作。捶打时的动作也应这样理解。巴利
Dhotaṃ nissaggiyanti ettha evaṃ āṇattā bhikkhunī dhovanatthāya uddhanaṃ sajjeti, dārūni saṃharati, aggiṃ karoti, udakaṃ āharati yāva naṃ dhovitvā ukkhipati, tāva bhikkhuniyā payoge payoge bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ. Dhovitvā ukkhittamatte nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Sace duddhotanti maññamānā puna siñcati vā dhovati vā yāva niṭṭhānaṃ na gacchati tāva payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Esa nayo rajanākoṭanesu. Rajanadoṇiyañhi rajanaṃ ākiritvā yāva sakiṃ cīvaraṃ rajati, tato pubbe yaṃkiñci rajanatthāya karoti, pacchā vā paṭirajati, sabbattha payoge payoge bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ. Evaṃ ākoṭanepi payogo veditabbo.
506 对非亲戚的人作非亲戚想,而让她洗旧衣:即使不说“洗这件”,只要为了洗而做出身体动作,或者用手递到对方手里,或者放在对方脚边,或者往上扔过去,或者托付给正学尼、沙弥尼、沙弥、近事男、外道女等人手里,或者扔在河边正在洗衣者的附近,只要站在十二肘范围之内,就算已经让她洗了。如果放在那范围之外、靠近自己这一边,而她自己拿去洗了再送回来,那就无犯。如果交给正学尼、沙弥尼或近事女手里让她洗,她在受具足戒之后才洗,仍然犯。如果交给近事男手里,他转换身份、在比丘尼中出家并受具足戒之后才洗,仍然犯。如果交给沙弥或比丘手里,在转换身份时,也是同样的道理。巴利
506.Aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpetīti no cepi ‘‘imaṃ dhovā’’ti vadati, atha kho dhovanatthāya kāyavikāraṃ katvā hatthena vā hatthe deti, pādamūle vā ṭhapeti, upari vā khipati, sikkhamānāsāmaṇerīsāmaṇeraupāsakatitthiyādīnaṃ vā hatthe peseti, nadītitthe dhovantiyā upacāre vā khipati, antodvādasahatthe okāse ṭhatvā, dhovāpitaṃyeva hoti. Sace pana upacāraṃ muñcitvā orato ṭhapeti sā ce dhovitvā āneti, anāpatti. Sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇeriyā vā upāsikāya vā hatthe dhovanatthāya deti, sā ce upasampajjitvā dhovati, āpattiyeva. Upāsakassa hatthe deti, so ce liṅge parivatte bhikkhunīsu pabbajitvā upasampajjitvā dhovati , āpattiyeva. Sāmaṇerassa vā bhikkhussa vā hatthe dinnepi liṅgaparivattane eseva nayo.
在“令洗、令染”等情形中,以一件事物犯舍堕,以第二件事物犯恶作。若令做三件事,以其中一件事犯舍堕,其余两件犯两个恶作。然而,因为无论按顺序还是逆顺序令做这些洗染等事,都无法避免犯戒,所以这里说了三组四句。即使说了“把这件衣染了、洗了再拿来”,如果那位比丘尼先洗后染,仍然只是舍堕和恶作。在一切与所说相反的话语中,都应依此类推。如果对方说的是“洗了拿来”,而她既洗又染,那就只因为令洗而犯戒,令染不犯。像这样,在一切情况下,做了超出所吩咐的事,应当以“未受吩咐而洗”这一特征了知为不犯。如果说“这件衣上该做的一切,全都是你的责任”,那么以一句话就犯下众多罪。巴利
Dhovāpeti rajāpetītiādīsu ekena vatthunā nissaggiyaṃ, dutiyena dukkaṭaṃ. Tīṇipi kārāpentassa ekena nissaggiyaṃ, sesehi dve dukkaṭāni. Yasmā panetāni dhovanādīni paṭipāṭiyā vā uppaṭipāṭiyā vā kārentassa mokkho natthi, tasmā ettha tīṇi catukkāni vuttāni. Sacepi hi ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ rajitvā dhovitvā ānehī’’ti vutte sā bhikkhunī paṭhamaṃ dhovitvā pacchā rajati, nissaggiyena dukkaṭameva. Evaṃ sabbesu viparītavacanesu nayo netabbo. Sace pana ‘‘dhovitvā ānehī’’ti vuttā dhovati ceva rajati ca, dhovāpanapaccayā eva āpatti, rajane anāpatti. Evaṃ sabbattha vuttādhikakaraṇe ‘‘avuttā dhovatī’’ti iminā lakkhaṇena anāpatti veditabbā. ‘‘Imasmiṃ cīvare yaṃ kātabbaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ tuyhaṃ bhāro’’ti vadanto pana ekavācāya sambahulā āpattiyo āpajjatīti.
“对非亲戚有疑”“对非亲戚作亲戚想”这些句子,也应当依照前面已说的三组四句,从广说的角度来了知。巴利
Aññātikāya vematiko aññātikāya ñātikasaññīti imānipi padāni vuttānaṃyeva tiṇṇaṃ catukkānaṃ vasena vitthārato veditabbāni.
在比丘尼众面前受具足戒的人,如果让在比丘尼众面前受具足戒的比丘尼洗衣服,犯恶作。但如果让在比丘众面前受具足戒的比丘尼洗衣服,就按具体情况来判定;所谓在比丘众面前受具足戒的比丘尼,指的就是那五百位释迦族女子。巴利
Ekato upasampannāyāti bhikkhunīnaṃ santike upasampannāya dhovāpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannāya pana yathāvatthukameva, bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannā nāma pañcasatā sākiyāniyo.
507 “没被吩咐就洗”:有些比丘尼是为了听法或受教诫而来,看到脏了的僧衣,就从放着的地方拿来,或者说“尊者,给我吧,我来洗”,让人把衣服拿来,然后又洗、又染、又捶打,这就叫“没被吩咐就洗”。还有一种情况:比丘吩咐年少比丘或沙弥说“把这件僧衣洗了”,她听到后说“尊者,拿来吧,我来洗”,于是拿去洗;或者暂时借来洗好、染好之后再还回去,这也叫“没被吩咐就洗”。巴利
507.Avuttā dhovatīti uddesāya vā ovādāya vā āgatā kilinnaṃ cīvaraṃ disvā ṭhapitaṭṭhānato gahetvā vā ‘‘detha, ayya, dhovissāmī’’ti āharāpetvā vā dhovati ceva rajati ca ākoṭeti ca, ayaṃ avuttā dhovati nāma. Yāpi ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ dhovā’’ti daharaṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā āṇāpentassa bhikkhuno sutvā ‘‘āharathayya ahaṃ dhovissāmī’’ti dhovati, tāvakālikaṃ vā gahetvā dhovitvā rajitvā deti, ayampi avuttā dhovati nāma.
其他资具,就是鞋袋、钵袋、肩带、腰带、床、椅、褥垫、坐垫等,不管是什么,如果让人去洗,无犯。这里剩下的内容意思都很浅显易懂。巴利
Aññaṃ parikkhāranti upāhanatthavikapattatthavikaaṃsabaddhakakāyabandhanamañcapīṭhabhisitaṭṭikādiṃ yaṃkiñci dhovāpeti, anāpatti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
另外,从等起等方面来看,这条学处有六种等起,是造作而非想解脱,没有心识,属于违犯施设,是身业和语业,由三种心生起,与三种受相应。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīsu pana idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
第五,接受衣物的学处注释巴利
5. Cīvarapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
508 “那时”,是受衣学处的部分。其中,“从乞食返回”指从乞食的地方回来。“前往盲林”:在学处还没制定的时候,她前往盲林。“已作业者”指已经做了偷盗之事,也就是通过凿墙等手段拿走别人的财物。盗贼首领就是贼头。据说他以前就认识这位长老尼,所以走在贼群前面时看见了她,就说“不要往这边走,大家都到这边来”,带着他们从另一条路走了。“从定中出”:据说长老尼正好在预定的时间从定中出来。而贼头也恰在那一刻说了这话,所以她听到了,听后心想:“这里除了我,现在没有别的沙门或婆罗门了。”于是接过了那块肉。因此说:“那时,莲华色比丘尼……”等等。巴利
508.Tena samayenāti cīvarapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha piṇḍapātapaṭikkantāti piṇḍapātato paṭikkantā. Yena andhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamīti apaññatte sikkhāpade yena andhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Katakammāti katacorikakammā, sandhicchedanādīhi parabhaṇḍaṃ haritāti vuttaṃ hoti. Coragāmaṇikoti corajeṭṭhako. So kira pubbe theriṃ jānāti, tasmā corānaṃ purato gacchanto disvā ‘‘ito mā gacchatha, sabbe ito ethā’’ti te gahetvā aññena maggena agamāsi. Samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvāti therī kira paricchinnavelāyaṃyeva samādhimhā vuṭṭhahi. Sopi tasmiṃyeva khaṇe evaṃ avaca, tasmā sā assosi, sutvā ca ‘‘natthi dāni añño ettha samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā aññatra mayā’’ti taṃ maṃsaṃ aggahesi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī’’tiādi.
“被留下的人”是指剩下来、留下来的人,也就是轮到看守精舍时,独自一人留在精舍里的人。他为什么说“如果你能把下衣给我”呢?因为他看到那件下衣细滑、厚实、平整,就起了贪心。不过,他对那件下衣的贪心其实很轻;但他对那位长老尼却起了强烈的贪欲,心想:“她已经达到身体肢体的完美至极,我要借此看看她身体的圆满。”所以才那样说。“最后的”是指五衣中最末尾的一件,也就是最后、最终的意思。他并不是用别的借口另作分配,或收回来另放一件衣,而是按照允许受持的五衣来说的,并不是出于贪心,因为漏尽者确实没有贪。“被紧紧挤压”是先显示譬喻,然后说被紧紧地压迫。巴利
Ohiyyakoti avahīyako avaseso, vihāravāraṃ patvā ekova vihāre ṭhitoti attho. Sace me tvaṃ antaravāsakaṃ dadeyyāsīti kasmā āha? Saṇhaṃ ghanamaṭṭhaṃ antaravāsakaṃ disvā lobhena, apica appako tassā antaravāsake lobho, theriyā pana sikhāppattā koṭṭhāsasampatti tenassā sarīrapāripūriṃ passissāmīti visamalobhaṃ uppādetvā evamāha. Antimanti pañcannaṃ cīvarānaṃ sabbapariyantaṃ hutvā antimaṃ, antimanti pacchimaṃ. Aññaṃ lesenāpi vikappetvā vā paccuddharitvā vā ṭhapitaṃ cīvaraṃ natthīti evaṃ yathāanuññātānaṃ pañcannaṃ cīvarānaṃ dhāraṇavaseneva āha, na lobhena, na hi khīṇāsavānaṃ lobho atthi. Nippīḷiyamānāti upamaṃ dassetvā gāḷhaṃ pīḷayamānā.
她给了下衣之后,就朝住处走去。她穿上覆肩衣,为了不让那人的心愿得到满足,只在自己手掌上展示了一下就走了。巴利
Antaravāsakaṃdatvā upassayaṃ agamāsīti saṅkaccikaṃ nivāsetvā yathā tassa manoratho na pūrati, evaṃ hatthataleyeva dassetvā agamāsi.
510 为什么在圣尼们不接受交换衣时,她们还因此抱怨呢?因为她们心里受挫、被刺痛,想:“如果圣尼们对我们连这点信任都没有,我们还怎么活下去?”巴利
510. Kasmā pārivattakacīvaraṃ appaṭigaṇhante ujjhāyiṃsu? ‘‘Sace ettakopi amhesu ayyānaṃ vissāso natthi, kathaṃ mayaṃ yāpessāmā’’ti vihatthatāya samabhitunnattā.
比丘们,我允许从这五种人那里接受交换衣。意思是:我允许从这五种同法、同信、同戒、同见的人那里接受交换衣。巴利
Anujānāmi bhikkhave imesaṃ pañcannanti imesaṃ pañcannaṃ sahadhammikānaṃ samasaddhānaṃ samasīlānaṃ samadiṭṭhīnaṃ pārivattakaṃ gahetuṃ anujānāmīti attho.
512 在动手拿取时犯恶作:为了拿取而伸手等动作,就属于恶作。通过获得:也就是通过接受。在这当中,如果有人用手递到手上,或者放在脚边,或者从上方扔过来,而他接受了,那就已经算取到了。但如果物品是托付给正在学法的人、沙弥、沙弥尼、近事男、近事女等手中,他去接受,则无犯。说法的人在说法时,四众弟子把袈裟和各种不同颜色的布料拿来,放在脚边,或者站在近处,或者从近处扔过来,其中凡是属于比丘尼的东西,如果不经过交换而拿取,就确实犯戒。如果是在夜间被扔过来的,无法知道“这是比丘尼的,这是别人的”,那就没有交换的必要,这是《大帕查里》和《库伦迪》中所说的,但这种说法因为属于无心状态而不成立。如果比丘尼给出雨安居衣,那就必须交换。如果放在垃圾堆等处,心想“我要取作粪扫衣”,那就可以决意为粪扫衣后取用。巴利
512.Payoge dukkaṭanti gahaṇatthāya hatthappasāraṇādīsu dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhenāti paṭiggahaṇena. Tattha ca hatthena vā hatthe detu, pādamūle vā ṭhapetu, upari vā khipatu, so ce sādiyati , gahitameva hoti. Sace pana sikkhamānāsāmaṇerasāmaṇerīupāsakaupāsikādīnaṃ hatthe pesitaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, anāpatti. Dhammakathaṃ kathentassa catassopi parisā cīvarāni ca nānāvirāgavatthāni ca ānetvā pādamūle ṭhapenti, upacāre vā ṭhatvā upacāraṃ vā muñcitvā khipanti, yaṃ tattha bhikkhunīnaṃ santakaṃ, taṃ aññatra pārivattakā gaṇhantassa āpattiyeva. Atha pana rattibhāge khittāni honti, ‘‘idaṃ bhikkhuniyā, idaṃ aññesa’’nti ñātuṃ na sakkā, pārivattakakiccaṃ natthīti mahāpaccariyaṃ kurundiyañca vuttaṃ, taṃ acittakabhāvena na sameti. Sace bhikkhunī vassāvāsikaṃ deti, pārivattakameva kātabbaṃ. Sace pana saṅkārakūṭādīsu ṭhapeti, ‘‘paṃsukūlaṃ gaṇhissantī’’ti paṃsukūlaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati.
513 对非亲族比丘尼,作非亲族想,构成三句波逸提。关于从一方受具足戒者:从在比丘尼众面前受具足戒者手中拿取,犯恶作;而从在比丘众面前受具足戒者手中拿取,则仅犯波逸提。巴利
513.Aññātikāya aññātikasaññīti tikapācittiyaṃ. Ekato upasampannāyāti bhikkhunīnaṃ santike upasampannāya hatthato gaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ, bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannāya pana pācittiyameva.
514 用便宜的衣,或者用鞋袋、钵袋、肩带、腰带之类的东西,去换一件贵重的衣,即使换来了以后接受这件衣,也没有犯戒。不过《大筏》注释里说:“哪怕只用一片诃子果来换也可以。”至于用贵重的东西去换便宜的东西,应当按前面所说的反过来理解。其他资具方面,像钵袋等,凡是适合用来作净施的资具都可以拿来换;但达到最后衣尺寸的布,以及滤水布,就不可以。凡是既不适合决意受持、也不适合作净施的东西,全都可以拿来换。即使有一张床铺那么大的坐垫皮,也可以换;更何况是钵袋之类的东西呢。剩下的内容意思很浅显,容易明白。巴利
514.Parittena vā vipulanti appagghacīvarena vā upāhanatthavikapattatthavikaaṃsabaddhakakāyabandhanādinā vā mahagghaṃ cetāpetvā sacepi cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, anāpatti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘antamaso harītakīkhaṇḍenāpī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vipulena vā parittanti idaṃ vuttavipallāsena veditabbaṃ. Aññaṃ parikkhāranti pattatthavikādiṃ yaṃ kiñci vikappanupagapacchimacīvarappamāṇaṃ pana paṭaparissāvanampi na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ neva adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ na vikappanupagaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ vaṭṭati. Sacepi mañcappamāṇā bhisicchavi hoti, vaṭṭatiyeva; ko pana vādo pattatthavikādīsu. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
这一条从等起等方面来说,有六种等起,有造作与非造作,不是想解脱,没有心,只是违犯制戒,属于身业和语业,有三种心,三种受。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyākiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ , paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃvacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
向非亲族乞衣学处的注释巴利
6. Aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
515 那时:这是关于向非亲族乞求的学处。其中,释迦子优波难陀,在约八万释迦族出家的比丘中最为下劣,天性贪求。Paṭṭo 意思是灵巧、有能力、堪任、具足音韵、具备喉音甜美。“于何者中如?”意思是:像什么?像烦恼一样;由于惭与愧,像颤抖、像震动,这就是意思。巴利
515.Tena samayenāti aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha upanando sakyaputtoti asītisahassamattānaṃ sakyakulā pabbajitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ patikiṭṭho lolajātiko. Paṭṭoti cheko samattho paṭibalo sarasampanno kaṇṭhamādhuriyena samannāgato. Kismiṃ viyāti kiṃsu viya kileso viya, hirottappavasena kampanaṃ viya saṅkampanaṃ viya hotīti attho.
“长途旅路”是指被称为长途的远路,意思是遥远的路途,而不是城里的街道。“那些比丘夺走了”:意思是抢走了,也就是把他们的钵和衣拿走了。“你追问吧”:是为了弄清他们是不是比丘而发问。“被追问时”:就是被问到出家、受具足戒、钵与衣的受持等事情的时候。“他们禀告了这件事”:就是让对方知道他们是比丘身份之后,按照“从娑鸡帝前往舍卫城,走上长途旅路……”这样的方式,把这件事报告了。巴利
Addhānamagganti addhānasaṅkhātaṃ dīghamaggaṃ, na nagaravīthimagganti attho. Te bhikkhū acchindiṃsūti musiṃsu, pattacīvarāni nesaṃ hariṃsūti attho. Anuyuñjāhīti bhikkhubhāvajānanatthāya puccha. Anuyuñjiyamānāti pabbajjāupasampadāpattacīvarādhiṭṭhānādīni pucchiyamānā. Etamatthaṃ ārocesunti bhikkhubhāvaṃ jānāpetvā yo ‘‘sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā’’tiādinā nayena vutto, etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
517 在“对非亲族居士”等句里,下文所说的“用草或叶子遮盖起来”,要从这里开始,按这样的次第来理解整段叙述。如果盗贼看见之后,年轻比丘们拿了钵和衣就逃走了,盗贼只拿走长老们下衣和上衣那么一点东西就走了,那么长老们暂时既不该讨要衣,也不该折断树枝树叶。如果年轻比丘们把所有东西都丢下逃走了,盗贼拿走了长老们的下衣、上衣以及那些东西就走了,年轻比丘们回来后,暂时不该把自己的下衣和上衣给长老们。因为衣没有被夺走的人,不可以为了自己而折断树枝树叶;但为了衣被夺走的人,则可以折断。衣被夺走的人,也可以为自己和他人而折断。所以,长老们应该折断树枝树叶,用藤蔓之类绑好之后交给年轻比丘们;或者年轻比丘们为了长老们折断树枝树叶、绑好之后,交到他们手里也好,不交也好,自己穿上之后,再把自己的下衣和上衣给长老们。这样既不犯坏生草木的波逸提,他们穿着也不犯恶作。巴利
517.Aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vātiādīsu yaṃ parato ‘‘tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ ādiṃ katvā evaṃ anupubbakathā veditabbā. Sace core passitvā daharā pattacīvarāni gahetvā palātā, corā therānaṃ nivāsanapārupanamattaṃyeva haritvā gacchanti, therehi neva tāva cīvaraṃ viññāpetabbaṃ, na sākhāpalāsaṃ bhañjitabbaṃ. Atha daharā sabbaṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ chaḍḍetvā palātā, corā therānaṃ nivāsanapārupanaṃ tañca bhaṇḍakaṃ gahetvā gacchanti, daharehi āgantvā attano nivāsanapārupanāni na tāva therānaṃ dātabbāni, na hi anacchinnacīvarā attano atthāya sākhāpalāsaṃ bhañjituṃ labhanti, acchinnacīvarānaṃ pana atthāya labhanti, acchinnacīvarāva attanopi paresampi atthāya labhanti. Tasmā therehi vā sākhāpalāsaṃ bhañjitvā vākādīhi ganthetvā daharānaṃ dātabbaṃ, daharehi vā therānaṃ atthāya bhañjitvā ganthetvā tesaṃ hatthe datvā vā adatvā vā attanā nivāsetvā attano nivāsanapārupanāni therānaṃ dātabbāni, neva bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiyaṃ hoti, na tesaṃ dhāraṇe dukkaṭaṃ.
如果在路上遇到染布的地方,或者看到其他类似的人,就应该向他们乞求衣布。那些被乞求的人,或者其他的人,看到比丘穿着树枝树叶做的衣服,生起信心,布施衣布——不管是有边的还是没边的,是青色等各种颜色的,是如法的还是不如法的,因为这一切都处在衣被夺失的状态下,所以他们都可以穿用和披覆。这在《附随》中也有说到——巴利
Sace antarāmagge rajakattharaṇaṃ vā hoti, aññe vā tādise manusse passanti, cīvaraṃ viññāpetabbaṃ. Yāni ca nesaṃ te vā viññattamanussā aññe vā sākhāpalāsanivāsane bhikkhū disvā ussāhajātā vatthāni denti, tāni sadasāni vā hontu adasāni vā nīlādinānāvaṇṇāni vā kappiyānipi akappiyānipi sabbāni acchinnacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhitattā tesaṃ nivāsetuñca pārupituñca vaṭṭanti. Vuttampihetaṃ parivāre –
既不是如法制作的,也不是用染料染红的;
穿上它,就能想去哪儿就去哪儿。
他也不会犯戒。
这个法是由善逝所宣说的。
这些问题,是聪慧者们思考出来的。巴利
‘‘Akappakataṃ nāpi rajanāya rattaṃ; Tena nivattho yena kāmaṃ vajeyya; Na cassa hoti āpatti; So ca dhammo sugatena desito; Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 481);
这个问题是针对衣服被抢夺的比丘说的。不过,如果比丘们和外道一起出行,外道会给他们吉祥草衣、树皮衣、木板衣之类的衣服,这些衣服只要不执取外道的见解,也是可以穿的;就算穿上了,也不应该执取他们的见解。巴利
Ayañhi pañho acchinnacīvarakaṃ bhikkhuṃ sandhāya vutto. Atha pana titthiyehi sahagacchanti, te ca nesaṃ kusacīravākacīraphalakacīrāni denti, tānipi laddhiṃ aggahetvā nivāsetuṃ vaṭṭanti, nivāsetvāpi laddhi na gahetabbā.
现在,在“他最初进入哪个住处,如果那里有僧团的住处衣”等语句中,所谓住处衣,是指人们建好住处后,准备好三衣,放在自己让人建成的住处里,心想“愿这四种资具都只属于我们,供我们受用”。这就叫住处衣。上敷布,是指铺在床上的覆盖物。地敷布,是指为了保护修整过的地面,用布片等做成敷设物,再在上面铺上草席,然后经行。床垫皮,是指床垫或椅垫的皮,如果是填充的,抖一抖之后也可以取用。应当知道,在住处衣等这些东西中,凡是那个住处里有的,即使不打招呼,也可以拿来穿上或披上,这是对衣服被夺的比丘们所允许的。而且得到时应当想“我会放回去,再放回原处”,不能有据为己有的念头。得到之后,应当从亲属、供养者或其他任何地方,照原样恢复。去往外地的人,在某个僧团住所里,应当为了作为僧团共用物使用而放置。如果因为他的使用,那东西变旧或损坏,他没有罪过。但是,如果上述这些从住处衣到床垫皮,乃至在家人衣物等,任何一种都得不到,他就应当用草或树叶遮身之后再来。巴利
Idāni ‘‘yaṃ āvāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ upagacchati, sace tattha hoti saṅghassa vihāracīvaraṃ vā’’tiādīsu vihāracīvaraṃ nāma manussā āvāsaṃ kāretvā ‘‘cattāropi paccayā amhākaṃyeva santakā paribhogaṃ gacchantū’’ti ticīvaraṃ sajjetvā attanā kārāpite āvāse ṭhapenti, etaṃ vihāracīvaraṃ nāma. Uttarattharaṇanti mañcakassa upari attharaṇakaṃ vuccati. Bhumattharaṇanti parikammakatāya bhūmiyā rakkhaṇatthaṃ cimilikāhi kataattharaṇaṃ tassa upari taṭṭikaṃ pattharitvā caṅkamanti. Bhisicchavīti mañcabhisiyā vā pīṭhabhisiyā vā chavi, sace pūritā hoti vidhunitvāpi gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Evametesu vihāracīvarādīsu yaṃ tattha āvāse hoti, taṃ anāpucchāpi gahetvā nivāsetuṃ vā pārupituṃ vā acchinnacīvarakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ labbhatīti veditabbaṃ. Tañca kho labhitvā odahissāmi puna ṭhapessāmīti adhippāyena na mūlacchejjāya. Labhitvā ca pana ñātito vā upaṭṭhākato vā aññato vā kutoci pākatikameva kātabbaṃ. Videsagatena ekasmiṃ saṅghike āvāse saṅghikaparibhogena paribhuñjanatthāya ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sacassa paribhogeneva taṃ jīrati vā nassati vā gīvā na hoti. Sace pana etesaṃ vuttappakārānaṃ gihivatthādīnaṃ bhisicchavipariyantānaṃ kiñci na labbhati, tena tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabbanti.
519 对于“无论被谁”以及“被抢夺”这两处,这里也应当这样说:那些被抢夺了衣的戒师、依止师等人,通过请求说“贤友,请拿衣来”,或者以信任而取用,那也归入此列。巴利
519.Yehikehici vā acchinnanti ettha yampi acchinnacīvarā ācariyupajjhāyā aññe ‘‘āharatha, āvuso, cīvara’’nti yācitvā vā vissāsena vā gaṇhanti, tampi saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti vattuṃ yujjati.
对于“因受用而老旧”这一句:在这里,也可以说,那些被夺衣的戒师、依止师等人,自己用草叶把身体遮住之后所给的衣服,也归入这一类。因为这样一来,他们就处于被夺衣和失衣这两种情况中,因此,他们在乞求以及受用不合法的衣服方面都无犯,这是合适的。巴利
Paribhogajiṇṇaṃ vāti ettha ca acchinnacīvarānaṃ ācariyupajjhāyādīnaṃ attanā tiṇapaṇṇehi paṭicchādetvā dinnacīvarampi saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti vattuṃ yujjati. Evañhi te acchinnacīvaraṭṭhāne naṭṭhacīvaraṭṭhāne ca ṭhitā bhavissanti, tena nesaṃ viññattiyaṃ akappiyacīvaraparibhoge ca anāpatti anurūpā bhavissati.
521 对已邀请的亲属:这里应当这样理解——如果有人告诉他“请把属于这些人的东西布施出来”而向他乞求,那是无犯的。因为对已邀请的亲属来说,并不存在犯或不犯的问题。用自己的财物:这里也应当这样理解——如果有人用自己的如法物品,通过如法的交易方式,告诉对方、让对方购买或交换衣服,那是无犯的。对已邀请者:这里,对于以僧团名义作出的邀请,只限于适当的数量。对于个人的邀请,邀请了什么,就只能乞求什么。如果有人以四种资具邀请之后,自己留意,按时节给予衣服,每天给予粥、饭等,需要什么就给什么,那么对他来说,就没有告知乞求的必要。但如果有人邀请之后,因为愚痴或失念而不给,那就应当告知他。如果有人说“我邀请你到我家”,那就可以去他家,随意坐卧,但不应拿取任何东西。如果有人说“凡是我家里有的,我都邀请”,那么家中如法之物可以乞求,但不得在他家中坐卧。这是《库伦达》中所说。巴利
521.Ñātakānaṃ pavāritānanti ettha ‘‘etesaṃ santakaṃ dethā’’ti viññāpentassa yācantassa anāpattīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Na hi ñātakapavāritānaṃ āpatti vā anāpatti vā hoti. Attano dhanenāti etthāpi attano kappiyabhaṇḍena kappiyavohāreneva cīvaraṃ viññāpentassa cetāpentassa parivattāpentassa anāpattīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Pavāritānanti ettha ca saṅghavasena pavāritesu pamāṇameva vaṭṭati. Puggalikapavāraṇāya yaṃ yaṃ pavāreti, taṃ taṃyeva viññāpetabbaṃ. Yo catūhi paccayehi pavāretvā sayameva sallakkhetvā kālānukālaṃ cīvarāni divase divase yāgubhattādīnīti evaṃ yena yenattho taṃ taṃ deti, tassa viññāpanakiccaṃ natthi. Yo pana pavāretvā bālatāya vā satisammosena vā na deti, so viññāpetabbo. Yo ‘‘mayhaṃ gehaṃ pavāremī’’ti vadati, tassa gehaṃ gantvā yathāsukhaṃ nisīditabbaṃ nipajjitabbaṃ, na kiñci gahetabbaṃ. Yo pana ‘‘yaṃ mayhaṃ gehe atthi, taṃ pavāremī’’ti vadati. Yaṃ tattha kappiyaṃ, taṃ viññāpetabbaṃ, gehe pana nisīdituṃ vā nipajjituṃ vā na labbhatīti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ.
“为了他人”:这里说的是,对于自己已经邀请过的亲属,不单单是为了自己的利益,也是为了他人的利益而开口乞求,不犯戒——这是一种理解。第二种理解是“他人的”:那些是他人已经邀请过的亲属,为了那位因此得名“他人”的人,比如为了佛护或法护的利益而开口乞求,不犯戒。其余部分意思很清楚。巴利
Aññassatthāyāti ettha attano ñātakapavārite na kevalaṃ attano atthāya, atha kho aññassatthāya viññāpentassa anāpattīti ayameko attho. Ayaṃ pana dutiyo aññassāti ye aññassa ñātakapavāritā, te tasseva ‘‘aññassā’’ti laddhavohārassa buddharakkhitassa vā dhammarakkhitassa vā atthāya viññāpentassa anāpattīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
从等起等方面来看,这一条也是六种等起、唯作、非想解脱、无意识、属于制戒罪、身业与语业、三种心、三种受。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idampi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
7. 过量学处的注释巴利
7. Tatuttarisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
522-4 “那时”这一句,是关于过量接受衣料的学处。其中,“abhihaṭṭhuṃ”里的“abhi”是前缀,意思是“带来”,“harituṃ”就是“取来”,所以这里说的是“拿取”。“pavāreyya”的意思是“使希望”,也就是让人生起意欲和喜好,即劝说、邀请的意思。为了说明以“abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya”的方式邀请时应当怎样说,就给出了这样的逐词解释:“你想要多少,就拿多少。”另一种理解是,就像“见出离为安稳”中“见”是“看”的意思,这里“abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya”也是“带来之后邀请”的意思。这里的“带来”有两种:以身带来和以语带来。也就是说,以身把衣服带来放在脚边,说“你想要多少,就拿多少”,这就是邀请;或者以语说“我们的衣库已经满了,你想要多少,就拿多少”,这也是邀请。把这两种合在一起,就说为“abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya”。巴利
522-4.Tenasamayenāti tatuttarisikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha abhihaṭṭhunti abhīti upasaggo, haritunti attho, gaṇhitunti vuttaṃ hoti. Pavāreyyāti icchāpeyya, icchaṃ ruciṃ uppādeyya, vadeyya nimanteyyāti attho. Abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavārentena pana yathā vattabbaṃ, taṃ ākāraṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yāvatakaṃ icchasi tāvatakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Atha vā yathā ‘‘nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato’’ti (su. ni. 426, 1104; cūḷani. jatukaṇṇimāṇavapucchāniddesa 67) ettha disvāti attho, evamidhāpi ‘‘abhiaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā’’ti abhiharitvā pavāreyyāti attho. Tattha kāyābhihāro vācābhihāroti duvidho abhihāro, kāyena vā hi vatthāni abhiharitvā pādamūle ṭhapetvā ‘‘yattakaṃ icchasi tattakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadanto pavāreyya, vācāya vā ‘‘amhākaṃ dussakoṭṭhāgāraṃ paripuṇṇaṃ, yattakaṃ icchasi tattakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadanto pavāreyya, tadubhayampi ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘‘abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā’’ti vuttaṃ.
“以内衣和上衣为最高限度”:意思是,所谓“以内衣和上衣为最高限度”,就是下衣加上上衣,这是他所允许的最高限量。从那里接受衣服:意思是,从他人送来的衣服中,只应取这么多衣服,不应超过这个限度。不过,因为只有三衣全部损坏的比丘才应该这样实行,其他人则可以另有不同做法,所以为了说明这种区分,就按照“如果三衣都丢失了”等的方式,对这一段作了分别解释。巴利
Santaruttaraparamanti saantaraṃ uttaraṃ paramaṃ assa cīvarassāti santaruttaraparamaṃ, nivāsanena saddhiṃ pārupanaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo assāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tato cīvaraṃ sāditabbanti tato abhihaṭacīvarato ettakaṃ cīvaraṃ gahetabbaṃ, na ito paranti attho. Yasmā pana acchinnasabbacīvarena ticīvarikeneva bhikkhunā evaṃ paṭipajjitabbaṃ, aññena aññathāpi, tasmā taṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sace tīṇi naṭṭhāni hontī’’tiādinā nayenassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.
这里的分判是这样的:如果三件衣都丢了,他就可以受用两件,穿一件、披一件,然后再从同类的地方去找另一件。如果丢了两件,他就可以受用一件。如果本来只穿着下衣和上衣,那就可以受用两件;这样只受用一件也就刚好相当。如果三件中丢了一件,就不该受用。如果两件中丢了一件,就该受用一件。如果只有一件,而那一件也丢了,就该受用两件。如果是比丘尼,五件都丢了,可以受用两件;丢了四件,可以受用一件;丢了三件,就一件也不该受用,何况丢了两件或一件呢。总之,应当以有下衣和上衣为最高限度而住,超过这个就不能再拿了,这就是这里的判定标准。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – yassa tīṇi naṭṭhāni, tena dve sāditabbāni, ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā aññaṃ sabhāgaṭṭhānato pariyesissati. Yassa dve naṭṭhāni, tena ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ. Sace pakatiyāva santaruttarena carati, dve sāditabbāni. Evaṃ ekaṃ sādiyanteneva samo bhavissati. Yassa tīsu ekaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, na sāditabbaṃ. Yassa pana dvīsu ekaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ. Yassa ekaṃyeva hoti, tañca naṭṭhaṃ, dve sāditabbāni. Bhikkhuniyā pana pañcasupi naṭṭhesu dve sāditabbāni. Catūsu naṭṭhesu ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ, tīsu naṭṭhesu kiñci na sāditabbaṃ, ko pana vādo dvīsu vā ekasmiṃ vā. Yena kenaci hi santaruttaraparamatāya ṭhātabbaṃ, tato uttari na labbhatīti idamettha lakkhaṇaṃ.
526 “剩下的我会再拿来”,意思是:做成两件衣之后,剩下的再拿来。“不是因为被割截的缘故”,意思是:他们是由于多闻等功德而布施。“亲属”等句中,意思是:亲属布施而接受,已受邀请者布施而接受,用自己的财物而接受,都没有犯。不过,注释书里说:“在亲属和已受邀请的情况下,平时即使很多也可以;但因为不是被割截的缘故,只允许适量。”这与巴利原文不符。然而,因为这条学处只是在“为他人而乞求”这一事缘中制定的,所以这里没有说“为他人”。其余部分文义浅显易懂。巴利
526.Sesakaṃ āharissāmīti dve cīvarāni katvā sesaṃ puna āharissāmīti attho. Na acchinnakāraṇāti bāhusaccādiguṇavasena denti. Ñātakānantiādīsu ñātakānaṃ dentānaṃ sādiyantassa pavāritānaṃ dentānaṃ sādiyantassa attano dhanena sādiyantassa anāpattīti attho. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘‘ñātakapavāritaṭṭhāne pakatiyā bahumpi vaṭṭati, acchinnakāraṇā pamāṇameva vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ pāḷiyā na sameti. Yasmā panidaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ aññassatthāya viññāpanavatthusmiṃyeva paññattaṃ, tasmā idha ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti na vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
从等起等方面来看,这个也是六种等起,是作,不是想解脱,是无心,遮罪,是身业和语业,三种心,三种受。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idampi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
第八、第一预备衣资学处的注释巴利
8. Paṭhamaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
527 “那时”是指预先准备好的学处。其中,“贤友,那个人是我的护持者”这句话的意思是:贤友,就像你说的那样,确实有这样一个我的护持者,这就是这里的含义。“或许我也这样”就是“或许我尊者也是这样”,也有“或许我也这样”的读法。巴利
527.Tenasamayenāti upakkhaṭasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha atthāvuso maṃ so upaṭṭhākoti āvuso, yaṃ tvaṃ bhaṇasi, atthi evarūpo so mama upaṭṭhākoti ayamettha attho. Api meyya evaṃ hotīti api me ayya evaṃ hoti, api mayyā evantipi pāṭho.
528-9 比丘而特为(他)——这里“特为”的意思是针对、为了某人。然而,凡是特为某人而准备的东西,就叫做“为他而准备”。所以,在词语分别的解释中,说成“为了比丘”。巴利
528-9.Bhikkhuṃ paneva uddissāti ettha uddissāti apadissa ārabbha. Yasmā pana yaṃ uddissa upakkhaṭaṃ hoti, taṃ tassatthāya upakkhaṭaṃ nāma hoti. Tasmāssa padabhājane ‘‘bhikkhussatthāyā’’ti vuttaṃ.
把“以比丘为所缘”理解为“以比丘为条件”。凡是特意为某位比丘准备的东西,那一定就是依着这位比丘作为条件而准备的,所以说“以比丘为所缘”。其实“条件”这个词,在“魔得到所缘”这类说法里,也是作为“所缘”来用的。现在为了说明“特意为”这个说法里那个行为者是什么样子,就说了“想要布施比丘的人”。因为正是那个想要布施比丘的人,特意为这位比丘准备了东西,而不是出于别的什么原因。这样一来,他就是那个想要布施的人。所以说“想要布施比丘的人”。巴利
Bhikkhuṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvāti bhikkhuṃ paccayaṃ katvā, yañhi bhikkhuṃ uddissa upakkhaṭaṃ, taṃ niyameneva bhikkhuṃ paccayaṃ katvā upakkhaṭaṃ hoti, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘bhikkhuṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvā’’ti. Paccayopi hi ‘‘labhati māro ārammaṇa’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.243) ārammaṇanti āgato. Idāni ‘‘uddissā’’ti ettha yo kattā, tassa ākāradassanatthaṃ ‘‘bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmo’’ti vuttaṃ. Bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmena hi tena taṃ uddissa upakkhaṭaṃ, na aññena kāraṇena. Iti so acchādetukāmo hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmo’’ti.
“或非亲居士”这句话,意思是“由非亲居士”。这里的属格是用来表示具格的意义。不过在词语分别中,为了不纠缠于文字、只显示其含义,所以说了“所谓非亲者……中略……所谓居士”等等。巴利
Aññātakassagahapatissa vāti aññātakena gahapatinā vāti attho. Karaṇatthe hi idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Padabhājane pana byañjanaṃ avicāretvā atthamattameva dassetuṃ ‘‘aññātako nāma…pe… gahapati nāmā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
“衣价”是指买衣的钱。不过,因为这笔钱属于金银等财物中的某一种,所以在逐词解释里说“或为金银”等等。“已预备”是指已经备办、收集存放好了。由于“或为金银”等说法已经表明它是已预备的状态,所以没有把“所谓已预备”这个词单独拿出来作逐词解释。“以此”是指着已预备的东西说的,因此在逐词解释里说“以现前之物”。因为凡是已预备、收集存放好的,就是现前之物。“我将覆护”,这是通俗说法,这里的意思是“我将给予某位比丘”。正因为如此,在逐词解释里也说“将给予”。巴利
Cīvaracetāpannanti cīvaramūlaṃ, taṃ pana yasmā hiraññādīsu aññataraṃ hoti, tasmā padabhājane ‘‘hiraññaṃ vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Upakkhaṭaṃ hotīti sajjitaṃ hoti, saṃharitvā ṭhapitaṃ, yasmā pana ‘‘hiraññaṃ vā’’tiādinā vacanenassa upakkhaṭabhāvo dassito hoti, tasmā ‘‘upakkhaṭaṃ nāmā’’ti padaṃ uddharitvā visuṃ padabhājanaṃ na vuttaṃ. Imināti upakkhaṭaṃ sandhāyāha, tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘paccupaṭṭhitenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yañhi upakkhaṭaṃ saṃharitvā ṭhapitaṃ, taṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hotīti. Acchādessāmīti vohāravacanametaṃ ‘‘itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dassāmī’’ti ayaṃ panettha attho. Tenevassa padabhājanepi ‘‘dassāmī’’ti vuttaṃ.
这里,“若那位比丘”是指:无论那位居士或女居士在哪里,如果那位比丘之前没有受到邀请就前往那里,然后对衣服提出选择要求——这就是这里句子的连接关系。其中,“前往”虽然用“去”就能表达这个意思,但按照日常用语的习惯,就说成“到家里”。不过,这里的意思其实就是“去到那位施主所在的地方”,所以才又说“无论前往哪里”。“提出选择要求”是指提出特别的要求、额外的做法;在词语分别中,为了说明他是以什么方式提出选择要求,才说了“长的或……”等。“善哉”是祈请时的语气词。“确实”是思量时的用语。“我”是指自己。“具寿”是对他人称呼、招呼。然而,因为这一切都只是言辞本身,都是浅显易懂的,所以在词语分别中没有解释它的含义。“基于欲求善妙”是指以心执取善妙之欲、殊胜之欲,它与“若提出……”这句相连。然而,因为凡是基于欲求善妙而提出要求的人,都是希求善妙、希求大价值的人,所以在词语分别中,为了舍弃言辞而只显示所意指的含义,就说了那同一句话。然而,因为并非仅仅以他的提出要求就构成犯戒,所以才说了“以他的话……”等。巴利
Tatra ce so bhikkhūti yatra so gahapati vā gahapatānī vā tatra so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyya ceti ayamettha padasambandho. Tattha upasaṅkamitvāti imassa gantvāti imināva atthe siddhe pacuravohāravasena ‘‘ghara’’nti vuttaṃ. Yatra pana so dāyako tatra gantvāti ayamevettha attho, tasmā punapi vuttaṃ ‘‘yattha katthaci upasaṅkamitvā’’ti. Vikappaṃ āpajjeyyāti visiṭṭhakappaṃ adhikavidhānaṃ āpajjeyya, padabhājane pana yenākārena vikappaṃ āpanno hoti tameva dassetuṃ ‘‘āyataṃ vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sādhūti āyācane nipāto. Vatāti parivitakke. Manti attānaṃ niddisati. Āyasmāti paraṃ ālapati āmanteti. Yasmā panidaṃ sabbaṃ byañjanamattameva, uttānatthameva, tasmāssa padabhājane attho na vutto. Kalyāṇakamyataṃ upādāyāti sundarakāmataṃ visiṭṭhakāmataṃ cittena gahetvā, tassa ‘‘āpajjeyya ce’’ti iminā sambandho. Yasmā pana yo kalyāṇakamyataṃ upādāya āpajjati, so sādhatthiko mahagghatthiko hoti, tasmāssa padabhājane byañjanaṃ pahāya adhippetatthameva dassetuṃ tadeva vacanaṃ vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana na imassa āpajjanamatteneva āpatti sīsaṃ eti, tasmā ‘‘tassa vacanenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
531 “无犯,亲属等”这一段应当这样理解:比丘向亲属就衣服提出特别要求时,无犯。如果施主想供养高价衣,比丘却让他供养低价衣,比如施主想供养价值二十的衣,比丘说“这对我来说就够了,给我价值十或价值八的就好”,这样无犯。“低价”这一说法,只是为了遮止索要超过施主原本所给价值的衣;其实即使价值相等也无犯。这是从价值来说的,不是从尺寸来说的,因为这条学处讲的是抬高价值。所以,如果施主想供养价值二十的下衣,比丘说“请给我一件价值相当的衣服”,也可以说。其余内容意思都很浅显易懂。巴利
531.Anāpatti ñātakānantiādīsu ñātakānaṃ cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjantassa anāpattīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Mahagghaṃ cetāpetukāmassa appagghaṃ cetāpetīti gahapatissa vīsatiagghanakaṃ cīvaraṃ cetāpetukāmassa ‘‘alaṃ mayhaṃ etena, dasagghanakaṃ vā aṭṭhagghanakaṃ vā dehī’’ti vadati anāpatti. Appagghanti idañca atirekanivāraṇatthameva vuttaṃ, samakepi pana anāpatti , tañca kho agghavaseneva na pamāṇavasena, agghavaḍḍhanakañhi idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ. Tasmā yo vīsatiagghanakaṃ antaravāsakaṃ cetāpetukāmo , ‘‘taṃ ettakameva me agghanakaṃ cīvaraṃ dehī’’ti vattumpi vaṭṭati. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
它的起因等各项,也和上面那条学处完全一样。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīnipi tatuttarisikkhāpadasadisānevāti.
9. 第二预备学处的注释巴利
9. Dutiyaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
532 532. 对第二条(预备衣资学处)也应当依照同样的方法来理解其含义。它和这条追加制戒是相似的。区别只在于:第一条学处只对一个人造成了损害,第二条则对两个人造成了损害,这就是这里的差别。其余一切都和第一条学处相同。如同对两个人造成损害一样,对多人造成损害而取得(衣物)的,也应当知道同样犯戒。巴利
532. Dutiyaupakkhaṭepi imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Tañhi imassa anupaññattisadisaṃ. Kevalaṃ paṭhamasikkhāpade ekassa pīḷā katā, dutiye dvinnaṃ, ayamevettha viseso. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ paṭhamasadisameva. Yathā ca dvinnaṃ, evaṃ bahūnaṃ pīḷaṃ katvā gaṇhatopi āpatti veditabbāti.
第十、国王学处的解释巴利
10. Rājasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
537 “Tena samayenāti”说的是王学处。其中“upāsakaṃ saññāpetvā”的意思是让他知道,也就是说了“用这笔钱买件衣给长老吧”这样的话。“Paññāsabandho”说的是罚五十迦哈波那的罚金。也有读作“Paññāsaṃ baddho”的,意思是输了五十,就该付五十。“Ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamehi”的意思是:尊者,今天请在我们这里再留一天,请接受。“Parāmasī”的意思是“拿了”。“Jīnosī”的意思是“你输了”。巴利
537.Tena samayenāti rājasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha upāsakaṃ saññāpetvāti jānāpetvā, ‘‘iminā mūlena cīvaraṃ kiṇitvā therassa dehī’’ti evaṃ vatvāti adhippāyo. Paññāsabandhoti paññāsakahāpaṇadaṇḍoti vuttaṃ hoti. Paññāsaṃ baddhotipi pāṭho, paññāsaṃ jito paññāsaṃ dāpetabboti adhippāyo. Ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamehīti bhante, ajja ekadivasaṃ amhākaṃ tiṭṭha, adhivāsehīti attho. Parāmasīti gaṇhi. Jīnosīti jitosi.
538-9 “Rājabhoggo”的意思是:应当由国王享用的东西,也就是他拥有国王赐予的享用物,所以叫“rājabhoggo”。也有写成“rājabhogo”的读法,意思是:他有来自国王的享用物。巴利
538-9.Rājabhoggoti rājato bhoggaṃ bhuñjitabbaṃ assatthīti rājabhoggo, rājabhogotipi pāṭho, rājato bhogo assa atthīti attho.
“Pahiṇeyyā”的意思是:应该派人送去。不过,因为这个词的意思很浅显,所以没有对它作逐词解释。就像这个词一样,对于“cīvaraṃ itthannāmaṃ bhikkhu”(把衣送给名叫某某的比丘)等词句,也应当知道:正是因为意思浅显,才没有作逐词解释。“Ābhataṃ”的意思是:被带来的。“Kālenakappiyaṃ”的意思是:在适当的时候允许使用,也就是说,当有需要的时候,我们那时接受的衣服就是允许使用的,这就是它的意思。巴利
Pahiṇeyyāti peseyya, uttānatthattā panassa padabhājanaṃ na vuttaṃ. Yathā ca etassa, evaṃ ‘‘cīvaraṃ itthannāmaṃ bhikkhu’’ntiādīnampi padānaṃ uttānatthattāyeva padabhājanaṃ na vuttanti veditabbaṃ . Ābhatanti ānītaṃ. Kālenakappiyanti yuttapattakālena, yadā no attho hoti, tadā kappiyaṃ cīvaraṃ gaṇhāmāti attho.
“Veyyāvaccakaro”意思是:办事的人,也就是做净事的人。“Saññatto so mayā”意思是:他已经被我示意了,也就是我这样交代过:“当你们需要衣的时候,他会给衣。”这就是这句话的意思。“Attho me āvuso cīvarena”这一句,是用来显示催促的特征;这句话应当说,或者用任何一种语言表达这个意思,这就是催促的特征。而“Dehi me cīvara”等说法,则是为了显示不应当说的方式才举出来的;因为这些话,或者用任何一种语言表达这些意思,都不应当说。巴利
Veyyāvaccakaroti kiccakaro, kappiyakārakoti attho. Saññatto so mayāti āṇatto so mayā, yathā tumhākaṃ cīvarena atthe sati cīvaraṃ dassati, evaṃ vuttoti attho. Attho me āvuso cīvarenāti codanālakkhaṇanidassanametaṃ, idañhi vacanaṃ vattabbaṃ, assa vā attho yāya kāyaci bhāsāya; idaṃ codanālakkhaṇaṃ. ‘‘Dehi me cīvara’’ntiādīni pana navattabbākāradassanatthaṃ vuttāni, etāni hi vacanāni etesaṃ vā attho yāya kāyaci bhāsāya na vattabbo.
第二次也该说,第三次也该说,也就是“贤友,我需要衣”这句话,最多只能说三次。这样,在说明了“应催促、提醒两三次”中所标出的催促界限之后,现在为了简要说明“在催促、提醒两三次时,如果他能促成那件衣,这就是善的”这几句的含义,就说“如果他能促成,这就是善的”。像这样催促到第三次时,如果他能促成那件衣,也就是能通过自己获得的方式促成它,那就是善的、好的、圆满而极好的。巴利
Dutiyampi vattabbo tatiyampi vattabboti ‘‘attho me āvuso cīvarenā’’ti idameva yāvatatiyaṃ vattabboti. Evaṃ ‘‘dvattikkhattuṃ codetabbo sāretabbo’’ti ettha uddiṭṭhacodanāparicchedaṃ dassetvā idāni ‘‘dvattikkhattuṃ codayamāno sārayamāno taṃ cīvaraṃ abhinipphādeyya, iccetaṃ kusala’’nti imesaṃ padānaṃ saṅkhepato atthaṃ dassento ‘‘sace abhinipphādeti, iccetaṃ kusala’’nti āha. Evaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ codento taṃ cīvaraṃ yadi nipphādeti, sakkoti attano paṭilābhavasena nipphādetuṃ, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ sādhu suṭṭhu sundaraṃ.
“最多四次、五次、六次,为了衣而默然站立”,这是为了说明站立的特征。这里“最多六次”是中性表达,意思是:为了这件衣,应当默然而立,最多六次,不应再做任何别的事,这就是站立的特征。其中,为了先说明一切站立场合都共通的默然状态,所以在语句分解中说“到了那里,默然而立”等。其中,“不应坐在座位上”意思是:即使有人说“尊者,请坐在这里”,也不应坐下。“不应接受食物”意思是:即使有人请求说“尊者,请接受”粥,也不应接受。“不应说法”意思是:即使被请求“请说法”或“请说祝福语”或“请说随喜语”,也不应说任何法,只应在被问“你为什么来?”时,说“贤友,你知道的”。“被问”这里其实是依作格意义而用的宾格。或者,这里应理解为:正在发问者即“被问”。因为凡是发问的人,就会破坏“只应说这么多”的站立条件,也就是破坏前来的理由。巴利
Catukkhattuṃ pañcakkhattuṃ chakkhattuparamaṃ tuṇhībhūtena uddissa ṭhātabbanti ṭhānalakkhaṇanidassanametaṃ. Chakkhattuparamanti ca bhāvanapuṃsakavacanametaṃ, chakkhattuparamañhi etena cīvaraṃ uddissa tuṇhībhūtena ṭhātabbaṃ, na aññaṃ kiñci kātabbaṃ, idaṃ ṭhānalakkhaṇaṃ. Tattha yo sabbaṭṭhānānaṃ sādhāraṇo tuṇhībhāvo, taṃ tāva dassetuṃ padabhājane ‘‘tattha gantvā tuṇhībhūtenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha na āsane nisīditabbanti ‘‘idha, bhante, nisīdathā’’ti vuttenāpi na nisīditabbaṃ. Na āmisaṃ paṭiggahetabbanti yāgukhajjakādibhedaṃ kiñci āmisaṃ ‘‘gaṇhatha, bhante’’ti yāciyamānenāpi na gaṇhitabbaṃ. Na dhammo bhāsitabboti maṅgalaṃ vā anumodanaṃ vā bhāsathāti yāciyamānenāpi kiñci na bhāsitabbaṃ, kevalaṃ ‘‘kiṃ kāraṇā āgatosī’’ti pucchiyamānena ‘‘jānāsi, āvuso’’ti vattabbo. Pucchiyamānoti idañhi karaṇatthe paccattavacanaṃ. Atha vā pucchaṃ kurumāno pucchiyamānoti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Yo hi pucchaṃ karoti, so ettakaṃ vattabboti ṭhānaṃ bhañjatīti āgatakāraṇaṃ bhañjati.
现在要说明的是前面已经讲过的三种举罪和六个站立点。其中,为了显示增减关系,才说了“举罪四次”等话。因为在这里,举罪次数增加一次,站立次数就减少两次,所以这就显示出“一次举罪等于两次站立”的规则。按照这个规则:举罪三次,就应站立六次;举罪两次,就应站立八次;举罪一次,就应站立十次。而且,既然说了“举罪六次后就不应再站立”,那也就等于说了“站立十二次后就不应再举罪”。所以,如果只举罪而不站立,就可以有六次举罪;如果只站立而不举罪,就可以有十二次站立;如果既举罪又站立,那么每举罪一次,就要减去两次站立。其中,如果有人在同一天里一次又一次地前去,举罪六次,或者只去一次,却说“贤友,我需要衣”六次;同样,如果在同一天里一次又一次地前去,站立十二次,或者只去一次,就在各个地方站立,那么他也就破坏了所有的举罪和所有的站立。至于在不同日子里这样做的人,就更不用说了。这里的判定应当这样理解。巴利
Idāni yā tisso codanā, cha ca ṭhānāni vuttāni. Tattha vuḍḍhiñca hāniñca dassento ‘‘catukkhattuṃ codetvā’’tiādimāha. Yasmā ca ettha ekacodanāvuḍḍhiyā dvinnaṃ ṭhānānaṃ hāni vuttā, tasmā ‘‘ekā codanā diguṇaṃ ṭhāna’’nti lakkhaṇaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Iti iminā lakkhaṇena tikkhattuṃ codetvā chakkhattuṃ ṭhātabbaṃ, dvikkhattuṃ codetvā aṭṭhakkhattuṃ ṭhātabbaṃ, sakiṃ codetvā dasakkhattuṃ ṭhātabbanti. Yathā ca ‘‘chakkhattuṃ codetvā na ṭhātabba’’nti vuttaṃ, evaṃ ‘‘dvādasakkhattuṃ ṭhatvā na codetabba’’ntipi vuttameva hoti. Tasmā sace codetiyeva na tiṭṭhati, cha codanā labbhanti. Sace tiṭṭhatiyeva na codeti, dvādasa ṭhānāni labbhanti. Sace codetipi tiṭṭhatipi, ekāya codanāya dve ṭhānāni hāpetabbāni. Tattha yo ekadivasameva punappunaṃ gantvā chakkhattuṃ codeti, sakiṃyeva vā gantvā ‘‘attho me, āvuso, cīvarenā’’ti chakkhattuṃ vadati. Tathā ekadivasameva punappunaṃ gantvā dvādasakkhattuṃ tiṭṭhati, sakiṃyeva vā gantvā tatra tatra ṭhāne tiṭṭhati, sopi sabbacodanāyo sabbaṭṭhānāni ca bhañjati. Ko pana vādo nānādivasesu evaṃ karontassāti evamettha vinicchayo veditabbo.
“Yatassa cīvaracetāpannaṃ ābhataṃ”的意思是:从某位国王或国王的亲信那里,为这位比丘送来了衣资。“Yatvassa”也是一种读法,意思相同。也有人读作“Yatthassa”,并解释为“在某个地方为他送来了衣资”,但字面上对不上。“Tattha”是指在那位国王或国王亲信的跟前;这里的处格表示“附近”的意思。“Na taṃ tassa bhikkhuno kiñci atthaṃ anubhoti”是说:那笔衣资对那位比丘起不了任何作用,连一点点事情都办不成。“Yuñjantāyasmanto sakaṃ”是说:诸位尊者,请取回属于自己的财物。“Mā vo sakaṃ vinassa”是说:愿你们的财物不要丢失。但如果既不自已去,也不派使者去,就会犯坏威仪的恶作罪。巴利
Yatassa cīvaracetāpannaṃ ābhatanti yato rājato vā rājabhoggato vā assa bhikkhuno cīvaracetāpannaṃ ānītaṃ. Yatvassātipi pāṭho. Ayamevattho. ‘‘Yatthassā’’tipi paṭhanti, yasmiṃ ṭhāne assa cīvaracetāpannaṃ pesitanti ca atthaṃ kathenti, byañjanaṃ pana na sameti. Tatthāti tassa rañño vā rājabhoggassa vā santike; samīpatthe hi idaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. Na taṃ tassa bhikkhuno kiñci atthaṃ anubhotīti taṃ cīvaracetāpannaṃ tassa bhikkhuno kiñci appamattakampi kammaṃ na nipphādeti. Yuñjantāyasmanto sakanti āyasmanto attano santakaṃ dhanaṃ pāpuṇantu. Mā vo sakaṃ vinassāti tumhākaṃ santakaṃ mā vinassatu. Yo pana neva sāmaṃ gacchati, na dūtaṃ pāheti, vattabhede dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati.
那么,是不是对所有净人都要这样处理呢?不应当这样处理。因为所谓净人,简要来说分为两种:已指定的和未指定的。其中,已指定的又分两种:由比丘指定的,由使者指定的。未指定的也分两种:当面净人和背后净人。在这些当中,由比丘指定的,按当面和不当面来分,有四种;由使者指定的也是如此。巴利
Kiṃ pana sabbakappiyakārakesu evaṃ paṭipajjitabbanti? Na paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Ayañhi kappiyakārako nāma saṅkhepato duvidho niddiṭṭho ca aniddiṭṭho ca. Tattha niddiṭṭho duvidho – bhikkhunā niddiṭṭho, dūtena niddiṭṭhoti. Aniddiṭṭhopi duvidho – mukhavevaṭika kappiyakārako, parammukhakappiyakārakoti. Tesu bhikkhunā niddiṭṭho sammukhāsammukhavasena catubbidho hoti. Tathā dūtena niddiṭṭhopi.
怎么个情况呢?这里,有人为了给某位比丘置办衣料,派使者送去不该接受的东西。使者走到那位比丘跟前,说:“尊者,这是某某人为了给您置办衣料送来的,请您收下。”比丘拒绝说:“这个不如法。”使者就问:“尊者,您有帮忙办事的人吗?”有些在家男信徒为了求功德,被嘱咐“你们去替比丘们办事”,或者有些人是比丘们的熟人、朋友,就成了帮忙办事的人。其中某一位当时正好坐在比丘身边,比丘就指着他说:“这位是替比丘们办事的人。”使者把不该接受的东西交到他手里,说“请替长老买衣料后送过去”,然后就走了。这就是由比丘当面指定的情况。巴利
Kathaṃ? Idhekacco bhikkhussa cīvaratthāya dūtena akappiyavatthuṃ pahiṇati, dūto taṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, itthannāmena tumhākaṃ cīvaratthāya pahitaṃ, gaṇhatha na’’nti vadati, bhikkhu ‘‘nayidaṃ kappatī’’ti paṭikkhipati, dūto ‘‘atthi pana te, bhante, veyyāvaccakaro’’ti pucchati, puññatthikehi ca upāsakehi ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccaṃ karothā’’ti āṇattā vā, bhikkhūnaṃ vā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā keci veyyāvaccakarā honti, tesaṃ aññataro tasmiṃ khaṇe bhikkhussa santike nisinno hoti, bhikkhu taṃ niddisati ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro’’ti. Dūto tassa hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā ‘‘therassa cīvaraṃ kiṇitvā dehī’’ti gacchati, ayaṃ bhikkhunā sammukhāniddiṭṭho.
如果比丘身边没有坐着人,但比丘指定说:“在某村里,某某人是比丘们的执事人。”于是使者前去,把不净物交到他手里,说“请为长老买衣后交给他”,然后回来告诉比丘后就离开了。这是比丘没有当面指定的第一种情况。巴利
No ce bhikkhussa santike nisinno hoti, apica kho bhikkhu niddisati – ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma gāme itthannāmo bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro’’ti, so gantvā tassa hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā ‘‘therassa cīvaraṃ kiṇitvā dadeyyāsī’’ti āgantvā bhikkhussa ārocetvā gacchati, ayameko bhikkhunā asammukhāniddiṭṭho.
那位使者并不是自己回来报告,而是另外派了一个人来说:“尊者,我已经把买衣的钱交到他手里了,请您拿衣服吧。”这就是比丘没有当面指定的第二种情况。巴利
Na heva kho so dūto attanā āgantvā āroceti, apica kho aññaṃ pahiṇati ‘‘dinnaṃ mayā, bhante, tassa hatthe cīvaracetāpannaṃ, cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti, ayaṃ dutiyo bhikkhunā asammukhāniddiṭṭho.
他并不是另外派人去,而是自己临走时直接对比丘说:“我要把买衣的钱交到他手里,你们从他那里拿衣。”这是比丘非当面指定的第三种情况。这样一来,一种是由比丘当面指定,三种是由比丘非当面指定,这四种就叫做“由比丘指定的执事人”。在这些情况中,应当依照王戒学处里所说的方式来做。巴利
Na heva kho aññaṃ pahiṇati, apica kho gacchantova bhikkhuṃ vadati ‘‘ahaṃ tassa hatthe cīvaracetāpannaṃ dassāmi, tumhe cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti, ayaṃ tatiyo bhikkhunā asammukhāniddiṭṭhoti evaṃ eko sammukhāniddiṭṭho tayo asammukhāniddiṭṭhāti ime cattāro bhikkhunā niddiṭṭhaveyyāvaccakarā nāma. Etesu imasmiṃ rājasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
另一位比丘也像前面那样被使者问了,他因为确实没有净人,或者因为不想费心,就说:“我们没有净人。”就在那时,有一个人走过来,使者把非净物交到他手里,说:“请从他手里拿衣。”说完就走了。这就是由使者当面指定的情况。巴利
Aparo bhikkhu purimanayeneva dūtena pucchito natthitāya vā, avicāretukāmatāya vā ‘‘natthamhākaṃ kappiyakārako’’ti vadati, tasmiñca khaṇe koci manusso āgacchati, dūto tassa hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā ‘‘imassa hatthato cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti vatvā gacchati, ayaṃ dūtena sammukhāniddiṭṭho.
又有一位使者进村,把不如法的物品交给自己中意的某个人手中,然后像前面那样回来报告,或者派另一个人去传话,或者说“我会把买衣的钱交到某某人手里,你们去取衣”,说完就走。这是第三种“使者非当面指定”。这样一来,一种是由使者当面指定,三种是由使者非当面指定,这四种合起来就叫“由使者指定的执事人”。对这些情况,应当按《面达咖学处》里讲的办法来处理。世尊确实这样说过:“比丘们,有些人心怀信仰、生起净信,他们把金银交到如法执事者手中,说:‘用这个给尊者买如法的东西。’比丘们,我允许接受由此得到的如法物品;但比丘们,我绝不说可以用任何方式接受或寻求金银。”(《大品》299)在这里,催促询问没有次数限制;只要不接受原本的金银,即使被催促或逼迫上千百次,接受如法物品也是可以的。如果对方不给,也可以另外找一位如法执事者去取来。如果愿意,也可以告诉原来的施主;如果不愿意,就不该告诉。巴利
Aparo dūto gāmaṃ pavisitvā attanā abhirucitassa kassaci hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā purimanayeneva āgantvā āroceti, aññaṃ vā pahiṇati, ‘‘ahaṃ asukassa nāma hatthe cīvaracetāpannaṃ dassāmi, tumhe cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti vatvā vā gacchati, ayaṃ tatiyo dūtena asammukhāniddiṭṭhoti evaṃ eko sammukhāniddiṭṭho, tayo asammukhāniddiṭṭhāti ime cattāro dūtena niddiṭṭhaveyyāvaccakarā nāma. Etesu meṇḍakasikkhāpade vuttanayena paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, manussā saddhā pasannā, te kappiyakārakānaṃ hatthe hiraññaṃ upanikkhipanti – ‘iminā ayyassa yaṃ kappiyaṃ taṃ dethā’ti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yaṃ tato kappiyaṃ taṃ sādituṃ, na tvevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kenaci pariyāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabbaṃ pariyesitabbanti vadāmī’’ti (mahāva. 299). Ettha ca codanāya pamāṇaṃ natthi, mūlaṃ asādiyantena sahassakkhattumpi codanāya vā ṭhānena vā kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ sādituṃ vaṭṭati. No ce deti, aññaṃ kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapetvāpi āharāpetabbaṃ. Sace icchati mūlasāmikānampi kathetabbaṃ; no ce icchati na kathetabbaṃ.
另一位比丘也像前面那样被使者问到时,说:“我们没有如法执事人。”这时旁边另一个人听到了,就说:“贤者,拿来吧,我替尊者买衣后供养。”使者说:“那么,贤者,你就给他吧。”把东西交到他手里后,没告诉比丘就走了,这叫“当面委托的如法执事人”。又有一位,把不如法的物品交给比丘的侍者或其他人手里,说:“请替长老买衣。”说完就走,这叫“背后委托的如法执事人”。这两种叫作“未指定的如法执事人”。对待他们,要像对待非亲属、未受邀者那样处理。如果他们自己拿衣来施,可以接受;如果不拿,就什么也不该说。这只是针对“由使者送来衣资”的说明;即使他们亲自拿来,为了施与饮食等物,也是同样的原则。不只是为自己接受不可以,如果有人拿来金银,说:“我把这个供养僧团,用来建精舍、佛塔或食堂等其中一项。”这也不该接受。因为《大注释》中说:为任何其他人接受,都犯恶作。巴利
Aparo bhikkhu purimanayeneva dūtena pucchito ‘‘natthamhākaṃ kappiyakārako’’ti vadati, tadañño samīpe ṭhito sutvā ‘‘āhara bho ahaṃ ayyassa cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā dassāmī’’ti vadati. Dūto ‘‘handa bho dadeyyāsī’’ti tassa hatthe datvā bhikkhussa anārocetvāva gacchati, ayaṃ mukhavevaṭikakappiyakārako. Aparo bhikkhuno upaṭṭhākassa vā aññassa vā hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā ‘‘therassa cīvaraṃ dadeyyāsī’’ti ettova pakkamati, ayaṃ parammukhakappiyakārakoti ime dve aniddiṭṭhakappiyakārakā nāma. Etesu aññātakaappavāritesu viya paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Sace sayameva cīvaraṃ ānetvā dadanti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce, kiñci na vattabbā. Desanāmattameva cetaṃ ‘‘dūtena cīvaracetāpannaṃ pahiṇeyyā’’ti sayaṃ āharitvāpi piṇḍapātādīnaṃ atthāya dadantesupi eseva nayo. Na kevalañca attanoyeva atthāya sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati, sacepi koci jātarūparajataṃ ānetvā ‘‘idaṃ saṅghassa dammi, ārāmaṃ vā karotha cetiyaṃ vā bhojanasālādīnaṃ vā aññatara’’nti vadati, idampi sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati. Yassa kassaci hi aññassatthāya sampaṭicchantassa dukkaṭaṃ hotīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ.
如果比丘拒绝说“比丘们不该接受这个”,对方接着说“那就放在木匠或工人手里吧,你们只要知道什么是做对了、什么是做错了就行”,然后把东西交到那些人手里就离开,这是可以的。或者对方说“那就放在我的人手里,或者放在我自己手里,你们只要为了该给谁的东西派人去就行了”,这样说也是可以的。巴利
Sace pana ‘‘nayidaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhitte ‘‘vaḍḍhakīnaṃ vā kammakarānaṃ vā hatthe bhavissati, kevalaṃ tumhe sukatadukkaṭaṃ jānāthā’’ti vatvā tesaṃ hatthe datvā pakkamati, vaṭṭati. Athāpi ‘‘mama manussānaṃ hatthe bhavissati mayhameva vā hatthe bhavissati, kevalaṃ tumhe yaṃ yassa dātabbaṃ, tadatthāya peseyyāthā’’ti vadati, evampi vaṭṭati.
如果对方不指明僧团、某个僧众团体或个人,只是说:“这些金银我们供养给塔、供养给寺院、供养给新工程。”那就不应该拒绝。应当告诉负责如法事务的人:“这些人这样说。”但如果对方吩咐说:“你们为了塔等的需要,收下来存放吧。”那就应该拒绝说:“我们不能接受。”巴利
Sace pana saṅghaṃ vā gaṇaṃ vā puggalaṃ vā anāmasitvā ‘‘idaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ cetiyassa dema, vihārassa dema, navakammassa demā’’ti vadanti, paṭikkhipituṃ na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Ime idaṃ bhaṇantī’’ti kappiyakārakānaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. ‘‘Cetiyādīnaṃ atthāya tumhe gahetvā ṭhapethā’’ti vuttena pana ‘‘amhākaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhipitabbaṃ.
如果有人带来很多金银,说:“我把这些供养给僧团,请你们受用四种资具。”如果僧团接受了,那么在接受时和使用时都有罪。如果这时有一位比丘拒绝说:“这是不如法的。”而那位在家男信徒说:“如果不如法,那就归我所有吧。”然后就走了。这时不应有人指责那位比丘说:“你阻碍了僧团的利得。”因为谁指责他,谁自己就有罪;而正是由于那一位比丘,许多人才得以无罪。但如果比丘们拒绝说:“这是不如法的。”对方却说:“那就放在如法执事者手里,或者放在我的人手里,或者放在我自己手里,你们只管受用资具就好。”这是如法的。巴利
Sace pana koci bahuṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ ānetvā ‘‘idaṃ saṅghassa dammi, cattāro paccaye paribhuñjathā’’ti vadati, taṃ ce saṅgho sampaṭicchati, paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi āpatti. Tatra ce eko bhikkhu ‘‘nayidaṃ kappatī’’ti paṭikkhipati, upāsako ca ‘‘yadi na kappati, mayhameva bhavissatī’’ti gacchati. So bhikkhu ‘‘tayā saṅghassa lābhantarāyo kato’’ti na kenaci kiñci vattabbo. Yo hi taṃ codeti, sveva sāpattiko hoti, tena pana ekena bahū anāpattikā katā. Sace pana bhikkhūhi ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhitte ‘‘kappiyakārakānaṃ vā hatthe bhavissati, mama purisānaṃ vā mayhaṃ vā hatthe bhavissati, kevalaṃ tumhe paccaye paribhuñjathā’’ti vadati, vaṭṭati.
为四种资具而布施的东西,应当用在它实际需要的那种资具上。为衣而布施的,就只应当用在衣上。如果衣方面没有这种需要,而僧团在饮食等资具上感到匮乏,那么为了僧团的安适,先向僧团告白,也可以用在那些用途上。为饮食、医药资具而布施的,也遵循同样的原则。不过,为住所而布施的,因为住所属于重物,就只应当用在住所上。但如果比丘们舍弃住所离去,住所会毁坏,在这种时候,也允许把住所舍出去让比丘们受用。因此,为了维护住所,不应把根本砍掉,而应只按维持所需的量来受用。巴利
Catupaccayatthāya ca dinnaṃ yena yena paccayena attho hoti, tadatthaṃ upanetabbaṃ, cīvaratthāya dinnaṃ cīvareyeva upanetabbaṃ. Sace cīvarena tādiso attho natthi, piṇḍapātādīhi saṅgho kilamati, saṅghasuṭṭhutāya apaloketvā tadatthāyapi upanetabbaṃ. Esa nayo piṇḍapātagilānapaccayatthāya dinnepi, senāsanatthāya dinnaṃ pana senāsanassa garubhaṇḍattā senāsaneyeva upanetabbaṃ. Sace pana bhikkhūsu senāsanaṃ chaḍḍetvā gatesu senāsanaṃ vinassati, īdise kāle senāsanaṃ vissajjetvāpi bhikkhūnaṃ paribhogo anuññāto, tasmā senāsanajagganatthaṃ mūlacchejjaṃ akatvā yāpanamattaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ.
不只是金银,其他像田地、宅地这类不如法的东西也不应该接受。如果有人说:“我有一座能产三季庄稼的大池塘,我把它供养给僧团。”如果僧团接受了,那么在接受和使用时都会犯戒。但谁要是拒绝它,就按照前面说的方式,谁都不该对他说什么。因为如果有人因此指责他,那个指责的人自己反而有罪,而因为他一个人,许多人得以不犯戒。巴利
Na kevalañca hiraññasuvaṇṇameva, aññampi khettavatthādi akappiyaṃ na sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. Sace hi koci ‘‘mayhaṃ tisassasampādanakaṃ mahātaḷākaṃ atthi, taṃ saṅghassa dammī’’ti vadati, taṃ ce saṅgho sampaṭicchati, paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi āpattiyeva. Yo pana taṃ paṭikkhipati, so purimanayeneva na kenaci kiñci vattabbo. Yo hi taṃ codeti, sveva sāpattiko hoti, tena pana ekena bahū anāpattikā katā.
如果有人对僧团说“我布施一座这样的池塘”,比丘们说“这不如法”而拒绝了,他却说:“某某池塘和某某池塘是僧团的,那些怎么就如法呢?”这时应当对他说:“那一定是做了净施之后才布施的。”怎样布施才算净施呢?就是说了“请受用四种资具”之后布施的。如果他这样说:“好的,尊者,请僧团受用四种资具。”这样布施,就如法。或者,他说了“请接受池塘”之后,被以“不如法”拒绝,他问:“有净人吗?”被告知“没有”后,他说:“这个将由名叫某某的人来管理,或者在某某手里,或者在我自己手里,请僧团受用净物。”这样说,也如法。即使被以“不如法”拒绝,他说:“僧团要用水,要洗涤物品,鹿和鸟要喝。”这样说,也如法。又或者,被以“不如法”拒绝后,他说:“请以净施的名义接受。”比丘说:“好的,居士,僧团要喝水,要洗涤物品,鹿和鸟要喝。”这样说之后,受用是如法的。巴利
Yo pana ‘‘tādisaṃyeva taḷākaṃ dammī’’ti vatvā bhikkhūhi ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhitto vadati ‘‘asukañca asukañca saṅghassa taḷākaṃ atthi, taṃ kathaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So vattabbo – ‘‘kappiyaṃ katvā dinnaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Kathaṃ dinnaṃ kappiyaṃ hotīti? ‘‘Cattāro paccaye paribhuñjathā’’ti vatvā dinnanti. So sace ‘‘sādhu, bhante, cattāro paccaye saṅgho paribhuñjatū’’ti deti, vaṭṭati. Athāpi ‘‘taḷākaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vatvā ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhitto ‘‘kappiyakārako atthī’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘natthī’’ti vutte ‘‘idaṃ asuko nāma vicāressati, asukassa vā hatthe, mayhaṃ vā hatthe bhavissati, saṅgho kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ paribhuñjatū’’ti vadati, vaṭṭati. Sacepi ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhitto ‘‘udakaṃ paribhuñjissati, bhaṇḍakaṃ dhovissati, migapakkhino pivissantī’’ti vadati, evampi vaṭṭati. Athāpi ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhitto vadati ‘‘kappiyasīsena gaṇhathā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, upāsaka, saṅgho pānīyaṃ pivissati, bhaṇḍakaṃ dhovissati, migapakkhino pivissantī’’ti vatvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
另外,如果有人说“我把我的池塘或水池布施给僧团”,比丘们回答“善哉,近事男,僧团会喝水”等等之后,使用是如法的。但如果比丘们请求了手工劳作,亲手挖了净地,为了用水而造了池塘,后来人们依靠这个池塘种庄稼,然后在精舍里供养净物,这是如法的。如果人们自己为了利益僧团而挖了僧团的土地,然后依靠这块土地,从所产的庄稼中供养净物,这样也是如法的。当有人说“请为我们指定一位净人”时,也可以指定。但如果那些人被国王的赋税逼迫而离开,换了别人来接手,却不给比丘们任何东西,那就可以禁止他们用水。不过只能在耕种时节禁止,不能在庄稼生长时节禁止。如果他们辩解说:“尊者,难道以前的人不也是依靠这个种庄稼的吗?”那就应该回答:“他们为僧团做了这样那样的服务,供养了这样那样的净物。”如果他们接着说:“我们也会供养。”这样也是如法的。巴利
Athāpi ‘‘mama taḷākaṃ vā pokkharaṇiṃ vā saṅghassa dammī’’ti ‘‘vutte, sādhu, upāsaka, saṅgho pānīyaṃ pivissatī’’tiādīni vatvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Yadi pana bhikkhūhi hatthakammaṃ yācitvā sahatthena ca kappiyapathaviṃ khanitvā udakaparibhogatthāya taḷākaṃ kāritaṃ hoti, taṃ ce nissāya sassaṃ nipphādetvā manussā vihāre kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ denti, vaṭṭati. Atha manussā eva saṅghassa upakāratthāya saṅghikabhūmiṃ khanitvā taṃ nissāya nipphannasassato kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ denti, evampi vaṭṭati. ‘‘Amhākaṃ ekaṃ kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapethā’’ti vutte ca ṭhapetumpi labbhati. Atha pana te manussā rājabalinā upaddutā pakkamanti, aññe paṭipajjanti, na ca bhikkhūnaṃ kiñci denti, udakaṃ vāretuṃ labbhati. Tañca kho kasikammakāleyeva, na sassakāle. Sace te vadanti ‘‘nanu, bhante, pubbepi manussā imaṃ nissāya sassaṃ akaṃsū’’ti . Tato vattabbā – ‘‘te saṅghassa imañca imañca upakāraṃ akaṃsu, idañcidañca kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ adaṃsū’’ti. Sace vadanti – ‘‘mayampi dassāmā’’ti, evampi vaṭṭati.
如果有个不懂规矩的人,用不如法的方式接受或让人建造池塘,比丘们就不该使用它,依靠这个池塘得到的如法物品也会变成不如法。如果比丘们知道它已经被舍弃了,而原来的主人、或者他的儿女、或者其他同族后代,再用如法的方式布施出来,那就如法。如果家族已经断绝,那片地方的领主把它夺过来再布施出去,就像心峰山的比丘把水引出来给阿拉龙王的后妃那样,这样也是如法的。巴利
Sace pana koci abyatto akappiyavohārena taḷākaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti vā kāreti vā, taṃ bhikkhūhi na paribhuñjitabbaṃ, taṃ nissāya laddhaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍampi akappiyameva. Sace bhikkhūhi pariccattabhāvaṃ ñatvā sāmiko vā tassa puttadhītaro vā añño vā koci vaṃse uppanno puna kappiyavohārena deti, vaṭṭati. Pacchinne kulavaṃse yo tassa janapadassa sāmiko, so acchinditvā puna deti, cittalapabbate bhikkhunā nīhaṭaudakavāhakaṃ aḷanāgarājamahesī viya, evampi vaṭṭati.
即使是在如法的言说下,对于以水为因缘而接受的池塘,具足清净心的人也可以挖泥、筑堤等。但如果看到有人依靠这个池塘种庄稼,就不可以安排净人。如果他们自己主动供养净物,就可以接受;如果不供养,就不该催促,也不该提醒。对于以资具为因缘而接受的池塘,可以安排净人,但不可以挖泥、筑堤等。如果净人们自己主动去做,那就可以。不过,如果是由不明事理但有惭耻心的比丘让人建造的,虽然在接受上算是如法的,但因为是由比丘指使而生起的,就变成了混杂之物,就像掺了毒的饭食,又像混了不如法肉味的食物,很难受用,对所有人来说都是不如法的。巴利
Kappiyavohārepi udakavasena paṭiggahitataḷāke suddhacittānaṃ mattikuddharaṇapāḷibandhanādīni ca kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Taṃ nissāya pana sassaṃ karonte disvā kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yadi te sayameva kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ denti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce denti, na codetabbaṃ, na sāretabbaṃ. Paccayavasena paṭiggahitataḷāke kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. Mattikuddharaṇapāḷibandhanādīni pana kātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace kappiyakārakā sayameva karonti, vaṭṭati. Abyattena pana lajjibhikkhunā kārāpitesu kiñcāpi paṭiggahaṇe kappiyaṃ, bhikkhussa payogapaccayā uppannena missakattā visagatapiṇḍapāto viya akappiyamaṃsarasamissakabhojanaṃ viya ca dubbinibbhogaṃ hoti, sabbesaṃ akappiyameva.
如果只是就水本身来安排,说“有存水的地方,池塘的堤岸牢固,能蓄很多水,你就这样做,在岸边附近蓄水”,这样只针对水来考虑,是如法的。不能在灶里生火,但可以说“愿近事男们得到用水的工作”。然而,说“种了庄稼以后拿来”就不如法。如果看到池塘里水太多,就让人在面前或背后开出水渠,让人砍伐树林改成田地,或者在旧田里不按通常的份额而多取,或者对新庄稼、非时庄稼,在不划定份额的情况下,让人拿出钱说“给这么多钱”,这一切对所有人都不如法。巴利
Sace pana ‘‘udakassa okāso atthi, taḷākassa pāḷi thirā, yathā bahuṃ udakaṃ gaṇhāti, evaṃ karohi, tīrasamīpe udakaṃ karohī’’ti evaṃ udakameva vicāreti, vaṭṭati. Uddhane aggiṃ na pātenti, ‘‘udakakammaṃ labbhatu upāsakā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Sassaṃ katvā āharathā’’ti vattuṃ pana na vaṭṭati. Sace pana taḷāke atibahuṃ udakaṃ disvā passato vā piṭṭhito vā mātikaṃ nīharāpeti, vanaṃ chindāpetvā kedāre kārāpeti, porāṇakedāresu vā pakatibhāgaṃ aggahetvā atirekaṃ gaṇhāti, navasasse vā akālasasse vā aparicchinnabhāge ‘‘ettake kahāpaṇe dethā’’ti kahāpaṇe uṭṭhāpeti, sabbesaṃ akappiyaṃ.
如果有人不说“你们去耕田、去播种”,而是这样划定土地:“这块地有多大,哪一片算作某某份额”;或者当农夫们说“我们在这些地里种了庄稼,请你们收取某某份额”的时候,他为了确定土地面积,用绳子或棍子去丈量,或者站在打谷场上守护,或者让人从打谷场搬出来,或者收进仓库里——这些对他来说都是不如法的。巴利
Yo pana ‘‘kassatha vapathā’’ti avatvā ‘‘ettakāya bhūmiyā, ettako nāma bhāgo’’ti evaṃ bhūmiṃ vā patiṭṭhapeti, ‘‘ettake bhūmibhāge amhehi sassaṃ kataṃ, ettakaṃ nāma bhāgaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadantesu kassakesu bhūmippamāṇaggahaṇatthaṃ rajjuyā vā daṇḍena vā mināti, khale vā ṭhatvā rakkhati, khalato vā nīharāpeti, koṭṭhāgāre vā paṭisāmeti, tasseva taṃ akappiyaṃ.
如果农夫们拿来钱,说“这些是给僧团拿来的”,而某个比丘心想“僧团不吃钱”,就说“用这些钱去买布来,用这些去置办粥等”,那么他们拿来的东西,对所有人都是不如法的。为什么?因为对钱作了处理。巴利
Sace kassakā kahāpaṇe āharitvā ‘‘ime saṅghassa āhaṭā’’ti vadanti, aññataro ca bhikkhu ‘‘na saṅgho kahāpaṇe khādatī’’ti saññāya ‘‘ettakehi kahāpaṇehi sāṭake āhara, ettakehi yāguādīni sampādehī’’ti vadati. Yaṃ te āharanti, sabbesaṃ akappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Kahāpaṇānaṃ vicāritattā.
如果他们把谷物拿来,说“这是拿来供养僧团的”,而某个比丘还是按前面那种方式说“用这么多稻谷去换这个那个来”,那么他们换来的东西,只对那个比丘本人不如法。为什么?因为谷物已经被他安排处理过了。巴利
Sace dhaññaṃ āharitvā idaṃ saṅghassa āhaṭanti vadanti, aññataro ca bhikkhu purimanayeneva ‘‘ettakehi vīhīhi idañcidañca āharathā’’ti vadati. Yaṃ te āharanti, tasseva akappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Dhaññassa vicāritattā.
如果他们把米或者豆类拿来,说“这是拿来供养僧团的”,而另一个比丘按照前面同样的方式说“用这些米去换这个那个来”,那么他们换来的东西,对所有人都算如法。为什么?因为如法的米等已经经过说明处理。就算涉及买卖也没有犯,因为已经向净人说明过了。巴利
Sace taṇḍulaṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā āharitvā ‘‘idaṃ saṅghassa āhaṭa’’nti vadanti, aññataro ca bhikkhu purimanayeneva ‘‘ettakehi taṇḍulehi idañcidañca āharathā’’ti vadati. Yaṃ te āharanti, sabbesaṃ kappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Kappiyānaṃ taṇḍulādīnaṃ vicāritattā. Kayavikkayepi anāpatti, kappiyakārakassa ācikkhitattā.
以前,在质多罗山上,有一位比丘在四柱厅门口的地上画了一个圆圈,目的是让净人们知道他的心意:“啊,真希望明天能为僧团烤出这么大尺寸的饼。”一个聪明的净人看到后,就照着做了。第二天击鼓集众,僧团聚集之后,他拿着饼对僧团长老说:“尊者,我们从父亲、祖父那里都没听说过这样的事。有一位尊者为了饼,在四柱厅门口作了示意。从今以后,请各位尊者各自说出自己的心意,我们也能过得安乐。”大长老当场就转身离开了,连一位比丘也没有接受那块饼。可见从前即使是那样产生的东西,他们也不享用。因此——巴利
Pubbe pana cittalapabbate eko bhikkhu catusāladvāre ‘‘aho vata sve saṅghassa ettakappamāṇe pūve paceyyu’’nti ārāmikānaṃ saññājananatthaṃ bhūmiyaṃ maṇḍalaṃ akāsi, taṃ disvā cheko ārāmiko tatheva katvā dutiyadivase bheriyā ākoṭitāya sannipatite saṅghe pūvaṃ gahetvā saṅghattheraṃ āha – ‘‘bhante, amhehi ito pubbe neva pitūnaṃ na pitāmahānaṃ evarūpaṃ sutapubbaṃ, ekena ayyena catussāladvāre pūvatthāya saññā katā, ito dāni pabhuti ayyā attano attano cittānurūpaṃ vadantu, amhākampi phāsuvihāro bhavissatī’’ti. Mahāthero tatova nivatti, ekabhikkhunāpi pūvo na gahito. Evaṃ pubbe tatruppādampi na paribhuñjiṃsu. Tasmā –
不舍弃减损行的不放逸比丘,
就算是如法得来的东西,也不该为了贪图利养而心生贪求。巴利
Sallekhaṃ accajantena, appamattena bhikkhunā; Kappiyepi na kātabbā, āmisatthāya lolatāti.
凡是先前在池塘那里已经说过的原则,在莲池、引水渠等地方也同样适用。巴利
Yo cāyaṃ taḷāke vutto, pokkharaṇī-udakavāhakamātikādīsupi eseva nayo.
有人即使说“我把能长稻谷、杂粮、甘蔗、水果等东西的田地或园地布施出去”,也要拒绝,说“这样不行”。只有像前面讲池塘时说的那样,用合乎戒律的说法说“我布施出去,是为了受用四种资具”,这时才应该接受。如果他说“我布施树林”“我布施荒野”,那是可以的。如果人们没有经过比丘吩咐,自己在那里砍树、种杂粮等,然后把比丘的那一份送给他们,可以接受;如果不送,也不应该去催。如果因为某种障碍,那些人走了,换别人来做,而且什么都不给比丘,那就应该阻止他们。如果他们问:“尊者,难道以前的人不也在这里种过庄稼吗?”那就应该告诉他们:“那些人曾经把这样那样的如法物品布施给僧团。”如果他们说:“我们也会布施。”这样就可以了。巴利
Pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇaucchuphalāphalādīnaṃ viruhanaṭṭhānaṃ yaṃ kiñci khettaṃ vā vatthuṃ vā dammīti vuttepi ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhipitvā taḷāke vuttanayeneva yadā kappiyavohārena ‘‘catupaccayaparibhogatthāya dammī’’ti vadati, tadā sampaṭicchitabbaṃ, ‘‘vanaṃ dammi, araññaṃ dammī’’ti vutte pana vaṭṭati. Sace manussā bhikkhūhi anāṇattāyeva tattha rukkhe chinditvā aparaṇṇādīni sampādetvā bhikkhūnaṃ bhāgaṃ denti, vaṭṭati; adentā na codetabbā. Sace kenacideva antarāyena tesu pakkantesu aññe karonti, na ca bhikkhūnaṃ kiñci denti, te vāretabbā. Sace vadanti – ‘‘nanu, bhante, pubbepi manussā idha sassāni akaṃsū’’ti, tato te vattabbā – ‘‘te saṅghassa idañcidañca kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ adaṃsū’’ti. Sace vadanti – ‘‘mayampi dassāmā’’ti evaṃ vaṭṭati.
如果是指着某一块能长庄稼的土地说“我们施与结界”,这是可以的。但要为了划定界限而自己竖立柱子或石头,那就不该做。为什么?因为土地本身价值极大,哪怕只是很少一点土地,也可能犯波罗夷。不过,应该对净人说:“我们的界已经经过这个地方了。”即使他们多占了一些,因为只是以间接方式说的,所以无犯。如果国王、大臣等人自己让人竖好柱子后说“你们受用四种资具吧”,那也是可以的。巴利
Kañci sassuṭṭhānakaṃ bhūmippadesaṃ sandhāya ‘‘sīmaṃ demā’’ti vadanti, vaṭṭati. Sīmā paricchedanatthaṃ pana thambhā vā pāsāṇā vā sayaṃ na ṭhapetabbā. Kasmā? Bhūmi nāma anagghā appakenāpi pārājiko bhaveyya, ārāmikānaṃ pana vattabbaṃ – ‘‘iminā ṭhānena amhākaṃ sīmā gatā’’ti. Sacepi hi te adhikaṃ gaṇhanti, pariyāyena kathitattā anāpatti. Yadi pana rājarājamahāmattādayo sayameva thambhe ṭhapāpetvā ‘‘cattāro paccaye paribhuñjathā’’ti denti, vaṭṭatiyeva.
如果有人在自己寺院界线以内挖池塘,或者把水渠从寺院中间引过去,导致塔院、菩提树院等地方被破坏,就应当阻止他。如果僧团因为得到了某些好处、看重利养而不阻止,而有一位比丘出面阻止,那么这位比丘就是做主的人。如果一位比丘不阻止,还说“你们去做吧”,那他就站到了他们那一边;如果是僧团出面阻止,那僧团就是做主的人。因为在僧团的事务中,谁按正法办事,谁就是做主的人。如果对方被阻止了还继续做,就要把下面挖出来的土填回下面,把上面挖出来的土填回上面,把它恢复原状。巴利
Sace koci antosīmāya taḷākaṃ khanati, vihāramajjhena vā mātikaṃ neti, cetiyaṅgaṇabodhiyaṅgaṇādīni dussanti, vāretabbo. Sace saṅgho kiñci labhitvā āmisagarukatāya na vāreti, eko bhikkhu vāreti, sova bhikkhu issaro. Sace eko bhikkhu na vāreti, ‘‘netha tumhe’’ti tesaṃyeva pakkho hoti, saṅgho vāreti, saṅghova issaro. Saṅghikesu hi kammesu yo dhammakammaṃ karoti, sova issaro. Sace vāriyamānopi karoti, heṭṭhā gahitaṃ paṃsuṃ heṭṭhā pakkhipitvā, upari gahitaṃ paṃsuṃ upari pakkhipitvā pūretabbā.
如果有人想布施还没加工过的甘蔗、杂粮,或者葫芦、南瓜这类藤蔓果实,说“我把这整片甘蔗田、杂粮地、藤蔓果园区都布施出去”,大须摩长老说“不行”,因为这样说就连土地一起执取了。但大莲花长老说:“这只是嘴上说说而已,那块地本来就是施主们的,所以可以。”巴利
Sace koci yathājātameva ucchuṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā alābukumbhaṇḍādikaṃ vā valliphalaṃ dātukāmo ‘‘etaṃ sabbaṃ ucchukhettaṃ aparaṇṇavatthuṃ valliphalāvāṭaṃ dammī’’ti vadati, saha vatthunā parāmaṭṭhattā ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti mahāsumatthero āha. Mahāpadumatthero pana ‘‘abhilāpamattametaṃ sāmikānaṃyeva hi so bhūmibhāgo tasmā vaṭṭatī’’ti āha.
如果说“我布施奴仆”,那是不可以的。如果说“我布施净人、我布施服务者、我布施如法工作者”,那就可以。如果这个净人午前和午后都为僧团做事,那就应当像对待沙弥一样,为他安排一切医药照顾。如果他只在午前为僧团做事,午后做自己的事,那傍晚就不该给他食物。那些每隔五天或每半月为僧团做一次事、其余时间做自己事的人,也只在他们做事的时候,才该给他们食物和资具。如果没有僧团的事可做,他们只靠自己的劳作维持生活,若他们把手工业劳动所得拿来供养,可以接受;如果不给,也不该对他们说什么。任何洗衣奴、织工奴,以净人的名义接受,都是可以的。巴利
‘‘Dāsaṃ dammī’’ti vadati, na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Ārāmikaṃ dammi, veyyāvaccakaraṃ dammi, kappiyakārakaṃ dammī’’ti vutte vaṭṭati. Sace so ārāmiko purebhattampi pacchābhattampi saṅghasseva kammaṃ karoti, sāmaṇerassa viya sabbaṃ bhesajjapaṭijagganampi tassa kātabbaṃ. Sace purebhattameva saṅghassa kammaṃ karoti, pacchābhattaṃ attano kammaṃ karoti, sāyaṃ nivāpo na dātabbo. Yepi pañcadivasavārena vā pakkhavārena vā saṅghassa kammaṃ katvā sesakāle attano kammaṃ karonti, tesampi karaṇakāleyeva bhattañca nivāpo ca dātabbo. Sace saṅghassa kammaṃ natthi, attanoyeva kammaṃ katvā jīvanti, te ce hatthakammamūlaṃ ānetvā denti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce denti, na kiñci vattabbā. Yaṃ kiñci rajakadāsampi pesakāradāsampi ārāmikanāmena sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati.
如果他们说“我们布施牛”,应当拒绝:“不行。”智者会问:“这些牛是为什么给的?”如果回答:“智者是为了受用五种牛味而布施的”,或者说“我们也是为了受用五种牛味而布施”,那就可以。山羊等也一样。如果他们说“我们布施象、布施马、布施水牛、布施鸡、布施猪”,不可以接受。如果有些人说“尊者,你们不用操心,我们拿了这些以后,会给你们如法的物品”,他们这样拿,就可以。可以把鸡和猪放回山林,说“愿它们快乐地生活”。如果有人说“我们把这池塘、这田地、这地基布施给寺院”,不可以拒绝。这里剩下的内容意思都很清楚。巴利
Sace ‘‘gāvo demā’’ti vadanti, ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhipitabbā. Imā gāvo kutoti paṇḍitehi pañca gorasaparibhogatthāya dinnāti, ‘‘mayampi pañcagorasaparibhogatthāya demā’’ti vutte vaṭṭati. Ajikādīsupi eseva nayo. ‘‘Hatthiṃ dema, assaṃ mahisaṃ kukkuṭaṃ sūkaraṃ demā’’ti vadanti, sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace keci manussā ‘‘appossukkā, bhante, tumhe hotha, mayaṃ ime gahetvā tumhākaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ dassāmā’’ti gaṇhanti, vaṭṭati. ‘‘Kukkuṭasūkarā sukhaṃ jīvantū’’ti araññe vissajjetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Imaṃ taḷākaṃ, imaṃ khettaṃ, imaṃ vatthuṃ, vihārassa demā’’ti vutte paṭikkhipituṃ na labbhatīti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
在等起等分类中,这也是六种等起、是造作、非想解脱、无心、是施设罪、是身语业、有三心、有三受。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idampi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ , ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
1. 拘舍耶学处解释巴利
1. Kosiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
542 关于“那时”这一句,是拘舍耶学处。其中“铺好后做成”,是指在平整的地面上,把拘舍耶丝线一层一层铺开,再用米浆等浇洒上去,这样就算做成。“即使只混入一根拘舍耶丝”:先不说按自己的喜好故意混进去,就算是在制作的地方,风吹来一根拘舍耶丝掉进去,这样也算是混在一起做成的。其余内容意思很浅显。巴利
542.Tenasamayenāti kosiyasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha santharitvā kataṃ hotīti same bhūmibhāge kosiyaṃsūni uparūpari santharitvā kañjikādīhi siñcitvā kataṃ hoti. Ekenapi kosiyaṃsunā missitvāti tiṭṭhatu attano rucivasena missitaṃ, sacepi tassa karaṇaṭṭhāne vāto ekaṃ kosiyaṃsuṃ ānetvā pāteti, evampi missetvā katameva hotīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
六种生起,是造作,不是想解脱,没有心,离施设,身业和语业,巴利
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ,
三种心,三种受。巴利
Ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
纯黑学处注释巴利
2. Suddhakāḷakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
547 “那时”这句,说的是纯黑学处。其中,“纯黑”是指纯粹的黑色,也就是不掺杂其他颜色的黑,这就是它的意思。其余内容意思都很浅显。它的起源等情形,也和拘舍耶学处相似。巴利
547.Tena samayenāti suddhakāḷakasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha suddhakāḷakānanti suddhānaṃ kāḷakānaṃ , aññehi amissitakāḷakānanti attho. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Samuṭṭhānādīnipi kosiyasikkhāpadasadisānevāti.
3. 二分学处解释巴利
3. Dvebhāgasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
552 “那时”是指二分学处。其中,“从边缘取”是指把白色部分像镶边一样展示在敷具的边缘,并让它附着上去。巴利
552.Tena samayenāti dvebhāgasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha ante ādiyitvāti santhatassa ante anuvātaṃ viya dassetvā odātaṃ alliyāpetvā.
“两份”就是两个部分。“应取”就是应当拿。“牧色”是指黄褐色。“应取两杆秤”这句话,是针对想用四杆秤来做的人说的。不过从实际含义来看,无论想用多少羊毛来做,其中都是两份黑色、一份白色、一份牧色,应当知道这里显示的就是这个比例。其余内容意思很浅显。巴利
Dve bhāgāti dve koṭṭhāsā. Ādātabbāti gahetabbā. Gocariyānanti kapilavaṇṇānaṃ. Dve tulā ādātabbāti catūhi tulāhi kāretukāmaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Atthato pana yattakehi eḷakalomehi kātukāmo hoti, tesu dve koṭṭhāsā kāḷakānaṃ eko odātānaṃ, eko gocariyānanti idameva dassitaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
生起方式等也和拘舍耶学处一样。只是这里要明白:由于有拿取和不拿取的做法,所以是造作与非造作。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīnipi kosiyasikkhāpadasadisāneva. Kevalaṃ idaṃ ādāya anādāya ca karaṇato kiriyākiriyaṃ veditabbanti.
4. 六年学处解释巴利
4. Chabbassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
557 “那时”这一句,说的是六年学处。其中,“他们大便、他们小便”的意思是:他们在敷具上面大小便。巴利
557.Tenasamayenāti chabbassasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha ūhadantipi ummihantipīti santhatānaṃ upari vaccampi passāvampi karontīti vuttaṃ hoti.
僧团把敷具许可授予了某位比丘,这位比丘得到许可后,只要病还没好,不管走到哪里,都可以在那里制作敷具。如果病好了以后,又因为原来的病再次生病,那还是同一个许可,不需要再另外办许可手续——这是普沙提婆长老说的。优波提舍长老则说:不管是旧病复发,还是得了别的病,既然已经得到了“一次生病”这个名目,就不需要再办许可手续了。巴利
Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno santhatasammutīti evaṃ laddhasammutiko bhikkhu yāva rogo na vūpasammati, tāva yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati, tattha tattha santhataṃ kātuṃ labhati. Sace arogo hutvā puna mūlabyādhināva gilāno hoti, soyeva parihāro, natthaññaṃ sammutikiccanti phussadevatthero āha. Upatissatthero pana ‘‘so vā byādhi paṭikuppatu, añño vā, ‘sakiṃ gilāno’ti nāmaṃ laddhaṃ laddhameva, puna sammutikiccaṃ natthī’’ti āha.
“在六年之内”,意思是在六年的范围以内。不过在分别句中,为了只显示数量,才说“不足六年”。巴利
Orenace channaṃ vassānanti channaṃ vassānaṃ orimabhāge, antoti attho. Padabhājane pana saṅkhyāmattadassanatthaṃ ‘‘ūnakachabbassānī’’ti vuttaṃ.
不犯戒:做满六年——意思是,当六年圆满时,那时才制作敷具。第二句也应这样理解:当超过六年时,那时制作。因为并不是在六年之内制作。其余部分含义浅显易懂。巴利
Anāpatti chabbassāni karotīti yadā chabbassāni paripuṇṇāni honti, tadā santhataṃ karoti. Dutiyapadepi ‘‘yadā atirekachabbassāni honti, tadā karotī’’ti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Na hi so chabbassāni karotīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
它的起因等,和拘舍耶学处完全一样。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīni kosiyasikkhāpadasadisānevāti.
坐具与敷具学处的解释巴利
5. Nisīdanasanthatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
565 “那时”,是指坐具学处。其中,“诸比丘,我想要”:据说世尊在那三个月里没有见到任何可以教化的众生,所以才这样说。即便如此,按照传统还是应当说法的。然而,因为他这样想:“在我让他们离开、独自静处之后,比丘们会搞出一套不合法的规约,优波先那会把它打破。我就会对他生起信心,允许比丘们来见我;此后,许多想见我的比丘就会受持头陀支,而我就以他们舍弃坐具这件事为缘由,制定学处。”所以他这样说了。确实,这里面有这样多的利益。巴利
565.Tena samayenāti nisīdanasanthatasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha icchāmahaṃ bhikkhaveti bhagavā kira taṃ temāsaṃ na kiñci bodhaneyyasattaṃ addasa, tasmā evamāha. Evaṃ santepi tantivasena dhammadesanā kattabbā siyā. Yasmā panassa etadahosi – ‘‘mayi okāsaṃ kāretvā paṭisallīne bhikkhū adhammikaṃ katikavattaṃ karissanti, taṃ upaseno bhindissati. Ahaṃ tassa pasīditvā bhikkhūnaṃ dassanaṃ anujānissāmi, tato maṃ passitukāmā bahū bhikkhū dhutaṅgāni samādiyissanti, ahañca tehi ujjhitasanthatapaccayā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmī’’ti, tasmā evamāha. Evaṃ bahūni hi ettha ānisaṃsānīti.
“与眷属一起前往世尊处”:据说,这位长老心想:“诸比丘,不足十夏者不应授具足戒,若授者犯恶作。”就在这《篇章》的学处中,他因“愚人!你自己尚且要受人教诫、听人训导,怎能想到去教诫、训导他人?”等语而遭受呵责后,心中思量:“导师只因我的眷属而给予呵责。如今,我要让世尊以那宛如圆满月轮般庄严、具足一切相好的面容发出梵音,正是要凭依眷属,而令世尊给予称赞。”这位善心善家子便退了回去,跋涉超过一百由旬,集合眷属,由大约五百位比丘围绕,再次前往世尊处。因此说“与眷属一起前往世尊处”。因为除了具足行仪,别无他法能令诸佛满意。巴利
Sapariso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamīti thero kira ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo, yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 75) imasmiṃ khandhakasikkhāpade ‘‘kathañhi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa aññehi ovadiyo anusāsiyo aññaṃ ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ maññissasī’’ti evamādinā nayena garahaṃ labhitvā ‘‘satthā mayhaṃ parisaṃ nissāya garahaṃ adāsi, so dānāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ teneva puṇṇacandasassirīkena sabbākāraparipuṇṇena mukhena brahmaghosaṃ nicchāretvā parisaṃyeva nissāya sādhukāraṃ dāpessāmī’’ti suhadayo kulaputto atirekayojanasataṃ paṭikkamitvā parisaṃ cinitvā pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi parivuto puna bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamanto. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘sapariso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamī’’ti. Na hi sakkā buddhānaṃ aññathā ārādhetuṃ aññatra vattasampattiyā.
坐在离世尊不远的地方:因为他具足行仪、清净无染,所以像狮子一样毫无畏惧,坐在犹如金山的世尊不远处。他说了这番话:为了引出对话,他这样说了。比丘,你的这些粪扫衣合你心意吗?意思是,是你凭自己的喜好和认可而取用的吗?尊者,不合我心意:尊者,并不是我凭自己的喜好取用的,我是像被人掐住脖子、像被人打头一样被迫取用的。他这样表明。巴利
Bhagavatoavidūre nisinnoti vattasampattiyā parisuddhabhāvena nirāsaṅko sīho viya kañcanapabbatassa bhagavato avidūre nisinno. Etadavocāti kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ etaṃ avoca. Manāpāni te bhikkhu paṃsukūlānīti bhikkhu tava imāni paṃsukūlāni manāpāni, attano ruciyā khantiyā gahitānīti attho. Na kho me, bhante, manāpānīti, bhante na mayā attano ruciyā gahitāni, galaggāhena viya matthakatāḷanena viya ca gāhitomhīti dasseti.
“将会被了知”意思是:将会成为被知道、被完全了解的。这里说的是:将会在这里被看见。“我们不施设未曾制立的”意思是:我们这些被称为声闻的弟子,不会施设未曾制立的东西。因为以“波逸提、恶作”等方式来施设未制的学处,或者废除已制的学处,这确实是佛陀的领域。“受持”意思是:领受那项那项学处,接受“善哉,太好了”,表明要在一切按照所制立的学处中修学。他对此心生欢喜,又再次给出“善哉,善哉”的赞同。巴利
Paññāyissatīti paññāto abhiññāto bhavissati, tattha sandississatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Na mayaṃ apaññattaṃ paññapessāmāti mayaṃ sāvakā nāma apaññattaṃ na paññapessāma, buddhavisayo hi eso yadidaṃ ‘‘pācittiyaṃ dukkaṭa’’ntiādinā nayena apaññattasikkhāpadapaññapanaṃ paññattasamucchindanaṃ vā. Samādāyāti taṃ taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyitvā, ‘‘sādhu suṭṭhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā yathāpaññattesu sabbasikkhāpadesu sikkhissāmāti dasseti. Tassa āraddhacitto punapi ‘‘sādhu sādhū’’ti sādhukāramadāsi.
566 “贤友,这是被允许的。”意思是:贤友,已经允许了。“羡慕”意思是:正在羡慕。“舍弃了敷具”意思是:把叫做第四衣的敷具全都舍弃了。世尊看到敷具散乱一地,就作了法语开示,然后对比丘们说:毁坏信众布施之物是没有道理的,我要为你们开示受用这些敷具的方法。巴利
566.Anuññātāvusoti anuññātaṃ, āvuso. Pihentāti pihayantā. Santhatāni ujjhitvāti santhate catutthacīvarasaññitāya sabbasanthatāni ujjhitvā. Dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesīti bhagavā santhatāni vippakiṇṇāni disvā ‘‘saddhādeyyavinipātane kāraṇaṃ natthi, paribhogupāyaṃ nesaṃ dassessāmī’’ti dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi.
567 “一次穿着,一次披覆”是指一次坐下和一次躺下。“周边”是指从一边切下一块圆形或方形的布,使所取的地方大约一搩手长,应当这样取。而铺设的时候,应该按照律典中所说的方法,或者只铺在一处,或者拆开后混合起来铺,这样会更牢固。其余的内容意思都很浅显易懂。巴利
567.Sakiṃ nivatthampi sakiṃ pārutampīti sakiṃ nisinnañceva nipannañca. Sāmantāti ekapassato vaṭṭaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā chinditvā gahitaṭṭhānaṃ yathā vidatthimattaṃ hoti, evaṃ gahetabbaṃ, santharantena pana pāḷiyaṃ vuttanayeneva ekadese vā santharitabbaṃ, vijaṭetvā vā missakaṃ katvā santharitabbaṃ, evaṃ thirataraṃ hotīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
从等起等方面来看,这条学处兼具造作与非造作的性质,所以和分为两部分的学处相似。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīni kiriyākiriyattā imassa sikkhāpadassa dvebhāgasikkhāpadasadisānīti.
在这五种敷具当中,前三种通过作羯磨获得之后,是不允许受用的;后两种则可以受用,应当这样理解。巴利
Imesu pana pañcasu santhatesu purimāni tīṇi vinayakammaṃ katvā paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭanti, pacchimāni dve vaṭṭantīti veditabbānīti.
6. 羊毛学处注释巴利
6. Eḷakalomasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
571 “那时”说的是羊毛学处。其中,“嘲笑”是指说“尊者,花了多少钱买的?”这类话来讥讽。“站着就倒下”的意思是:就像人们从树林里搬来一大捆木材,累得站着就把木材扔下,这里就是指那样倒下。巴利
571.Tenasamayenāti eḷakalomasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha uppaṇḍesunti ‘‘kittakena, bhante, kītānī’’tiādīni vadantā avahasiṃsu. Ṭhitakova āsumbhīti yathā manussā araññato mahantaṃ dārubhāraṃ ānetvā kilantā ṭhitakāva pātenti, evaṃ pātesīti attho.
572 “自己用手”的意思是用自己的手,也就是应当自己携带,这是这句话要表达的意思。“使掉出三由旬之外”就是让它掉到三由旬以外。如果没有障碍而掉落,从手刚一松开的那一刻起,就按羊毛的数量一条一条地构成舍堕波逸提。如果在三由旬外被树或柱子挡住,又掉回界内,则无犯。羊毛捆掉到地上后,停一下、滚一下地滚动着又进入界内,仍然犯。在界内停住后,用手、脚或棍子去拨动,不管停没停住,只要毛捆滚动出去,仍然犯。放置时想“别人会拿走”,即使被那人拿走,也仍然犯。以清净心放置,风或其他什么按自然规律把它吹出界外,也仍然犯。因为这条学处是故意犯的,也是无心犯的。不过《库伦达》等注释书里说“这里无犯”,那个无犯跟巴利圣典不一致。把两捆合成一捆,一捆放在界内、一捆放在界外而放置,这样还算守护着。合成一捆放在扁担上,也是同样的道理。但如果没有绑起来,只是放在扁担一头,那就不算守护。即使是合成一捆,如果翻转过来放置,也仍然犯。巴利
572.Sahatthāti sahatthena, attanā haritabbānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Bahitiyojanaṃ pātetīti tiyojanato bahi pāteti. Anantarāyena patanake hatthato muttamatte lomagaṇanāya nissaggiyapācittiyāni. Sace bahitiyojane rukkhe vā thambhe vā paṭihaññitvā puna anto patanti, anāpatti . Bhūmiyaṃ patitvā ṭhatvā ṭhatvā vaṭṭamānā eḷakalomabhaṇḍikā puna anto pavisati, āpattiyeva. Anto ṭhatvā hatthena vā pādena vā yaṭṭhiyā vā vaṭṭeti ṭhatvā vā aṭhatvā vā vaṭṭamānā bhaṇḍikā gacchatu, āpattiyeva. ‘‘Añño harissatī’’ti ṭhapeti, tena haritepi āpattiyeva. Suddhacittena ṭhapitaṃ vāto vā añño vā attano dhammatāya bahi pāteti, āpattiyeva. Saussāhattā acittakattā ca sikkhāpadassa. Kurundiyādīsu pana ‘‘ettha anāpattī’’ti vuttā, sā anāpatti pāḷiyā na sameti. Ubhatobhaṇḍikaṃ ekābaddhaṃ katvā ekaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ antosīmāya ekaṃ bahisīmāya karonto ṭhapeti, rakkhati tāva. Ekābaddhe kājepi eseva nayo. Yadi pana abandhitvā kājakoṭiyaṃ ṭhapitamattameva hoti, na rakkhati. Ekābaddhepi parivattetvā ṭhapite āpattiyeva.
在“他人的车乘等”这一条里:如果车乘正在走,或者放在象背等上面,物主并不知道,而他把东西放上去,想着“这人会帮我带走”,那么当那车乘越过三由旬时,就犯戒。车乘没有在走,也是同样的道理。但如果车乘没有在走,或者放在象背等上面之后,他登上去驱赶,或者在下面走着催促,或者喊着让人跟上来,因为经文说的是“使他人带走”,所以不犯戒。不过在《库伦达》等注释里说的是“犯戒”,这和“使他人带走”这句话对不上。而在不与取这条里,是在关税处犯戒。那边算犯的,这边不算犯;这边算犯的,那边不算犯。到了那个地方之后,因为分心别的事,或者被盗贼等侵扰而走,仍然是犯戒。一切情况都应当知道,是按羊毛的数量来判定犯戒的界限。巴利
Aññassa yāne vāti ettha gacchante yāne vā hatthipiṭṭhiādīsu vā sāmikassa ajānantasseva harissatīti ṭhapeti, tasmiṃ tiyojanaṃ atikkante āpatti. Agacchantepi eseva nayo. Sace pana agacchante yāne vā hatthipiṭṭhiyādīsu vā ṭhapetvā abhiruhitvā sāreti, heṭṭhā vā gacchanto codeti, pakkosanto vā anubandhāpeti, ‘‘aññaṃ harāpetī’’ti vacanato anāpatti. Kurundiyādīsu pana ‘‘āpattī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ ‘‘aññaṃ harāpetī’’ti iminā na sameti. Adinnādāne pana suṅkaghāte āpatti hoti. Yā hi tattha āpatti, sā idha anāpatti. Yā idha āpatti, sā tattha anāpatti. Taṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā aññavihito vā corādīhi vā upadduto gacchati, āpattiyeva. Sabbattha lomagaṇanāya āpattiparicchedo veditabbo.
575 如果他的意图是以三由旬为限,走到那里之后还继续带走,那么:他到了某处,因为在那里得不到诵经、问义等,或者得不到资具等,就从那里去别处,又从那里再去别处——这样即使带走一百由旬,也无犯。获得被抢回的东西:盗贼抢走后知道没用,就还回来,带走这个东西无犯。获得已舍出的东西:意思是获得已作羯磨的东西。巴利
575. Tiyojanaṃ vāsādhippāyo gantvā tato paraṃ haratīti yattha gato, tattha uddesaparipucchādīnaṃ vā paccayādīnaṃ vā alābhena tato paraṃ aññattha gacchati, tatopi aññatthāti evaṃ yojanasatampi harantassa anāpatti. Acchinnaṃ paṭilabhitvāti corā acchinditvā niratthakabhāvaṃ ñatvā paṭidenti, taṃ harantassa anāpatti. Nissaṭṭhaṃ paṭilabhitvāti vinayakammakataṃ paṭilabhitvāti attho.
“已做之物”是指已经做成的物品,比如毛毯、毛敷具之类的,乃至仅仅用线绑起来的一点点东西也算。可是,如果有人把羊毛塞进薄布片做的小袋里,或者塞进系在绳子、腰带等中间的小袋里,或者为了防虫等目的塞进装胡椒等物的小袋里,甚至患风病的人把羊毛塞进耳孔里然后走路,那还是犯戒。如果用线绑好之后放进去,那就属于“已做之物”的情况;如果编成辫子带着走,这叫做“隐藏之途”,也还是犯戒。剩下的内容意思很浅显,容易明白。巴利
Katabhaṇḍanti kataṃbhaṇḍaṃ kambalakojavasanthatādiṃ yaṃ kiñci antamaso suttakena baddhamattampi. Yo pana tanukapattatthavikantare vā āyogaaṃsabaddhakakāyabandhanādīnaṃ antaresu vā pipphalikādīnaṃ malarakkhaṇatthaṃ sipāṭikāya vā antamaso vātābādhiko kaṇṇacchiddepi lomāni pakkhipitvā gacchati, āpattiyeva. Suttakena pana bandhitvā pakkhittaṃ katabhaṇḍaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati, veṇiṃ katvā harati, idaṃ nidhānamukhaṃ nāma, āpattiyevāti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
在诸等起等当中,这一项名叫“羊毛等起”,从身和从身与心而生起;是造作,不是想解脱,没有心;是施设罪,是身业;有三种心,有三种受。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ nāma, kāyato ca kāyacittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
7. 羊毛洗涤学处注释巴利
7. Eḷakalomadhovāpanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
576 “那时”指的是洗羊毛学处。其中,“riñcanti”是抛弃、舍弃、不能坚持的意思,也就是说不能持续用功。这里其余的内容,连同等起等,都和前面旧衣学处中所说的一样。巴利
576.Tena samayenāti eḷakalomadhovāpanasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha riñcantīti ujjhanti vissajjenti, na sakkonti anuyuñjitunti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha purāṇacīvarasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.
8. 金银学处注释巴利
8. Rūpiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
582 “那时”指的是金银学处。其中,“paṭiviso”的意思是部分、份额。巴利
582.Tena samayenāti rūpiyasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha paṭivisoti koṭṭhāso.
583-4 “金银”这里,“金”是黄金的名称。不过,因为它和如来的肤色相似,所以在词句分别中被称为“师色”。它的意思是:“那种被称为师色的特殊金属,就叫作黄金。”而“银”则在“螺贝、石头、珊瑚、银、黄金”等说法中被说为银。但在这里,指的是任何可以用来交易的货币,比如迦利沙槃等。因此,在词句分别中说“迦利沙槃、铜钱”等等。其中,迦利沙槃是指金制的、银制的或普通的。铜钱是指用铜等金属制成的钱。木钱是指用硬木或竹片,甚至用棕榈叶切割成形制成的钱。漆钱是指用虫漆或树脂做成形状制成的钱。而通过“凡是用于交易者”这句话,则涵盖了无论在哪个地方、哪个时候用于交易的一切,甚至骨制的、皮制的、树果种子制的、有造型的或无造型的,全都包括在内。巴利
583-4.Jātarūparajatanti ettha jātarūpanti suvaṇṇassa nāmaṃ. Taṃ pana yasmā tathāgatassa vaṇṇasadisaṃ hoti, tasmā ‘‘satthuvaṇṇo vuccatī’’ti padabhājane vuttaṃ. Tassattho – ‘‘yo satthuvaṇṇo lohaviseso, idaṃ jātarūpaṃ nāmā’’ti rajataṃ pana ‘‘saṅkho, silā, pavāla, rajataṃ, jātarūpa’’ntiādīsu (pāci. 506) rūpiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Idha pana yaṃ kiñci vohāragamanīyaṃ kahāpaṇādi adhippetaṃ. Tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘kahāpaṇo lohamāsako’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha kahāpaṇoti sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā pākatiko vā. Lohamāsakoti tambalohādīhi katamāsako. Dārumāsakoti sāradārunā vā veḷupesikāya vā antamaso tālapaṇṇenāpi rūpaṃ chinditvā katamāsako. Jatumāsakoti lākhāya vā niyyāsena vā rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā katamāsako. ‘‘Ye vohāraṃ gacchantī’’ti iminā pana padena yo yo yattha yattha janapade yadā yadā vohāraṃ gacchati, antamaso aṭṭhimayopi cammamayopi rukkhaphalabījamayopi samuṭṭhāpitarūpopi asamuṭṭhāpitarūpopi sabbo saṅgahito.
这样,这一切银和黄金,也就是金币,以及上面所说的各类银币,这四种都属于舍堕物。珍珠、宝珠、琉璃、螺贝、石头、珊瑚、红玉髓、猫眼石、七种谷物、奴婢、田地、宅地、花园、果园等,这些属于恶作物。线、犁、布、棉花、各种非谷类作物,以及熟酥、生酥、油、蜜、糖等药品,这些属于允许物。其中,舍堕物不可以为自己,也不可以为僧团、僧团小组、个人或塔庙而接受。为自己接受,犯舍堕波逸提;为其他人接受,犯恶作。接受恶作物,无论为谁接受,都只是犯恶作。对于允许物,则没有犯。如果通过掌库者之手接受一切物品以便存放,则按照后面宝学处所说的方式,犯波逸提。巴利
Iccetaṃ sabbampi rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ jātarūpamāsako, vuttappabhedo sabbopi rajatamāsakoti catubbidhaṃ nissaggiyavatthu hoti. Muttā, maṇi, veḷuriyo, saṅkho, silā, pavāla, lohitaṅko, masāragallaṃ, satta dhaññāni, dāsidāsakhettavatthupupphārāmaphalārāmādayoti idaṃ dukkaṭavatthu. Suttaṃ phālo paṭako kappāso anekappakāraṃ aparaṇṇaṃ sappinavanītatelamadhuphāṇitādibhesajjañca idaṃ kappiyavatthu. Tattha nissaggiyavatthuṃ attano vā saṅghagaṇapuggalacetiyānaṃ vā atthāya sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati. Attano atthāya sampaṭicchato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ hoti, sesānaṃ atthāya dukkaṭaṃ. Dukkaṭavatthuṃ sabbesampi atthāya sampaṭicchato dukkaṭameva. Kappiyavatthumhi anāpatti. Sabbampi nikkhipanatthāya bhaṇḍāgārikasīsena sampaṭicchato upari ratanasikkhāpade āgatavasena pācittiyaṃ.
“认取”就是拿取。但因为拿取的时候就会犯戒,所以在它的分别解释里说“自己拿取,犯舍堕波逸提”。剩下的语句也按这个方式来理解。巴利
Uggaṇheyyāti gaṇheyya. Yasmā pana gaṇhanto āpattiṃ āpajjati, tenassa padabhājane ‘‘sayaṃ gaṇhāti nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti vuttaṃ. Esa nayo sesapadesupi.
在这里,对于金银物品和钱币,拿一件或者让人拿一件,就犯一个罪。即使一次拿一千件,或者让人拿,也按物品的数量来算罪。不过在《大护持》和《库伦达》中说:如果袋子系得松,或者容器装得松,就按单件来算罪;如果系得紧,或者装得满实,那就只犯一个罪。巴利
Tattha jātarūparajatabhaṇḍesu kahāpaṇamāsakesu ca ekaṃ gaṇhato vā gaṇhāpayato vā ekā āpatti. Sahassaṃ cepi ekato gaṇhāti, gaṇhāpeti, vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana kurundiyañca sithilabaddhāya thavikāya sithilapūrite vā bhājane rūpagaṇanāya āpatti. Ghanabaddhe pana ghanapūrite vā ekāva āpattīti vuttaṃ.
对于寄存物表示认可这件事,如果有人说“这是尊者的”,即使他心里认可、想拿,但用身体或言语拒绝说“这是不允许的”,也无犯。即使没有用身体和言语拒绝,但内心清净,不认可地说“这不属于我们”,同样无犯。因为在身、语、意三个门中,只要通过其中任何一个门拒绝了,就算已经拒绝。但如果不用身体和言语拒绝,心里却默许,那么由于没有做应当做的身语拒绝,以不作为为等起,在身门和语门犯戒;在意门则没有犯戒这回事。巴利
Upanikkhittasādiyane pana ‘‘idaṃ ayyassa hotū’’ti vutte sacepi cittena sādiyati, gaṇhitukāmo hoti, kāyena vā vācāya vā ‘‘nayidaṃ kappatī’’ti paṭikkhipati, anāpatti. Kāyavācāhi vā appaṭikkhipitvāpi suddhacitto hutvā ‘‘nayidaṃ amhākaṃ kappatī’’ti na sādiyati, anāpattiyeva. Tīsu dvāresu hi yena kenaci paṭikkhittaṃ paṭikkhittameva hoti. Sace pana kāyavācāhi appaṭikkhipitvā cittena adhivāseti, kāyavācāhi kattabbassa paṭikkhepassa akaraṇato akiriyasamuṭṭhānaṃ kāyadvāre ca vacīdvāre ca āpattiṃ āpajjati, manodvāre pana āpatti nāma natthi.
有人把一百钱或一千钱放在比丘脚边,说“这是给你的”,比丘拒绝说“这不许可”。那位近事男心想“我已经把它舍给你们了”,就走了。另一个人来到那里,问:“尊者,这是什么?”就应该把那个人自己说过的话告诉他。如果他说:“尊者,我来保管,请指示一个安全的地方”,那么即使要登上七层高的楼阁,也可以上去告诉他“这里安全”,但不该说“放在这里”。做到这一步,就算是依靠许可物和不许可物而住。应当关上门守护着住。如果有钵或衣等可以买卖的物品送来,有人说“尊者,请收下这个”,就应该说:“近事男,我们有这个需要,也有这样的东西在,但没有净人。”如果他说:“我来做净人,请开门给我”,那就开门后说“放在这个地方”,不该说“拿这个”。这样也仍然是依靠许可物和不许可物而住。如果他拿了它,并为此给出许可的物品,那是可以的。如果他多拿了,就应该说:“我们不拿你的东西,你出去。”巴利
Eko sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā pādamūle ṭhapeti ‘‘tuyhidaṃ hotū’’ti, bhikkhū ‘‘nayidaṃ kappatī’’ti paṭikkhipati, upāsako pariccattaṃ mayā tumhākanti gato, añño tattha āgantvā pucchati – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, ida’’nti? Yaṃ tena attanā ca vuttaṃ, taṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. So ce vadati – ‘‘gopayissāmi, bhante, guttaṭṭhānaṃ dassethā’’ti, sattabhūmikampi pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā ‘‘idaṃ guttaṭṭhāna’’nti ācikkhitabbaṃ, ‘‘idha nikkhipāhī’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Ettāvatā kappiyañca akappiyañca nissāya ṭhitaṃ hoti. Dvāraṃ pidahitvā rakkhantena vasitabbaṃ. Sace kiñci vikkāyikabhaṇḍaṃ pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā āgacchati, ‘‘idaṃ gahessatha bhante’’ti vutte ‘‘upāsaka atthi amhākaṃ iminā attho, vatthu ca evarūpaṃ nāma saṃvijjati, kappiyakārako natthī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Sace so vadati, ‘‘ahaṃ kappiyakārako bhavissāmi, dvāraṃ vivaritvā dethā’’ti, dvāraṃ vivaritvā ‘‘imasmiṃ okāse ṭhapita’’nti vattabbaṃ, ‘‘idaṃ gaṇhā’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Evampi kappiyañca akappiyañca nissāya ṭhitameva hoti, so ce taṃ gahetvā tassa kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ deti, vaṭṭati. Sace adhikaṃ gaṇhāti, ‘‘na mayaṃ tava bhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhāma, ‘‘nikkhamāhī’’ti vattabbo.
在僧众中间应当舍弃。这里,因为所谓金钱本身就是不许可的,所以没有说“应当舍弃给僧团、给某个僧团小组或给某个人”。但是,因为仅仅接受它本身,并没有用它换来任何许可的物品,所以为了通过某种方式表明可以受用的做法,才说“应当在僧众中间舍弃”。应当告知许可的物品,比如酥油等,应当这样说:“近事男,酥油或油对出家众是许可的。”巴利
Saṅghamajjhe nissajjitabbanti ettha yasmā rūpiyaṃ nāma akappiyaṃ, ‘‘tasmā nissajjitabbaṃ saṅghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā’’ti na vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana taṃ paṭiggahitamattameva na tena kiñci kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ cetāpitaṃ, tasmā upāyena paribhogadassanatthaṃ ‘‘saṅghamajjhe nissajjitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Kappiyaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ sappi vāti ‘‘pabbajitānaṃ sappi vā telaṃ vā vaṭṭati upāsakā’’ti evaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ.
除了接受金银的人以外,其他所有人都可以受用,也就是说,要分给所有人之后才能受用。接受金银的人不能领取自己那一份。从其他比丘或寺院净人那里得到自己那一份来受用,也不可以。哪怕是被猴子之类的动物从那里拿走、丢在树林里,或者从它们手里掉出来,即使是畜生拿过的粪扫衣,也绝对不可以。用从那里拿来的糖蜜去熏香房舍,也不可以。用酥油或油点灯,然后在灯光下躺卧、修遍相准备,或者读经,都不可以。用油、蜜、糖蜜涂抹身上的伤口,也绝对不可以。用那些东西去换取床椅等物,或者建造布萨堂、食堂,都不可以受用。就连影子,如果是依着房舍的界限而存在的,也不可以;超出界限的,因为是外来者,就可以。把那些东西处理掉之后,用所得修建的道路、桥梁、船、筏,都不可以通行。用那些东西让人挖的池塘,从中涌出的水,喝或者用都不可以。但如果水里没有那些东西的成分,而是别的外来水或雨水流进来,就可以。如果是用那些东西买来的水,那水即使是外来的,也不可以。把那些东西作为抵押存放后,僧团受用资具,那些资具对那个人来说也不可以。如果寺院是用那些东西买来的,那寺院也不可以受用。如果土地和种子都不如法,那么土地和果实都不可以受用。如果只是买了土地,另外种下别的种子,果实就可以用;反过来,如果买了种子,种在如法的土地上,果实就不可以用,但可以在那块土地上坐或躺。巴利
Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbeheva paribhuñjitabbanti sabbehi bhājetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakena bhāgo na gahetabbo. Aññesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vā ārāmikānaṃ vā pattabhāgampi labhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati, antamaso makkaṭādīhi tato haritvā araññe ṭhapitaṃ vā tesaṃ hatthato gaḷitaṃ vā tiracchānagatapariggahitampi paṃsukūlampi na vaṭṭatiyeva, tato āhaṭena phāṇitena senāsanadhūpanampi na vaṭṭati. Sappinā vā telena vā padīpaṃ katvā dīpāloke nipajjituṃ kasiṇaparikammampi kātuṃ, potthakampi vācetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Telamadhuphāṇitehi pana sarīre vaṇaṃ makkhetuṃ na vaṭṭatiyeva. Tena vatthunā mañcapīṭhādīni vā gaṇhanti, uposathāgāraṃ vā bhojanasālaṃ vā karonti, paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Chāyāpi gehaparicchedena ṭhitā na vaṭṭati, paricchedātikkantā āgantukattā vaṭṭati. Taṃ vatthuṃ vissajjetvā katena maggenapi setunāpi nāvāyapi uḷumpenapi gantuṃ na vaṭṭati, tena vatthunā khanāpitāya pokkharaṇiyā ubbhidodakaṃ pātuṃ vā paribhuñjituṃ vā na vaṭṭati. Anto udake pana asati aññaṃ āgantukaṃ udakaṃ vā vassodakaṃ vā paviṭṭhaṃ vaṭṭati. Kītāya yena udakena saddhiṃ kītā taṃ āgantukampi na vaṭṭati, taṃ vatthuṃ upanikkhepaṃ ṭhapetvā saṅgho paccaye paribhuñjati, tepi paccayā tassa na vaṭṭanti. Ārāmo gahito hoti, sopi paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Yadi bhūmipi bījampi akappiyaṃ neva bhūmiṃ na phalaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace bhūmiṃyeva kiṇitvā aññāni bījāni ropitāni phalaṃ vaṭṭati, atha bījāni kiṇitvā kappiyabhūmiyaṃ ropitāni, phalaṃ na vaṭṭati, bhūmiyaṃ nisīdituṃ vā nipajjituṃ vā vaṭṭati.
如果他把金银扔掉,也就是随便丢到什么地方;或者他不扔,而是自己拿着走了,那就不该拦他。如果他不拿也不扔,心里想“我何必管这档子事”,就随自己高兴走开了,这时候就该认定他符合前面说的那种弃金银者的条件。巴利
Sace so chaḍḍetīti yattha katthaci khipati, athāpi na chaḍḍeti, sayaṃ gahetvā gacchati, na vāretabbo. No ce chaḍḍetīti atha neva gahetvā gacchati, na chaḍḍeti, kiṃ mayhaṃ iminā byāpārenāti yena kāmaṃ pakkamati, tato yathāvuttalakkhaṇo rūpiyachaḍḍako sammannitabbo.
在“由贪欲等而行”这一类说法里,因为贪欲,把那样东西占为己有,或者抬高自己,这就叫行于贪欲。因为嗔恚,贬低别人说“这个人既不懂论母,也不懂律”,这就叫行于嗔恚。因为愚痴,陷入忘失正念的状态,这就叫行于愚痴。因为害怕接受金银的那个人,不敢把它丢掉,这就叫行于畏惧。要这样理解:如果不这样做,就不算行于贪欲,不算行于嗔恚,不算行于愚痴,不算行于畏惧。巴利
Yona chandāgatintiādīsu lobhavasena taṃ vatthuṃ attano vā karonto attānaṃ vā ukkaṃsento chandāgatiṃ nāma gacchati . Dosavasena ‘‘nevāyaṃ mātikaṃ jānāti, na vinaya’’nti paraṃ apasādento dosāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Mohavasena muṭṭhapamuṭṭhassatibhāvaṃ āpajjanto mohāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakassa bhayena chaḍḍetuṃ avisahanto bhayāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Evaṃ akaronto na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchatīti veditabbo.
585 “不作相”的意思是:不取相,闭上眼睛,就像把粪便丢进河流、悬崖或密林深处一样,毫不留恋、毫不留意地把金银丢弃。对于这样令人厌恶的金银,世尊以迂回的方式对比丘们说明了受用的方式。然而,对接受金银的人来说,无论通过什么迂回方式,从金银产生的资具受用都是不允许的。正如这对他不允许,同样,由虚假赞誉、污损在家人的行为、诡诈等所产生的资具,对他和对他人都绝对不允许;即使是如法、公平地得来的,如果不加省察而受用,也不允许。巴利
585.Animittaṃ katvāti nimittaṃ akatvā, akkhīni nimmīletvā nadiyā vā papāte vā vanagahane vā gūthaṃ viya anapekkhena patitokāsaṃ asamannāharantena pātetabbanti attho. Evaṃ jigucchitabbepi rūpiye bhagavā pariyāyena bhikkhūnaṃ paribhogaṃ ācikkhi. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakassa pana kenaci pariyāyena tato uppannapaccayaparibhogo na vaṭṭati. Yathā cāyaṃ etassa na vaṭṭati, evaṃ asantasambhāvanāya vā kuladūsakakammena vā kuhanādīhi vā uppannapaccayā neva tassa na aññassa vaṭṭanti, dhammena samena uppannāpi appaccavekkhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭanti.
受用有四种:盗受用、债受用、遗产受用、主人受用。其中,一个破戒的人即使坐在僧团中间受用,他的受用也叫“盗受用”。一个持戒的人没有省察就受用,就叫“债受用”。所以,衣服应当在每一次受用时都省察,食物应当在每一口都省察。如果做不到这样,那就应当在饭前、饭后、初夜、后夜省察。如果到了黎明升起时他还没有省察,他就停留在债受用的状态。坐具也应当在每一次受用时都省察。药物呢,在接受的时候和受用的时候,具念都是合适的;不过,如果接受时具念而受用时没有具念,就有犯戒;如果接受时没有具念而受用时具念,就没有犯戒。巴利
Cattāro hi paribhogā – theyyaparibhogo, iṇaparibhogo, dāyajjaparibhogo, sāmiparibhogoti. Tattha saṅghamajjhepi nisīditvā paribhuñjantassa dussīlassa paribhogo ‘‘theyyaparibhogo’’ nāma. Sīlavato appaccavekkhitaparibhogo ‘‘iṇaparibhogo’’ nāma. Tasmā cīvaraṃ paribhoge paribhoge paccavekkhitabbaṃ, piṇḍapāto ālope ālope. Tathā asakkontena purebhattapacchābhattapurimayāmapacchimayāmesu. Sacassa appaccavekkhatova aruṇo uggacchati, iṇaparibhogaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Senāsanampi paribhoge paribhoge paccavekkhitabbaṃ, bhesajjassa paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi satipaccayatā vaṭṭati, evaṃ santepi paṭiggahaṇe satiṃ katvā paribhoge akarontasseva āpatti, paṭiggahaṇe pana satiṃ akatvā paribhoge karontassa anāpatti.
清净有四种:说戒清净、防护清净、遍求清净、省察清净。其中,说戒清净就是巴帝摩卡防护戒,因为它通过说戒而得以清净,所以称为“说戒清净”。防护清净就是根防护戒,因为它通过“我今后不再这样做”这种心的决意防护而得以清净,所以称为“防护清净”。遍求清净就是活命遍净戒,因为它舍弃不正当的谋生方式,以如法、公正的方式获取资具,其遍求本身是清净的,所以称为“遍求清净”。省察清净就是资具依止戒,因为它通过“如理省察之后才受用衣服”等所说的省察而得以清净,所以称为“省察清净”。因此说:“接受时没有提起正念,但受用时提起正念,则无犯。”巴利
Catubbidhā hi suddhi – desanāsuddhi, saṃvarasuddhi, pariyeṭṭhisuddhi, paccavekkhaṇasuddhīti. Tattha desanāsuddhi nāma pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ , tañhi desanāya sujjhanato ‘‘desanāsuddhī’’ti vuccati. Saṃvarasuddhi nāma indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ, tañhi na puna evaṃ karissāmīti cittādhiṭṭhānasaṃvareneva sujjhanato ‘‘saṃvarasuddhī’’ti vuccati. Pariyeṭṭhisuddhi nāma ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ, tañhi anesanaṃ pahāya dhammena samena paccaye uppādentassa pariyesanāya suddhattā ‘‘pariyeṭṭhisuddhī’’ti vuccati. Paccavekkhaṇasuddhi nāma paccayaparibhogasannissitasīlaṃ, tañhi ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvaraṃ paṭisevatī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.23; a. ni. 6.58) nayena vuttena paccavekkhaṇena sujjhanato ‘‘paccavekkhaṇasuddhī’’ti vuccati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘paṭiggahaṇe pana satiṃ akatvā paribhoge karontassa anāpattī’’ti.
七种有学圣者的资具受用,叫作“继承遗产的受用”。因为他们确实是世尊的儿子,所以作为父亲资具的继承人,来受用那些资具。那么,他们受用的是世尊的资具,还是在家人的资具呢?即使是在家人布施的,因为世尊已经允许,也就成了世尊的东西。因此应当知道,他们受用的是世尊的资具。《法嗣经》在这里可以作为证明。巴利
Sattannaṃ sekkhānaṃ paccayaparibhogo dāyajjaparibhogo nāma, te hi bhagavato puttā, tasmā pitusantakānaṃ paccayānaṃ dāyādā hutvā te paccaye paribhuñjanti. Kiṃ pana te bhagavato paccaye paribhuñjanti, gihīnaṃ paccaye paribhuñjantīti? Gihīhi dinnāpi bhagavatā anuññātattā bhagavato santakā honti, tasmā te bhagavato paccaye paribhuñjantīti (ma. ni. 1.29) veditabbaṃ, dhammadāyādasuttañcettha sādhakaṃ.
漏尽者的受用叫作主人受用,因为他们已经超越了贪爱的奴役,成为主人而受用。在这些受用当中,主人受用和继承受用对所有人都适用;债务受用则不适用,盗贼受用就更谈不上了。巴利
Khīṇāsavānaṃ paribhogo sāmiparibhogo nāma, te hi taṇhāya dāsabyaṃ atītattā sāmino hutvā paribhuñjantīti. Imesu paribhogesu sāmiparibhogo ca dāyajjaparibhogo ca sabbesampi vaṭṭati. Iṇaparibhogo na vaṭṭati, theyyaparibhoge kathāyeva natthi.
另外还有四种受用:有惭者的受用、无惭者的受用、如法的受用、不如法的受用。巴利
Aparepi cattāro paribhogā – lajjiparibhogo, alajjiparibhogo, dhammiyaparibhogo, adhammiyaparibhogoti.
在这里,无惭者和有惭者一起受用是允许的,但不应因为犯戒就让他去做净罪。有惭者和无惭者一起受用,只要他还不知道对方是无惭者,就还可以。因为从一开始就存在的无惭者是没有的,所以当他知道对方是无惭者时,就应该对他说:“你们在身门和语门犯了过失,这不合宜,不要再这样做了。”如果他不听劝告还是照做,而对方仍和他一起受用,那这个人也就成了无惭者。如果有人和成为自己负担的无惭者一起受用,他也应该被劝阻。如果他不停止,这个人也就成了无惭者。这样一个无惭者就能让许多人也变成无惭者。不过,无惭者和无惭者一起受用,是没有犯戒这回事的。有惭者和有惭者一起受用,就像两位刹帝利王子用金盘吃饭一样。巴利
Tattha alajjino lajjinā saddhiṃ paribhogo vaṭṭati, āpattiyā na kāretabbo. Lajjino alajjinā saddhiṃ yāva na jānāti, tāva vaṭṭati. Ādito paṭṭhāya hi alajjī nāma natthi, tasmā yadāssa alajjībhāvaṃ jānāti tadā vattabbo ‘‘tumhe kāyadvāre ca vacīdvāre ca vītikkamaṃ karotha, taṃ appatirūpaṃ mā evamakatthā’’ti. Sace anādiyitvā karotiyeva, yadi tena saddhiṃ paribhogaṃ karoti, sopi alajjīyeva hoti. Yopi attano bhārabhūtena alajjinā saddhiṃ paribhogaṃ karoti, sopi nivāretabbo. Sace na oramati, ayampi alajjīyeva hoti. Evaṃ eko alajjī alajjīsatampi karoti. Alajjino pana alajjināva saddhiṃ paribhoge āpatti nāma natthi. Lajjino lajjinā saddhiṃ paribhogo dvinnaṃ khattiyakumārānaṃ suvaṇṇapātiyaṃ bhojanasadisoti.
如法受用和不如法受用,应当依据条件来理解。其中,如果人无惭,而且钵食也不如法,那么两者都令人厌恶。人无惭,但钵食如法,则应厌恶此人,不应接受他的钵食。不过《大护持》中说:恶戒者从僧团得到指定施食等之后,又把它交给僧团,这些食物因为是按原样交回的,所以可以接受。人有惭,钵食不如法,钵食令人厌恶,不应接受。人有惭,钵食也如法,则可以接受。巴利
Dhammiyādhammiyaparibhogo paccayavasena veditabbo. Tattha sace puggalopi alajjī piṇḍapātopi adhammiyo, ubho jegucchā. Puggalo alajjī piṇḍapāto dhammiyo, puggalaṃ jigucchitvā piṇḍapāto na gahetabbo. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana dussīlo saṅghato uddesabhattādīni labhitvā saṅghasseva deti, etāni yathādānameva gatattā vaṭṭantīti vuttaṃ. Puggalo lajjī piṇḍapāto adhammiyo, piṇḍapāto jeguccho na gahetabbo. Puggalo lajjī, piṇḍapātopi dhammiyo, vaṭṭati.
另外还有两种摄受和两种受用:有惭者的摄受、无惭者的摄受;法受用、财受用。巴利
Apare dve paggahā; dve ca paribhogā – lajjipaggaho, alajjipaggaho; dhammaparibhogo āmisaparibhogoti.
在这里,无惭者摄受有惭者是可以的,不应因为他而处理犯戒的事。但如果是有惭者摄受无惭者,请他随喜、请他说法、在俗家众中支持他,而对方也在自己的徒众中称赞他说“我们的老师是这样那样的”,就应当知道,这个人是在让教法衰败、消失。巴利
Tattha alajjino lajjiṃ paggahetuṃ vaṭṭati, na so āpattiyā kāretabbo. Sace pana lajjī alajjiṃ paggaṇhāti, anumodanāya ajjhesati, dhammakathāya ajjhesati, kulesu upatthambheti . Itaropi ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyo īdiso ca īdiso cā’’ti tassa parisati vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ayaṃ sāsanaṃ osakkāpeti antaradhāpetīti veditabbo.
在法受用和财物受用这两者当中,凡是财物受用可以允许的地方,法受用也可以允许。不过,如果有一部经典正处在快要失传的关头,会因为那个人去世而消失,那么为了护持正法而跟他学习,这是允许的——经文里是这样说的。巴利
Dhammaparibhoga-āmisaparibhogesu pana yattha āmisaparibhogo vaṭṭati, tattha dhammaparibhogopi vaṭṭati. Yo pana koṭiyaṃ ṭhito gantho tassa puggalassa accayena nassissati, taṃ dhammānuggahena uggaṇhituṃ vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ.
这里有一个事例。据说在大怖畏时期,只有一位比丘精通《大义释》。那时,四部尼柯耶长老帝须的戒师——名为大三藏长老的大护长老——对大护持长老说:“贤友大护持,你到他那里去学《大义释》吧。”对方说:“尊者,听说这个人品行不好,我不学。”大护长老说:“学吧,贤友,我会坐在你旁边。”他说:“好的,尊者,如果您坐在旁边,我就学。”于是安顿下来后,他日夜不间断地学习。到了最后一天,他看见床下有个女人,就说:“尊者,我以前只是听说过,如果我早知道是这样,就不会在这种人座下学习佛法了。”不过,正因为在他那里,许多大长老学习之后,才把《大义释》传承确立了下来。巴利
Tatridaṃ vatthu – mahābhaye kira ekasseva bhikkhuno mahāniddeso paguṇo ahosi. Atha catunikāyikatissattherassa upajjhāyo mahātipiṭakatthero nāma mahārakkhitattheraṃ āha – ‘‘āvuso mahārakkhita, etassa santike mahāniddesaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti. ‘‘Pāpo kirāyaṃ, bhante, na gaṇhāmī’’ti. ‘‘Gaṇhāvuso, ahaṃ te santike nisīdissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante, tumhesu nisinnesu gaṇhissāmī’’ti paṭṭhapetvā rattindivaṃ nirantaraṃ pariyāpuṇanto osānadivase heṭṭhāmañce itthiṃ disvā ‘‘bhante, sutaṃyeva me pubbe, sacāhaṃ evaṃ jāneyyaṃ, na īdisassa santike dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇeyya’’nti āha. Tassa pana santike bahū mahātherā uggaṇhitvā mahāniddesaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
586 在“对金银有金银想”这一句里,应当知道:所有的黄金和白银,都归入金银这个范畴。巴利
586.Rūpiye rūpiyasaññīti ettha sabbampi jātarūparajataṃ rūpiyasaṅgahameva gatanti veditabbaṃ.
对金银犹豫不决,就是像“这是黄金,还是铜片?”这样,以那种方式生起了疑惑。巴利
Rūpiye vematikoti ‘‘suvaṇṇaṃ nu kho, kharapattaṃ nu kho’’tiādinā nayena saṃsayajāto.
对金银作非金银想,就是把它想成铜片之类的东西。另外,有些想积功德的人,比如王后之类,会把金银混在饭食、点心、香粉团等东西里布施出去;他们向沿门乞食的比丘们布施时,就连同绑在一起的钱币等一起,把布片也给了出去。比丘们如果把它当作食物想,或者当作布片想,就这样接受了,那么也应知道,这同样是“对金银作非金银想”而接受了金银。不过,接受的人应当留意:“我是在这户人家里拿到这个东西的。”如果有人因为失念而给了,等他恢复记忆后再来讨要时,就应该对他说:“你去看你的布片吧。”这里剩下的内容都很浅显易懂。巴利
Rūpiye arūpiyasaññīti suvaṇṇādīsu kharapattādisaññī. Apica puññakāmā rājorodhādayo bhattakhajjakagandhapiṇḍādīsu pakkhipitvā hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ denti, coḷabhikkhāya carantānaṃ dassante baddhakahāpaṇādīhiyeva saddhiṃ coḷakāni denti, bhikkhū bhattādisaññāya vā coḷakasaññāya vā paṭiggaṇhanti, evampi rūpiye arūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ gaṇhātīti veditabbo. Paṭiggaṇhantena pana ‘‘imasmiṃ gehe idaṃ laddha’’nti sallakkhetabbaṃ. Yena hi assatiyā dinnaṃ hoti, so satiṃ paṭilabhitvā puna āgacchati, athassa vattabbaṃ – ‘‘tava coḷakaṃ passāhī’’ti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
在等起等项中,有六种等起:有时算作“作”,因为以接受而犯;有时算作“非作”,因为不作拒绝而犯。金银、异语、近坐这三条学处确实属于同一段落,它们是非想解脱、无心、制罪、身业与语业、三心、三受。巴利
Samuṭṭhānādīsu chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, siyā kiriyaṃ gahaṇena āpajjanato, siyā akiriyaṃ paṭikkhepassa akaraṇato rūpiyaaññavādakaupassutisikkhāpadāni hi tīṇi ekaparicchedāni, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
9. 金银交易学处注释巴利
9. Rūpiyasaṃvohārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
587 “那时”这句话,说的是金银交易学处。其中,“种种”是按已作、未作等来分,有很多种类。“金银交易”指金和银的交换。“从事”是说,因为接受金银本身就已经被禁止,他们看不到接受之后再拿去交换有什么过失,所以就那样做了。巴利
587.Tena samayenāti rūpiyasaṃvohārasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha nānappakārakanti katākatādivasena anekavidhaṃ. Rūpiyasaṃvohāranti jātarūparajataparivattanaṃ. Samāpajjantīti paṭiggahaṇasseva paṭikkhitattā paṭiggahitaparivattane dosaṃ apassantā karonti.
589 在“头所行”等词中,“头所行”的意思是“到头部”,也就是头饰。不过有些写本里写成“头所行ka”,这是对任何头饰的通称。这个道理在各处都一样。在“以已作对已作”等说法中,纯粹就是金银交易。巴利
589.Sīsūpagantiādīsu sīsaṃ upagacchatīti sīsūpagaṃ, potthakesu pana ‘‘sīsūpaka’’nti likhitaṃ, yassa kassaci sīsālaṅkārassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Katena katantiādīsu suddho rūpiyasaṃvohāroyeva.
在“对货币有货币想”等句所针对的前一条学处里,对于其中提到的情况,如果用应舍物去换取应舍物,在收取本金时,按前一条学处犯应舍波逸提;如果之后又反复交换,按这条学处同样只是犯应舍波逸提。用应舍物去换取恶作物或如法物,道理也一样。至于“对非货币有货币想而换取货币”等所说的第二组三法,顺着它的思路,虽然经典里没有明说,也应该知道还有一组三法,就是“对货币有货币想而换取非货币”等。因为不论是用自己的非货币去换取别人的货币,还是用自己的货币去换取别人的非货币,两种情况下都构成了货币交易,所以巴利圣典里只就纯粹货币这一方面说了一组三法。巴利
Rūpiye rūpiyasaññītiādimhi purimasikkhāpade vuttavatthūsu nissaggiyavatthunā nissaggiyavatthuṃ cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, aparāparaparivattane iminā nissaggiyapācittiyameva. Nissaggiyavatthunā dukkaṭavatthuṃ vā kappiyavatthuṃ vā cetāpentassapi eseva nayo. Yo hi ayaṃ arūpiye rūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ cetāpetītiādi dutiyo tiko vutto, tassānulomattā avuttopi ayamaparopi rūpiye rūpiyasaññī arūpiyaṃ cetāpetītiādi tiko veditabbo. Attano vā hi arūpiyena parassa rūpiyaṃ cetāpeyya attano vā rūpiyena parassa arūpiyaṃ, ubhayathāpi rūpiyasaṃvohāro katoyeva hoti, tasmā pāḷiyaṃ ekantena rūpiyapakkhe ekoyeva tiko vuttoti.
用恶作之物换取应舍之物时,在收取本金(取得原物)的阶段,按前一条学处犯恶作;之后进行交换时,按这条学处犯应舍的波逸提,因为所换的是重物。用恶作之物换取恶作之物本身,或者换取如法之物时,在收取本金的阶段,按前一条学处犯恶作;之后进行交换时,按这条学处也只是犯恶作。为什么?因为是用非如法之物换取的。不过,《暗部义注》里说“如果完成买卖,就犯应舍的波逸提”,这种说法是错说。为什么?因为除了接受赠与之外,并没有别的所谓“买卖”;而买卖学处是针对如法之物与如法之物交换而说的,并且是在同法者(同门师兄弟)以外的情况下。这条学处涉及用货币换取货币和非货币,以及用非货币换取货币。至于用恶作之物换取恶作之物,在这里和那里的巴利圣典中都没有提到,而在这里也不应该成为无犯。因此,正如接受恶作之物时犯恶作,同样地,用恶作之物换取他物,或用他物换取恶作之物,也犯恶作,这是合理的。这是通达世尊意趣的人所说的。巴利
Dukkaṭavatthunā pana nissaggiyavatthuṃ cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena dukkaṭaṃ, pacchā parivattane iminā nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, garukassa cetāpitattā. Dukkaṭavatthunā dukkaṭavatthumeva, kappiyavatthuṃ vā cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena dukkaṭaṃ, pacchā parivattanepi iminā dukkaṭameva. Kasmā? Akappiyavatthunā cetāpitattā. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘sace kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti bhāsitaṃ, taṃ dubbhāsitaṃ. Kasmā? Na hi dānaggahaṇato añño kayavikkayo nāma atthi, kayavikkayasikkhāpadañca kappiyavatthunā kappiyavatthuparivattanameva sandhāya vuttaṃ, tañca kho aññatra sahadhammikehi. Idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ rūpiyena ca rūpiyārūpiyacetāpanaṃ arūpiyena ca rūpiyacetāpanaṃ. Dukkaṭavatthunā pana dukkaṭavatthuno cetāpanaṃ neva idha na tattha pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ, na cettha anāpatti bhavituṃ arahati. Tasmā yatheva dukkaṭavatthuno paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, tatheva tassa vā tena vā cetāpanepi dukkaṭaṃ yuttanti bhagavato adhippāyaññūhi vuttaṃ.
如果用如法物品去换取应舍物品,在收取本金时,按前一条学处不算犯戒;后来进行交换时,按这条学处犯应舍波逸提。经中就是这样说的:“对非货币作非货币想,却用它换取货币,犯应舍波逸提。”同样,如果用如法物品去换取恶作物品,在收取本金时也一样不算犯戒;后来进行交换时,按这条学处犯恶作。为什么?因为换取的物品是不如法的。如果用如法物品去换取如法物品,而且对方不是同法者,在收取本金时,按前一条学处不算犯戒;后来进行交换时,按上面的买卖学处犯应舍波逸提。如果避开买卖而接受,按上面那条学处也不算犯戒;如果从中谋取利息,就犯恶作。巴利
Kappiyavatthunā pana nissaggiyavatthuṃ cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena anāpatti, pacchā parivattane iminā nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘arūpiye arūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ cetāpeti nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti . Teneva kappiyavatthunā dukkaṭavatthuṃ cetāpentassa mūlapaṭiggahaṇe tatheva anāpatti, pacchā parivattane iminā dukkaṭaṃ. Kasmā? Akappiyassa cetāpitattā. Kappiyavatthunā pana kappiyavatthuṃ aññatra sahadhammikehi cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena anāpatti, pacchā parivattane upari kayavikkayasikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Kayavikkayaṃ mocetvā gaṇhantassa uparisikkhāpadenapi anāpatti, vaḍḍhiṃ payojentassa dukkaṭaṃ.
要知道,这个关于银钱交易的严重性,可以用这四种钵的情况来说明。如果有人收了银钱,用它来生起铁种,再叫人打造,用那铁做成钵,这种钵就叫大不合用,没有任何办法能把它变成合用的。就算把它毁掉,改做成小碟,那也不合用。改做成刀,用这把刀削出来的齿木也不合用。做成鱼钩,用这鱼钩杀死的鱼也不合用。把刀片烧热,用它来加热水或牛奶,那也不合用。巴利
Imassa ca rūpiyasaṃvohārassa garukabhāvadīpakaṃ idaṃ pattacatukkaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yo hi rūpiyaṃ uggaṇhitvā tena ayabījaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, taṃ koṭṭāpetvā tena lohena pattaṃ kāreti, ayaṃ patto mahāakappiyo nāma, na sakkā kenaci upāyena kappiyo kātuṃ. Sace hi taṃ vināsetvā thālakaṃ kāreti, tampi akappiyaṃ. Vāsiṃ kāreti, tāya chinnaṃ dantakaṭṭhampi akappiyaṃ. Baḷisaṃ kāroti, tena māritā macchāpi akappiyā. Vāsiphalaṃ tāpetvā udakaṃ vā khīraṃ vā uṇhāpeti, tampi akappiyameva.
如果有人收了钱,然后用这钱去买钵,这个钵也是不如法的。《大筏》中说:“对五位同梵行者来说也不允许。”不过,可以把它变成如法的。因为他把钱还给原本的钱主、把钵还给原本的钵主之后,这个钵就成了如法的。拿如法的物品交换后取来使用,是可以的。巴利
Yo pana rūpiyaṃ uggaṇhitvā tena pattaṃ kiṇāti, ayampi patto akappiyo. ‘‘Pañcannampi sahadhammikānaṃ na kappatī’’ti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sakkā pana kappiyo kātuṃ, so hi mūle mūlasāmikānaṃ patte ca pattasāmikānaṃ dinne kappiyo hoti. Kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ datvā gahetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
如果有人让人收了钱,然后和净人一起去工匠家,看到钵后说“这个钵我满意”。净人就把那笔钱交给工匠,并跟工匠说定买下。这个钵虽然是通过如法的说法方式取得的,却和第二种钵一样,是不如法的,因为本金已经被接受了。为什么对其余的人也不适用呢?因为本金还没有被舍弃。巴利
Yopi rūpiyaṃ uggaṇhāpetvā kappiyakārakena saddhiṃ kammārakulaṃ gantvā pattaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ ruccatī’’ti vadati. Kappiyakārako ca taṃ rūpiyaṃ datvā kammāraṃ saññāpeti, ayampi patto kappiyavohārena gahitopi dutiyapattasadisoyeva, mūlassa sampaṭicchitattā akappiyo. Kasmā sesānaṃ na kappatīti? Mūlassa anissaṭṭhattā.
如果一个人没有亲手接受金钱,而是先派净人对工匠说“请为上座买一个钵后交给他”,然后和那个净人一起去工匠家,看到钵后说“拿这些钱,把这个给他”,让净人付了钱,再把钵拿过来——这个钵对那位比丘本人来说不合用,因为他行为不正;但对其他人来说则合用,因为没有亲手接受本金。巴利
Yo pana rūpiyaṃ asampaṭicchitvā ‘‘therassa pattaṃ kiṇitvā dehī’’ti pahitakappiyakārakena saddhiṃ kammārakulaṃ gantvā pattaṃ disvā ‘‘ime kahāpaṇe gahetvā imaṃ dehī’’ti kahāpaṇe dāpetvā gahito, ayaṃ patto etasseva bhikkhuno na vaṭṭati dubbicāritattā, aññesaṃ pana vaṭṭati, mūlassa asampaṭicchitattā.
据说,大须摩长老的戒师是阿那律长老。他把自己得到的这样的钵盛满熟酥,舍给了僧团。三藏小那伽长老的共住弟子们也有这样的钵,那位长老也让人把钵盛满熟酥后舍给了僧团。这就是不净钵的四法。巴利
Mahāsumattherassa kira upajjhāyo anuruddhatthero nāma ahosi. So attano evarūpaṃ pattaṃ sappissa pūretvā saṅghassa nissajji. Tipiṭakacūḷanāgattherassapi saddhivihārikānaṃ evarūpo patto ahosi. Taṃ theropi sappissa pūrāpetvā saṅghassa nissajjāpesīti. Idaṃ akappiyapattacatukkaṃ.
如果还没有接受钱币,而是和受派来的净人一起到工匠家,看到钵后说“这个我喜欢”或者“我要拿这个”,净人把钱交给工匠并说服他,那么这个钵就是完全如法的,连诸佛也堪可受用。巴利
Sace pana rūpiyaṃ asampaṭicchitvā ‘‘therassa pattaṃ kiṇitvā dehī’’ti pahitakappiyakārakena saddhiṃ kammārakulaṃ gantvā pattaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ ruccatī’’ti vā ‘‘imāhaṃ gahessāmī’’ti vā vadati, kappiyakārako ca taṃ rūpiyaṃ datvā kammāraṃ saññāpeti, ayaṃ patto sabbakappiyo buddhānampi paribhogārahoti.
591 对非货币的东西作货币想:就是把粗钵等当成黄金之类的东西。犯恶作罪:如果用它去换取非货币的东西,就犯恶作罪。对疑惑的情况,道理也一样。不过,对非货币作非货币想的人,即使和五位同法者一起做买卖,说“拿这个,给那个”,也无犯。剩下的内容很容易理解。巴利
591.Arūpiye rūpiyasaññīti kharapattādīsu suvaṇṇādisaññī. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti sace tena arūpiyaṃ cetāpeti dukkaṭāpatti hoti. Esa nayo vematike. Arūpiyasaññissa pana pañcahi sahadhammikehi saddhi ‘‘idaṃ gahetvā idaṃ dethā’’ti kayavikkayaṃ karontassāpi anāpatti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
六种生起,只是造作而非果报,不是想解脱,没有心识,属于施设罪,属于身业和语业,与三种心相应,与三种受相应。巴利
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
10. 买卖学处注释巴利
10. Kayavikkayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
593 “那时”这一段,是关于买卖学处的。其中,“kati hi pi tyāyanti”就是“kati te ayaṃ”的意思。这里的“hi”是凑足音节的虚词,“pi”表示责备。整句的意思是:“你这件破旧的僧伽梨还能用几天?”另一种读法是“katihampi tyāyanti”。其中“katihaṃ”就是多少天、多少日的意思,其余部分和前面说的一样。“katihi pi myāyanti”也应当按同样的方式理解。“gihīpi naṃ gihissā”这一句里,“naṃ”是表示名称的虚词,意思是“在家人就叫在家人”。巴利
593.Tenasamayenāti kayavikkayasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha kati hipi tyāyanti kati te ayaṃ, hikāro panettha padapūraṇo, pikāro garahāyaṃ, ayaṃ dubbalasaṅghāṭi tava kati divasāni bhavissatīti attho. Atha vā katihampi tyāyantipi pāṭho. Tattha katihanti kati ahāni, kati divasānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Katihipi myāyanti idampi eteneva nayena veditabbaṃ. Gihīpi naṃ gihissāti ettha nanti nāmatthe nipāto, gihī nāma gihissāti vuttaṃ hoti.
594 “种种”是指依衣服等如法物品而有的多种多样。因此,在对它的分别解释中,从衣服开始,到最后布边线为止,只显示了如法物品。因为不如法物品的交换不算在买卖里。“买卖”就是买和卖。通过“用这个换那个,给我那个”等方式,拿别人的如法物品就构成买,给出自己的如法物品就构成卖。巴利
594.Nānappakārakanti cīvarādīnaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍānaṃ vasena anekavidhaṃ. Tenevassa padabhājane cīvaraṃ ādiṃ katvā dasikasuttapariyosānaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍameva dassitaṃ. Akappiyabhaṇḍaparivattanañhi kayavikkayasaṅgahaṃ na gacchati. Kayavikkayanti kayañceva vikkayañca. ‘‘Iminā imaṃ dehī’’tiādinā hi nayena parassa kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhanto kayaṃ samāpajjati, attano kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ dento vikkayaṃ .
595 “违犯而行”是指压制之后而行,意思是说出越轨的话。所谓“有买也有卖”,是指当人把别人的货物拿到自己手里时就有买,把自己的货物交到别人手里时就有卖。不过,按照“用这个换那个”等语句的读法,文中先显示的是自己的货物。巴利
595.Ajjhācaratīti abhibhavitvā carati, vītikkamavācaṃ bhāsatīti attho. Yato kayitañca hoti vikkayitañcāti yadā kayitañca hoti parabhaṇḍaṃ attano hatthagataṃ karontena, vikkītañca attano bhaṇḍaṃ parahatthagataṃ karontena. ‘‘Iminā ima’’ntiādivacanānurūpato pana pāṭhe paṭhamaṃ attano bhaṇḍaṃ dassitaṃ.
应当舍弃:像这样,通过买卖从他人手中取得的许可物品,应当舍弃。因为这种买卖,除了五种同法者以外,与其余在家众、出家众,甚至与父母一起,都不可以去做。巴利
Nissajjitabbanti evaṃ parassa hatthato kayavasena gahitakappiyabhaṇḍaṃ nissajjitabbaṃ. Ayañhi kayavikkayo ṭhapetvā pañca sahadhammike avasesehi gihipabbajitehi antamaso mātāpitūhipi saddhiṃ na vaṭṭati.
这里要做的判定是这样的:不管是用衣服换衣服,还是用食物换食物,只要对任何允许的物品说“用这个换那个”,就犯恶作。这样说了以后,即使是把自己的东西给母亲,也犯恶作。如果被别人说“用这个换那个”,或者说“给我这个,我就给你这个”之后,即使是从母亲那里拿东西,也犯恶作。当自己的东西落到别人手里,别人的东西落到自己手里时,就犯舍堕。不过,对母亲或父亲说“给我这个”,不算乞求;说“拿这个”,不算浪费信施。对非亲戚说“给我这个”,就算乞求;说“拿这个”,就算浪费信施。通过“用这个换那个”来做买卖的,犯舍堕。所以,在交换允许的物品时,即使是对父母,也要避免买卖;和非亲戚交换时,则要避开这三种罪过再去交换。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – vatthena vā vatthaṃ hotu bhattena vā bhattaṃ, yaṃ kiñci kappiyaṃ ‘‘iminā imaṃ dehī’’ti vadati, dukkaṭaṃ. Evaṃ vatvā mātuyāpi attano bhaṇḍaṃ deti, dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Iminā imaṃ dehī’’ti vutto vā ‘‘imaṃ dehi, imaṃ te dassāmī’’ti vatvā vā mātuyāpi bhaṇḍaṃ attanā gaṇhāti, dukkaṭaṃ. Attano bhaṇḍe parahatthaṃ parabhaṇḍe ca attano hatthaṃ sampatte nissaggiyaṃ. Mātaraṃ pana pitaraṃ vā ‘‘imaṃ dehī’’ti vadato viññatti na hoti. ‘‘Imaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadato saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ na hoti. Aññātakaṃ ‘‘imaṃ dehī’’ti vadato viññatti hoti. ‘‘Imaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadato saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ hoti. ‘‘Iminā imaṃ dehī’’ti kayavikkayaṃ āpajjato nissaggiyaṃ. Tasmā kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ parivattentena mātāpitūhipi saddhiṃ kayavikkayaṃ aññātakehi saddhiṃ tisso āpattiyo mocentena parivattetabbaṃ.
这里讲交换的做法:比丘带着路上吃的米,他在半路上看见一个手里拿着饭食的人,就说:“我们有米,但我们不需要这些米,我们需要的是饭食。”那人拿了米,把饭食给他,这是可以的。三种罪都不犯,甚至连暗示的行为都没有。为什么?因为根本物还在。而且后面已经说过:“说‘这个我们有,我们需要这个和这个’。”但如果他不这样做,而是说“用这个换那个”来交换,那就按事情本身来判。看见吃剩饭的人,对他说“吃了这饭之后,拿染料或柴来”,那就按染料片数和柴的数目,犯舍堕。如果说“吃了这饭之后,做这个”,让牙匠等手艺人做这样那样的资具,或者让染工洗衣服,那就按事情本身来判。让理发师剪头发,让工人做新工程,也按事情本身来判。但如果不说“吃了这饭之后做这个”,而是说“你吃这饭,你吃了,你将吃,请做这个”,那就可以。在这里,虽然洗衣、剪发或平整土地等新工程中,并没有他人物品到自己手里而应当舍弃的情况,但《大注》里已经强调地说了,所以不能否定它。因此,就像舍堕物被用了或丢了,要忏悔波逸提一样,这里也应当忏悔。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ parivattanavidhi – bhikkhussa pātheyyataṇḍulā honti, so antarāmagge bhattahatthaṃ purisaṃ disvā ‘‘amhākaṃ taṇḍulā atthi, na ca no imehi attho, bhattena pana attho’’ti vadati. Puriso taṇḍule gahetvā bhattaṃ deti, vaṭṭati. Tissopi āpattiyo na honti. Antamaso nimittakammamattampi na hoti. Kasmā? Mūlassa atthitāya. Parato ca vuttameva ‘‘idaṃ amhākaṃ atthi, amhākañca iminā ca iminā ca atthoti bhaṇatī’’ti. Yo pana evaṃ akatvā ‘‘iminā imaṃ dehī’’ti parivatteti; yathāvatthukameva . Vighāsādaṃ disvā ‘‘imaṃ odanaṃ bhuñjitvā, rajanaṃ vā dārūni vā āharā’’ti vadati, rajanachalligaṇanāya dārugaṇanāya ca nissaggiyāni honti. ‘‘Imaṃ odanaṃ bhuñjitvā idaṃ nāma karothā’’ti dantakārādīhi sippikehi dhamakaraṇādīsu taṃ taṃ parikkhāraṃ kāreti, rajakehi vā vatthaṃ dhovāpeti; yathāvatthukameva. Nhāpitena kese chindāpeti, kammakārehi navakammaṃ kāreti; yathāvatthukameva. Sace pana ‘‘idaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā idaṃ karothā’’ti na vadati ‘‘idaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñja bhuttosi bhuñjissasi, idaṃ nāma karohī’’ti vadati, vaṭṭati. Ettha ca kiñcāpi vatthadhovane vā kesacchedane vā bhūmisodhanādinavakamme vā parabhaṇḍaṃ attano hatthagataṃ nissajjitabbaṃ nāma natthi. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana daḷhaṃ katvā vuttattā na sakkā etaṃ paṭikkhipituṃ, tasmā yathā nissaggiyavatthumhi paribhutte vā naṭṭhe vā pācittiyaṃ deseti, evamidhāpi desetabbaṃ.
596 在“对买卖有买卖想”等句子里,凡是进行买卖的人,不管他对这笔买卖有买卖想、有怀疑,还是没有买卖想,都犯舍堕波逸提。在《小论》的两个地方,只是恶作。应当这样理解其中的意思。巴利
596.Kayavikkaye kayavikkayasaññītiādimhi yo kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjati, so tasmiṃ kayavikkayasaññī vā bhavatu vematiko vā, na kayavikkayasaññī vā nissaggiyapācittiyameva. Cūḷattike dvīsu padesu dukkaṭamevāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
597 问价钱:他问“你这只钵值多少钱?”当对方说“这个叫某某”时,如果他的如法物品很贵重,就这样回答他:“近事男,我这件东西很贵重,你把你的钵给别人吧。”听了这话,对方说“我再给你一个盘子”,这时可以接受;如果说“这个我们有”,就落入前面所说的情形。如果那只钵很贵重,比丘的东西不值钱,而钵主不知道它不值钱,就不该拿那只钵,应该告诉他“我的东西不值钱”。如果明知它贵重却欺骗对方而拿走,就要对所拿的物品估价后治罪。如果钵主说“没关系,尊者,剩下的算我的功德”,那就可以接受。巴利
597.Agghaṃ pucchatīti ‘‘ayaṃ tava patto kiṃ agghatī’’ti pucchati. ‘‘Idaṃ nāmā’’ti vutte pana sace tassa kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ mahagghaṃ hoti, evañca naṃ paṭivadati ‘‘upāsaka, mama idaṃ vatthu mahagghaṃ, tava pattaṃ aññassa dehī’’ti. Taṃ sutvā itaro ‘‘aññaṃ thālakampi dassāmī’’ti vadati gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati, ‘‘idaṃ amhākaṃ atthī’’ti vuttalakkhaṇe patati . Sace so patto mahaggho, bhikkhuno vatthu appagghaṃ, pattasāmiko cassa appagghabhāvaṃ na jānāti, patto na gahetabbo, ‘‘mama vatthu appaggha’’nti ācikkhitabbaṃ. Mahagghabhāvaṃ ñatvā vañcetvā gaṇhanto hi gahitabhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbataṃ āpajjati. Sace pattasāmiko ‘‘hotu, bhante, sesaṃ mama puññaṃ bhavissatī’’ti deti, vaṭṭati.
对净人说“把东西交给他”的意思是:如果比丘是从某人手里拿东西,那就把这个人放在一边,另外找一个人来当净人,哪怕这个人是那人的儿子或兄弟也行,然后对净人说:“你用这个换那个,拿来给我。”如果这个净人很机灵,他会一再推辞、争辩之后才拿,这时比丘应该保持沉默。如果这个净人不机灵,不知道怎么拿,商人骗他,那就应该说:“别拿。”巴利
Kappiyakārakassaācikkhatīti yassa hatthato bhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ antamaso tassa puttabhātikampi kappiyakārakaṃ katvā ‘‘iminā imaṃ nāma gahetvā dehī’’ti ācikkhati. So ce cheko hoti, punappunaṃ apanetvā vivaditvā gaṇhāti, tuṇhībhūtena ṭhātabbaṃ. No ce cheko hoti, na jānāti gahetuṃ, vāṇijako taṃ vañceti, ‘‘mā gaṇhā’’ti vattabbo.
在“这是我们的”这类话里,他是在说:“这已经接受的油或酥油是我们的,而我们还需要别的、还没接受的东西。”如果他拿了那些(已接受的油或酥油)再给别的东西,那么首先不应该量自己的油。为什么?因为量器里会残留油,后面量的人会污染那还没接受的东西。剩下的内容很清楚。巴利
Idaṃ amhākantiādimhi ‘‘idaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ telaṃ vā sappi vā amhākaṃ atthi, amhākañca aññena appaṭiggahitakena attho’’ti bhaṇati. Sace so taṃ gahetvā aññaṃ deti, paṭhamaṃ attano telaṃ na mināpetabbaṃ. Kasmā? Nāḷiyañhi avasiṭṭhatelaṃ hoti, taṃ pacchā minantassa appaṭiggahitakaṃ dūseyyāti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
六种生起,所作,非想解脱,无心,制罪,身业与语业,三种心,三种受。巴利
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
1. 钵学处注释巴利
1. Pattasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
598 “那时”是指关于钵的学处。其中,“贩卖钵”是指在村庄、城镇等地到处走动,做钵的买卖。“或者陶器店”:所谓“陶器”,是指器皿;那些把器皿当作货物的人就是陶器商,他们的店铺就叫陶器店,意思是陶匠所卖器皿的商店。巴利
598.Tena samayenāti pattasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha pattavāṇijjanti gāmanigamādīsu vicarantā pattavāṇijjaṃ vā karissanti. Āmattikāpaṇaṃ vāti amattāni vuccanti bhājanāni, tāni yesaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ te āmattikā, tesaṃ āmattikānaṃ āpaṇaṃ āmattikāpaṇaṃ, kulālabhaṇḍavāṇijakāpaṇanti attho.
602 “钵的三种量”是指钵的三种大小。“盛半阿罗迦饭”是指盛下用摩揭陀量器量的两那利米煮成的饭。据《暗夜注》说,摩揭陀那利重十二巴达半。据《大注》说,锡兰岛上的常用那利较大,泰米尔那利较小,摩揭陀那利大小适中;一个半摩揭陀那利等于一锡兰那利。“四分之一嚼食”是指饭量四分之一的嚼食,这要按手捧绿豆汤的量来理解。“与之相配的菜肴”是指与那份饭相称的鱼、肉、蔬菜、水果、嫩芽等菜肴。巴利
602.Tayopattassa vaṇṇāti tīṇi pattassa pamāṇāni. Aḍḍhāḷhakodanaṃ gaṇhātīti magadhanāḷiyā dvinnaṃ taṇḍulanāḷīnaṃ odanaṃ gaṇhāti. Magadhanāḷi nāma aḍḍhaterasapalā hotīti andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sīhaḷadīpe pakatināḷi mahantā, damiḷanāḷi khuddakā, magadhanāḷi pamāṇayuttā, tāya magadhanāḷiyā diyaḍḍhanāḷi ekā sīhaḷanāḷi hotīti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Catubhāgaṃ khādananti odanassa catutthabhāgappamāṇaṃ khādanaṃ, taṃ hatthahāriyassa muggasūpassa vasena veditabbaṃ. Tadupiyaṃ byañjananti tassa odanassa anurūpaṃ macchamaṃsasākaphalakaḷīrādibyañjanaṃ.
这里应当这样判定:拿两份没有损坏、没有生虫的旧米,精捣干净,用这些米煮成饭,要求不夹生、不过烂、不结块、颗粒清爽分明,像茉莉花苞堆一样,且不把米汤沥去。然后把饭全部放进钵里,接着加入大约相当于饭量四分之一的绿豆汤,要求不太稠也不太稀,量大约是一把,由各种配料配成。然后,按照每一口饭的量,加入相称的鱼、肉等菜肴,直到最后一口也够。不过,酥油、油、酸粥之类不算在分量里,因为它们随饭而定,既不能让饭变少,也不能让饭变多。这样把全部东西放进去后,如果正好齐到钵口下方的边线,用线或签子去切时,线或签子的下端刚好碰到食物,这就叫上等钵。如果超过那条线,堆成尖顶,这就叫上等偏下钵。如果没到那条线,还在钵口以内,这就叫上上等钵。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – anupahatapurāṇasālitaṇḍulānaṃ sukoṭṭitaparisuddhānaṃ dve magadhanāḷiyo gahetvā tehi taṇḍulehi anuttaṇḍulaṃ akilinnaṃ apiṇḍitaṃ suvisadaṃ kundamakuḷarāsisadisaṃ avassāvitodanaṃ pacitvā niravasesaṃ patte pakkhipitvā tassa odanassa catutthabhāgappamāṇo nātighano nātitanuko hatthahāriyo sabbasambhārasaṅkhato muggasūpo pakkhipitabbo. Tato ālopassa ālopassa anurūpaṃ yāvacarimālopappahonakaṃ macchamaṃsādibyañjanaṃ pakkhipitabbaṃ, sappitelatakkarasakañjikādīni pana gaṇanūpagāni na honti, tāni hi odanagatikāneva, neva hāpetuṃ na vaḍḍhetuṃ sakkonti. Evametaṃ sabbampi pakkhittaṃ sace pattassa mukhavaṭṭiyā heṭṭhimarājisamaṃ tiṭṭhati, suttena vā hīrena vā chindantassa suttassa vā hīrassa vā heṭṭhimantaṃ phusati, ayaṃ ukkaṭṭho nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ atikkamma thūpīkataṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ ukkaṭṭhomako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ na sampāpuṇāti, antogatameva hoti, ayaṃ ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭho nāma patto.
所谓“一升饭钵”,就是用一摩揭陀升米煮成的饭那么多。所谓“半升饭钵”,就是用半摩揭陀升米煮成的饭那么多。其余的按前面说的方法类推即可。不过这里只是名称上有差别:如果把一升饭量等全部装进去,正好和下边的线齐平,这个钵就叫“中型钵”;如果超过那条线堆起来,这个钵就叫“中型偏小钵”;如果没到那条线,还在里面,这个钵就叫“中型偏大钵”。如果把半升饭量等全部装进去,正好和下边的线齐平,这个钵就叫“小型钵”;如果超过那条线堆起来,这个钵就叫“小型偏小钵”;如果没到那条线,还在里面,这个钵就叫“小型偏大钵”。这样一共就是九种钵。其中有两种是不合格的钵,就是“大型偏大钵”和“小型偏小钵”。经文里说“比那个更大的不合格,比那个更小的不合格”,说的就是这两种。“大型偏大钵”因为比大型还大,所以说“比那个更大的不合格”;“小型偏小钵”因为比小型还小,所以说“比那个更小的不合格”。所以这两种钵只能当作普通器皿来用,不能用来作决意,也不能用来作净施。其余七种,则要先作决意或作净施之后才能受用;如果不这样做而超过十天,就犯舍堕——也就是说,这七种钵,只要超过最多十天还不处理,就犯舍堕。巴利
Nāḷikodananti magadhanāḷiyā ekāya taṇḍulanāḷiyā odanaṃ. Patthodananti magadhanāḷiyā upaḍḍhanāḷikodanaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pana nāmamatte viseso – sace nāḷikodanādi sabbampi pakkhittaṃ vuttanayeneva heṭṭhimarājisamaṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ majjhimo nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ atikkamma thūpīkataṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ majjhimomako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ na sampāpuṇāti antogatameva hoti, ayaṃ majjhimukkaṭṭho nāma patto. Sace patthodanādi sabbampi pakkhittaṃ heṭṭhimarājisamaṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ omako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ atikkamma thūpīkataṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ omakomako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ na pāpuṇāti antogatameva hoti, ayaṃ omakukkaṭṭho nāma pattoti evamete nava pattā. Tesu dve apattā ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭho ca omakomako ca. ‘‘Tato ukkaṭṭho apatto omako apatto’’ti idañhi ete sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭho hi ettha ukkaṭṭhato ukkaṭṭhattā ‘‘tato ukkaṭṭho apatto’’ti vutto. Omakomako ca omakato omakattā tato omako apattoti vutto. Tasmā ete bhājanaparibhogena paribhuñjitabbā, na adhiṭṭhānupagā, na vikappanupagā. Itare pana satta adhiṭṭhahitvā vā vikappetvā vā paribhuñjitabbā, evaṃ akatvā taṃ dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti taṃ sattavidhampi pattaṃ dasāhaparamaṃ kālaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
607 受用应舍的钵却不把它舍出去:喝了粥之后洗钵,犯恶作;吃了干食之后洗钵,犯恶作;吃了饭之后洗钵,犯恶作。像这样,每做一个动作都犯恶作。巴利
607.Nissaggiyaṃ pattaṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjatīti yāguṃ pivitvā dhote dukkaṭaṃ, khañjakaṃ khāditvā bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā dhote dukkaṭanti evaṃ payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ.
608 “无犯”:在十天内作决意或舍与。这里,即使钵的尺寸合格,也要这样理解它是否适合作决意和舍与——铁钵经过五次烧制、陶钵经过两次烧制,才适合作决意;两者都必须在应付钵价时把钵价付清。如果烧制少了一次,或者钵价哪怕只差一个迦迦尼迦没付,就不适合作决意。即使钵主说“等你们有钵价的时候再给,先作决意拿去用吧”,这也不适合作决意。因为烧制不足,所以算不上是钵;又因为钵价全部或部分没付,所以不算自己的,仍然属于别人。因此,只有烧制和钵价都圆满了,才适合作决意。适合作决意的,才适合舍与;无论已经到手还是尚未到手,都应该作决意或舍与。如果制钵者拿到钵价后,自己想给,说“尊者,我为你们做钵,某日烧制好后放着”,比丘从他说的那个日子起超过十天,就犯舍堕。如果制钵者说“我为你们做钵,烧制好后派人通知”,并且照做了,但他派去的比丘没有告诉那位比丘,而是别人看到或听到后说“尊者,您的钵做好了”,这个人的告知不算数。只有当派去的那个人亲自告知时,从听到他的话那天起,超过十天就犯舍堕。如果制钵者说“我为你们做钵,烧制好后托人送去”,并且照做了,但拿钵回来的比丘把钵放在自己住处,没有告诉那位比丘,另有人说“尊者,刚送来的钵真好看!”——“贤友,钵在哪里?”——“托给某某人了。”这个人的话也不算数。只有当那位比丘把钵交出来时,从拿到钵那天起,超过十天就犯舍堕。因此,不要超过十天,就应该作决意或舍与。巴利
608.Anāpatti antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappetīti ettha pana pamāṇayuttassapi adhiṭṭhānavikappanupagattaṃ evaṃ veditabbaṃ – ayopatto pañcahi pākehi mattikāpatto dvīhi pākehi pakko adhiṭṭhānupago, ubhopi yaṃ mūlaṃ dātabbaṃ, tasmiṃ dinneyeva. Sace ekopi pāko ūno hoti, kākaṇikamattampi vā mūlaṃ adinnaṃ, na adhiṭṭhānupago. Sacepi pattasāmiko vadati ‘‘yadā tumhākaṃ mūlaṃ bhavissati, tadā dassatha, adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjathā’’ti neva adhiṭṭhānupago hoti, pākassa hi ūnattā pattasaṅkhaṃ na gacchati, mūlassa sakalassa vā ekadesassa vā adinnattā sakabhāvaṃ na upeti, aññasseva santako hoti, tasmā pāke ca mūle ca niṭṭhiteyeva adhiṭṭhānupago hoti. Yo adhiṭṭhānupago, sveva vikappanupago, so hatthaṃ āgatopi anāgatopi adhiṭṭhātabbo vikappetabbo vā. Yadi hi pattakārako mūlaṃ labhitvā sayaṃ vā dātukāmo hutvā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ pattaṃ katvā asukadivase nāma pacitvā ṭhapessāmī’’ti vadati, bhikkhu ca tena paricchinnadivasato dasāhaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana pattakārako ‘‘ahaṃ tumhākaṃ pattaṃ katvā pacitvā sāsanaṃ pesessāmī’’ti vatvā tatheva karoti, tena pesitabhikkhu pana tassa bhikkhuno na āroceti, añño disvā vā sutvā vā ‘‘tumhākaṃ, bhante, patto niṭṭhito’’ti āroceti, etassa ārocanaṃ napamāṇaṃ. Yadā pana tena pesitoyeva āroceti, tassa vacanaṃ sutadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sace pattakārako ‘‘ahaṃ tumhākaṃ pattaṃ katvā pacitvā kassaci hatthe pahiṇissāmī’’ti vatvā tatheva karoti, pattaṃ gahetvā āgatabhikkhu pana attano pariveṇe ṭhapetvā tassa na āroceti, añño koci bhaṇati ‘‘api, bhante, adhunā ābhato patto sundaro’’ti! ‘‘Kuhiṃ, āvuso, patto’’ti? ‘‘Itthannāmassa hatthe pesito’’ti. Etassapi vacanaṃ na pamāṇaṃ. Yadā pana so bhikkhu pattaṃ deti , laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Tasmā dasāhaṃ anatikkāmetvāva adhiṭṭhātabbo vikappetabbo vā.
这里,对钵的决意有两种:以身决意,或者以语决意。按照这两种方式决意时,要先处理旧钵——不管旧钵是放在面前还是背后,都要说“我舍此钵”或者“我舍彼钵”,把它舍掉,或者送给别人;然后用新钵,不管它放在哪里,用手去碰它,心里作意“我决意此钵”,再做出身体的动作,这就是以身决意;或者发出言语,这就是以语决意。其中,决意有两种做法:如果钵在伸手可及的范围内,就要说出“我决意此钵”这句话;如果钵在室内、楼上或者附近的住处,就要先确认它放置的位置,然后说出“我决意彼钵”这句话。巴利
Tattha dve pattassa adhiṭṭhānā – kāyena vā adhiṭṭhāti, vācāya vā adhiṭṭhāti. Tesaṃ vasena adhiṭṭhahantena ca ‘‘imaṃ pattaṃ paccuddharāmī’’ti vā ‘‘etaṃ pattaṃ paccuddharāmī’’ti vā evaṃ sammukhe vā parammukhe vā ṭhitaṃ purāṇapattaṃ paccuddharitvā aññassa vā datvā navaṃ pattaṃ yattha katthaci ṭhitaṃ hatthena parāmasitvā ‘‘imaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti cittena ābhogaṃ katvā kāyavikāraṃ karontena kāyena vā adhiṭṭhātabbo, vacībhedaṃ katvā vācāya vā adhiṭṭhātabbo. Tatra duvidhaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ – sace hatthapāse hoti ‘‘imaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti vācā bhinditabbā. Atha antogabbhe vā uparipāsāde vā sāmantavihāre vā hoti, ṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘etaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti vācā bhinditabbā.
不过,作决意时,一个人自己单独作决意也可以,在别人面前作决意也可以。在别人面前作决意有这样的好处:如果他心里生起疑惑——“我到底作决意了没有?”——那个人提醒一下,就能帮他消除疑惑。如果有人得到十个钵,想全部自己一个人用,那就不应该对全部钵都作决意。应该先对一个钵作决意,第二天把那个钵舍出去,再对另一个钵作决意。按这个方法,即使一百年也能一直受用下去。巴利
Adhiṭṭhahantena pana ekakena adhiṭṭhātumpi vaṭṭati, aññassa santike adhiṭṭhātumpi vaṭṭati. Aññassa santike ayamānisaṃso – sacassa ‘‘adhiṭṭhito nu kho me, no’’ti vimati uppajjati, itaro sāretvā vimatiṃ chindissatīti. Sace koci dasa patte labhitvā sabbeva attanāva paribhuñjitukāmo hoti, na sabbe adhiṭṭhātabbā. Ekaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭhāya punadivase taṃ paccuddharitvā añño adhiṭṭhātabbo. Etenupāyena vassasatampi pariharituṃ sakkā.
不放逸的比丘,会有舍弃决意的情况吗?会有。如果他把这个钵送给别人,或者还俗,或者舍弃学处,或者命终,或者性别发生变化,或者舍出钵,或者钵有了破洞,那就舍弃了决意。正如所说的:巴利
Evaṃ appamattassa bhikkhuno siyā adhiṭṭhānavijahananti? Siyā. Sace hi ayaṃ pattaṃ aññassa vā deti, vibbhamati vā sikkhaṃ vā paccakkhāti, kālaṃ vā karoti, liṅgaṃ vāssa parivattati, paccuddharati vā, patte vā chiddaṃ hoti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
施与他人、还俗、舍戒,以及因命终所作;
因为变形、舍弃,以及因为破损,就成了第七种。巴利
‘‘Dinnavibbhantapaccakkhā , kālaṃkiriyakatena ca; Liṅgapaccuddharā ceva, chiddena bhavati sattama’’nti.
即使因为被盗、因为信任而交给他人,也还是会失去。钵的决意要破损到什么程度才算坏掉呢?破损到能让一粒碎米既能漏出又能漏进的程度。因为这粒碎米是七种谷物中最差的一种谷物的碎粒,当用铁粉或楔子把它修补好之后,必须在十天之内重新决意。以上就是在“在十天之内决意、分配”这一部分中,关于决意的判定。巴利
Coraharaṇavissāsaggāhehipi vijahatiyeva. Kittakena chiddena adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhijjati? Yena kaṅgusitthaṃ nikkhamati ceva pavisati ca. Idañhi sattannaṃ dhaññānaṃ lāmakadhaññasitthaṃ, tasmiṃ ayacuṇṇena vā āṇiyā vā paṭipākatike kate dasāhabbhantare puna adhiṭṭhātabbo. Ayaṃ tāva ‘‘antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappetī’’ti ettha adhiṭṭhāne vinicchayo.
关于分配,有两种分配:当面分配和背后分配。怎样是当面分配呢?先弄清楚钵是一个还是多个、是放在近处还是不在近处,然后说“这个钵”或“这些钵”,或者说“那个钵”或“那些钵”,接着说“我分配给你”。这是一种当面分配。做到这一步,可以存放,但不能使用、不能送人、也不能决意。如果对方说“这是我的东西,你拿去用、送人或者随需要处理吧”,这就叫收回。从那时起,使用等行为才被允许。巴利
Vikappane pana dve vikappanā – sammukhāvikappanā ca parammukhāvikappanā ca. Kathaṃ sammukhāvikappanā hoti? Pattānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘‘imaṃ patta’’nti vā ‘‘ime patte’’ti vā ‘‘etaṃ patta’’nti vā ‘‘ete patte’’ti vā vatvā ‘‘tuyhaṃ vikappemī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Ayamekā sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhuñjituṃ vā vissajjetuṃ vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vā na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Mayhaṃ santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti evaṃ pana vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti, tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
另一种做法是:同样先弄清楚那些钵是一个还是多个、是放在近处还是远处,然后在那位比丘面前说“这个钵”或“这些钵”,或者说“那个钵”或“那些钵”,接着从五位同法者中挑一位自己中意的,取他的名字说:“我把它分配给提舍比丘”,或者说:“我把它分配给提舍比丘尼、在学尼、沙弥、提舍沙弥尼。”这是另一种当面分配。做到这一步,就可以把钵存放起来,但不能使用等。如果那位比丘说“提舍比丘的东西……乃至……提舍沙弥尼的东西,你拿去用、拿去送人,或者随需要处理吧”,这就叫收回。从那时起,使用等也就允许了。巴利
Aparo nayo – tatheva pattānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā tasseva bhikkhuno santike ‘‘imaṃ patta’’nti vā ‘‘ime patte’’ti vā ‘‘etaṃ patta’’nti vā ‘‘ete patte’’ti vā vatvā pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa attanā abhirucitassa yassa kassaci nāmaṃ gahetvā ‘‘tissassa bhikkhuno vikappemī’’ti vā ‘‘tissāya bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sāmaṇerassa tissāya sāmaṇeriyā vikappemī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ aparāpi sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā ‘‘tissassa bhikkhuno santakaṃ…pe… tissāya sāmaṇeriyā santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
背后分配怎么做?先弄清楚钵是单个还是多个、是放在近处还是远处,然后说“这个钵”或“这些钵”,或者说“那个钵”或“那些钵”,接着说“我为了分配给你而施与”。然后应当问他:“谁是你的朋友或熟人?”接着,对方也按前面的方式说“提舍比丘……”乃至“……提舍沙弥尼”。然后那位比丘再说“我施与提舍比丘……”乃至“……我施与提舍沙弥尼”,这就是背后分配。做到这一步,就可以存放了,但在使用等方面,一样也不允许。如果那位比丘按照第二种面前分配所说的方式,说“某某的所有物,你拿去用、舍弃或随意处理吧”,这就叫收回。从那时起,使用等也就允许了。巴利
Kathaṃ parammukhāvikappanā hoti? Pattānaṃ tatheva ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘‘imaṃ patta’’nti vā ‘‘ime patte’’ti vā ‘‘etaṃ patta’’nti vā ‘‘ete patte’’ti vā vatvā ‘‘tuyhaṃ vikappanatthāya dammī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Tena vattabbo – ‘‘ko te mitto vā sandiṭṭho vā’’ti? Tato itarena purimanayeneva ‘‘tisso bhikkhūti vā…pe… tissā sāmaṇerī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ. Puna tena bhikkhunā ‘‘ahaṃ tissassa bhikkhuno dammī’’ti vā…pe… ‘‘tissāya sāmaṇeriyā dammī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ parammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvattā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā dutiyasammukhāvikappanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva ‘‘itthannāmassa santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
这两种分配的差别,以及其余整个叙述方式,都应当依照第一咖提那学处注释里所说的那样,连同起源等内容一起来了知。巴利
Imāsaṃ pana dvinnaṃ vikappanānaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ, avaseso ca vacanakkamo sabbo paṭhamakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.
2. 少于五条束缚学处的注释巴利
2. Ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
609 “那时”指的是不足五缀学处。其中“不能维持”是说:据说,如果他不是圣弟子,心可能还会转变;他被那些人这样逼迫,但因为已证得入流果,只是身体撑不下去而已。因此说:“他自己也撑不下去,他的儿女妻子也跟着受苦。”巴利
609.Tena samayenāti ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha na yāpetīti so kira yadi ariyasāvako nābhavissā, aññathattampi agamissā, evaṃ tehi ubbāḷho, sotāpannattā pana kevalaṃ sarīreneva na yāpeti, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadārāpissa kilamantī’’ti.
612-3 “以不足五缀”这句话里,“不足五缀”是指他的五缀不完整,意思是他的五缀没有具足,所以叫“以不足五缀”。这是用具格来说明具备这种情形的人。其中,因为完全没有缀的人也不具足五缀——根本不存在五缀——所以在分别句里说“或无缀者”等等。又因为说了“以不足五缀”,如果一个人的钵已经达到五缀,那个钵就不再堪用,因此可以再向别人乞求另一个钵。所谓“缀”,是因为有缀的地方才存在,没有就不存在,所以为了说明这个特征,就说“无缀处者”等等。巴利
612-3.Ūnapañcabandhanenāti ettha ūnāni pañca bandhanāni assāti ūnapañcabandhano, nāssa pañca bandhanāni pūrentīti attho, tena ūnapañcabandhanena. Itthambhūtassa lakkhaṇe karaṇavacanaṃ. Tattha yasmā abandhanassāpi pañca bandhanāni na pūrenti, sabbaso natthitāya, tasmā padabhājane ‘‘abandhano vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ . ‘‘Ūnapañcabandhanenā’’ti ca vuttattā yassa pañcabandhano patto hoti, tassa so apatto, tasmā aññaṃ viññāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Bandhanañca nāmetaṃ yasmā bandhanokāse sati hoti, asati na hoti, tasmā tassa lakkhaṇaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘abandhanokāso nāmā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
从钵口往下两指宽的范围内,连一条裂纹都没有,就叫“没有两指宽的裂纹”。如果有一条那样两指宽的裂纹,就应该在这条裂纹的下端,用钵钻钻一个孔,烧过之后,用线绳、麻绳之类,或者用锡线绑起来。为了不让食物粘在绑缚处,还要用锡片或某种绑缚用的石片把它盖住。这个钵要经过决意之后才能使用,或者钻一个细孔再绑。但不能用纯蜜蜡、虫胶、树脂之类来绑。把糖蜜熬煮过后,用石粉来粘合绑缚,那就可以。如果在钵口边缘附近用钵钻钻孔,因为钵壁太厚,会裂开,所以要在下面钻。如果有两条裂纹,或者只有一条四指宽的裂纹,就要做两处绑缚。如果有三条,或者只有一条六指宽的,就做三处。如果有四条,或者只有一条八指宽的,就做四处。如果有五条,或者只有一条十指宽的,那么无论绑过还是没绑过,都不算合格的钵,应该另外去乞求一个钵。以上就是关于陶钵的判定。巴利
Dvaṅgulā rāji na hotīti mukhavaṭṭito heṭṭhā dvaṅgulappamāṇā ekāpi rāji na hoti. Yassa dvaṅgulā rāji hotīti yassa pana tādisā ekā rāji hoti, so tassā rājiyā heṭṭhimapariyante pattavedhakena vijjhitvā pacitvā suttarajjuka-makacirajjukādīhi vā tipusuttakena vā bandhitabbo, taṃ bandhanaṃ āmisassa alagganatthaṃ tipupaṭṭakena vā kenaci baddhasilesena vā paṭicchādetabbaṃ. So ca patto adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjitabbo, sukhumaṃ vā chiddaṃ katvā bandhitabbo. Suddhehi pana madhusitthakalākhāsajjulasādīhi bandhituṃ na vaṭṭati. Phāṇitaṃ jhāpetvā pāsāṇacuṇṇena bandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Mukhavaṭṭisamīpe pana pattavedhakena vijjhiyamāno kapālassa bahalattā bhijjati, tasmā heṭṭhā vijjhitabbo. Yassa pana dve rājiyo ekāyeva vā caturaṅgulā, tassa dve bandhanāni dātabbāni. Yassa tisso ekāyeva vā chaḷaṅgulā, tassa tīṇi. Yassa catasso ekāyeva vā aṭṭhaṅgulā, tassa cattāri. Yassa pañca ekāyeva vā dasaṅgulā, so baddhopi abaddhopi apattoyeva, añño viññāpetabbo. Esa tāva mattikāpatte vinicchayo.
不过,对于铁钵,即使有五个或更多的洞,只要这些洞用铁粉、铁楔或铁片补好、磨平了,这个钵就还可以继续使用,不应该再向别人要另一个钵。但如果哪怕只有一个洞很大,就算用铁片补了也磨不平,食物会粘在钵上,那就不如法,这个钵就不能再用了,应该向别人另要一个钵。巴利
Ayopatte pana sacepi pañca vā atirekāni vā chiddāni honti, tāni ce ayacuṇṇena vā āṇiyā vā lohamaṇḍalakena vā baddhāni maṭṭhāni honti, sveva patto paribhuñjitabbo, na añño viññāpetabbo. Atha pana ekampi chiddaṃ mahantaṃ hoti, lohamaṇḍalakena baddhampi maṭṭhaṃ na hoti, patte āmisaṃ laggati, akappiyo hoti, ayaṃ apatto. Añño viññāpetabbo.
615 长老应当被告知:先说明钵的好处,然后说:“尊者,这个钵大小合适、外形美观,与长老相称,请您收下它。”如果他不接受,若是出于悲悯而不接受,就犯恶作;若是出于知足,心想“我还要别的钵做什么”而不接受,那就无犯。“钵的边缘”是指这样翻转过来之后,钵停在边缘上的部分。巴利
615.Thero vattabboti patte ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, patto pamāṇayutto sundaro therānurūpo, taṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vattabbo. Yo na gaṇheyyāti anukampāya na gaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Yo pana santuṭṭhiyā ‘‘kiṃ me aññena pattenā’’ti na gaṇhāti, tassa anāpatti. Pattapariyantoti evaṃ parivattetvā pariyante ṭhitapatto.
不应该把钵放在不合适的地方,比如床上、椅子上、伞下、象牙架之类的地方,不能放在那里。之前把那个好钵放在哪里,就应该放在那里。因为钵的放置处,在《犍度》里已经按照“诸比丘,我允许用钵架”等的方式说过了。巴利
Na adeseti mañcapīṭhachattanāgadantakādike adese, na nikkhipitabbo. Yattha purimaṃ sundaraṃ pattaṃ ṭhapeti, tattheva ṭhapetabbo. Pattassa hi nikkhipanadeso ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ādhāraka’’ntiādinā nayena khandhake vuttoyeva.
“不以非使用方式”是指,不能拿钵来煮粥、煮染料、煮饭等,不能这样不正当使用。但在旅途中生病时,如果没有别的容器,可以用泥涂在钵上,用来煮粥或烧水,这是可以的。巴利
Naabhogenāti yāgurandhanarajanapacanādinā aparibhogena na paribhuñjitabbo. Antarāmagge pana byādhimhi uppanne aññasmiṃ bhājane asati mattikāya limpetvā yāguṃ vā pacituṃ udakaṃ vā tāpetuṃ vaṭṭati.
不可以把它让给别人。不过,如果共住弟子或近住弟子把另一个好钵放到一边,拿起这个钵说“这个适合我,这个是长老的”,这是可以的。或者别人拿走那个钵,把自己的钵给他,也可以。不需要说“把我的钵拿来”。巴利
Na vissajjetabboti aññassa na dātabbo. Sace pana saddhivihāriko vā antevāsiko vā aññaṃ varapattaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ sāruppo, ayaṃ therassā’’ti gaṇhāti, vaṭṭati. Añño vā taṃ gahetvā attano pattaṃ deti, vaṭṭati. ‘‘Mayhameva pattaṃ āharā’’ti vattabbakiccaṃ natthi.
617 关于“已邀请处”:在这里,按僧团来邀请的场合,只用五缀法就可以;按个人来邀请的场合,即使不足五缀也可以——这是《库伦达》中所说的。这里其余的内容意思都很浅显。巴利
617.Pavāritānanti ettha saṅghavasena pavāritaṭṭhāne pañcabandhaneneva vaṭṭati. Puggalavasena pavāritaṭṭhāne ūnapañcabandhanenāpi vaṭṭatīti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
六种生起、唯作、非想解脱、无心、施设罪、身业与语业、三种心、三种受。巴利
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ , kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
3. 药学处注释巴利
3. Bhesajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
618 那时,就是制定医药学处的时候。其中的意思是:国王看见比丘们正在为长老清理山洞作为住处,就想把园丁施给长老,于是问道:“尊者,有什么事吗?”巴利
618.Tena samayenāti bhesajjasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha attho, bhanteti rājā bhikkhū uyyuttappayutte therassa leṇatthāya pabbhāraṃ sodhente disvā ārāmikaṃ dātukāmo pucchi.
619-21 “个别”就是单独一个。“花环屋”是指已经做好花环、戴着花环的地方,意思是用花鬘装饰。“草垫”就是草编的垫子。“放置”就是安放。那女孩把草垫放在头上,仅仅因为长老的决意,草垫就变成了金莲花环。长老决意:“愿这草垫成为金环。”第二次……次日,他就前往了。巴利
619-21.Pāṭiyekkoti visuṃ eko. Mālākiteti katamāle mālādhare, kusumamālāpaṭimaṇḍiteti attho. Tiṇaṇḍupakanti tiṇacumbaṭakaṃ. Paṭimuñcīti ṭhapesi. Sā ahosi suvaṇṇamālāti dārikāya sīse ṭhapitamattāyeva therassa adhiṭṭhānavasena suvaṇṇapadumamālā ahosi. Tañhi tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ sīse ṭhapitamattameva ‘‘suvaṇṇamālā hotū’’ti thero adhiṭṭhāsi. Dutiyampi kho…pe…. Tenupasaṅkamīti dutiyadivaseyeva upasaṅkami.
决意要它变成金子,就是决意“愿它成为金所成的”。五种药,指熟酥等。多求的人,指因为多求资具而修行的人。在瓮和罐里,这里“瓮”说的是大口缸。散落狼藉,指从下面和两侧流下来的。四处撒落,指因为熟酥等的气味而老鼠等挖地所撒落的,以及老鼠等挖墙、在上面走动所散落的。内库,指设在内部的库房。巴利
Suvaṇṇantiadhimuccīti ‘‘sovaṇṇamayo hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Pañcannaṃ bhesajjānanti sappiādīnaṃ. Bāhulikāti paccayabāhulikatāya paṭipannā. Kolambepi ghaṭepītiettha kolambā nāma mahāmukhacāṭiyo vuccanti. Olīnavilīnānīti heṭṭhā ca ubhatopassesu ca gaḷitāni. Okiṇṇavikiṇṇāti sappiādīnaṃ gandhena bhūmiṃ khanantehi okiṇṇā, bhittiyo khanantehi upari sañcarantehi ca vikiṇṇā. Antokoṭṭhāgārikāti abbhantare saṃvihitakoṭṭhāgārā.
622 “应受用”是指可以受用、可以吃的意思。“药”是指不管有没有用来治病,只要得到这个名称就算。通过“牛酥”等词点出世间常见的东西,再用“那些肉可以吃”这句话,把鹿肉、兔肉等其余动物的酥也一并包括进来。因为凡是有奶的,就一定有酥,至于那酥是容易得到还是难以得到,这是为了不让人搞混才说的。生酥也是这样。巴利
622.Paṭisāyanīyānīti paṭisāyitabbāni, paribhuñjitabbānīti attho. Bhesajjānīti bhesajjakiccaṃ karontu vā mā vā, evaṃ laddhavohārāni. ‘‘Gosappī’’tiādīhi loke pākaṭaṃ dassetvā ‘‘yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappatī’’ti iminā aññesampi migarohitasasādīnaṃ sappiṃ saṅgahetvā dassesi. Yesañhi khīraṃ atthi, sappipi tesaṃ atthiyeva, taṃ pana sulabhaṃ vā hotu dullabhaṃ vā, asammohatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ navanītampi.
“储藏而受用”的意思是:储藏起来、存放起来之后再受用。具体怎么做呢?按巴利圣典中提到的酥油等来说,先说酥油:如果在午饭前接受,那么当天午饭前,掺有食物或不掺食物都可以受用;从午饭之后开始,七天之内只能不掺食物而受用。超过七天,如果放在同一个容器里,就有一个容器量的酥油犯舍堕;如果分放在多个容器里,就按容器数量计算犯舍堕。午饭之后接受的酥油,七天之内也只能不掺食物而受用。不论午饭前还是午饭后接受,如果是以占有心存放的,就不能吃,但可以用在涂油等用途上。即使超过七天也无犯,因为已经属于不能吃的状态。经中说“应受用”,就是这个意思。如果未受具足戒的人把午饭前接受的新鲜奶油做成酥油后供养,比丘在午饭前可以掺食物受用。如果是比丘自己做的,七天之内也只能不掺食物而受用。如果用午饭后接受的新鲜奶油,不论是谁做成的酥油,七天之内也只能不掺食物而受用。如果是以占有心做成的,就按照前面所说的纯净酥油的处理方式来判定。巴利
Sannidhikārakaṃ paribhuñjitabbānīti sannidhiṃ katvā nidahitvā paribhuñjitabbāni. Kathaṃ? Pāḷiyā āgatasappiādīsu sappi tāva purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ tadahupurebhattaṃ sāmisampi nirāmisampi paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Sattāhātikkame sace ekabhājane ṭhapitaṃ, ekaṃ nissaggiyaṃ. Sace bahūsu vatthugaṇanāya nissaggiyāni, pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā uggahitakaṃ katvā nikkhittaṃ ajjhoharituṃ na vaṭṭati; abbhañjanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti, anajjhoharaṇīyataṃ āpannattā. ‘‘Paṭisāyanīyānī’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Sace anupasampanno purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitanavanītena sappiṃ katvā deti, purebhattaṃ sāmisaṃ vaṭṭati. Sace sayaṃ karoti, sattāhampi nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitanavanītena pana yena kenaci katasappi sattāhampi nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Uggahitakena kate pubbe vuttasuddhasappinayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo.
用食前接受的牛奶或酸奶做成的酥油,如果是由未受具足戒的人做的,即使掺有食物,当天食前也可以吃。如果是自己做的,那就只有不掺食物才能吃。因为加热生酥油时,不算自己烹煮;但如果是以自己烹煮的方式做的,那就不能掺食物一起吃。从食后开始,就完全不可以吃了。即使超过七天,也无犯,因为这是先前已经接受的东西,经里确实说了“接受那些之后”。不过,用食后接受的东西做成的酥油,可以用在涂油等用途上。食前接受的东西做成的,以及用已受持之物做成的,两者超过七天也都无犯。这个道理同样适用于不净肉的酥油。但有一个差别:凡是巴利圣典里提到的酥油,在那里属于舍堕,在这里则是恶作。《暗部注释》里说了一些似是而非的理由,禁止了人肉酥油和生酥油,这个禁止是不妥当的,因为一切注释书都已经开许了。后面还会对此作出判定。巴利
Purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitakhīrena vā dadhinā vā katasappi anupasampannena kataṃ sāmisampi tadahupurebhattaṃ vaṭṭati. Sayaṃkataṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati . Navanītaṃ tāpentassa hi sāmaṃpāko na hoti, sāmaṃpakkena pana tena saddhiṃ āmisaṃ na vaṭṭati. Pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya ca na vaṭṭatiyeva. Sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti, savatthukassa paṭiggahitattā, ‘‘tāni paṭiggahetvā’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitehi kataṃ pana abbhañjanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Purebhattampi ca uggahitakehi kataṃ ubhayesampi sattāhātikkame anāpatti. Eseva nayo akappiyamaṃsasappimhi. Ayaṃ pana viseso – yattha pāḷiyaṃ āgatasappinā nissaggiyaṃ, tattha iminā dukkaṭaṃ. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ kāraṇapatirūpakaṃ vatvā manussasappi ca navanītañca paṭikkhittaṃ, taṃ duppaṭikkhittaṃ, sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu anuññātattā. Parato cassa vinicchayopi āgacchissati.
巴利圣典中提到的新鲜酥油,如果在食前接受,当天食前即使掺杂了食物也可以使用;从食后开始,就只有不掺杂食物的才能用。超过七天,如果分放在不同容器里,就按容器数量来算;即使放在同一个容器里但没有混合,而是以一团一团的方式放置,就按团块数量来算,都犯舍堕。食后接受的,应当依照酥油的那套道理来理解。不过这里说,酪团里也可能有酪浆的液滴,所以半数的长老们说:洗干净就可以用。但大尸婆长老说:从世尊开许的时候起,比丘们只是吃从酪浆里取出来的那部分而已。因此,享用新鲜酥油的人,应当先洗净,把酪、酪浆、苍蝇、蚂蚁等去掉之后再吃。如果想煮成酥油再吃,即使没洗也可以煮。其中属于酪或酪浆的部分会消失,到这一步就不算是有前物的接受,这是这里的意趣。不过,因为和食物一起煮,谨小慎微者对此也生起疑惑。现在,对于接受后放置的新鲜酥油、食前接受乳酪后做成的新鲜酥油、食后接受乳酪后做成的新鲜酥油、用已受持之物做成的新鲜酥油,以及不清净肉的新鲜酥油,一切犯与不犯、可用与不可用的道理,都应当依照酥油部分所说的次第来理解。巴利
Pāḷiyaṃ āgataṃ navanītampi purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ tadahupurebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya nirāmisameva. Sattāhātikkame nānābhājanesu ṭhapite bhājanagaṇanāya ekabhājanepi amissetvā piṇḍapiṇḍavasena ṭhapite piṇḍagaṇanāya nissaggiyāni. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ sappinayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ettha pana dadhiguḷikāyopi takkabindūnipi honti, tasmā taṃ dhotaṃ vaṭṭatīti upaḍḍhattherā āhaṃsu. Mahāsīvatthero pana ‘‘bhagavatā anuññātakālato paṭṭhāya takkato uddhaṭamattameva khādiṃsū’’ti āha. Tasmā navanītaṃ paribhuñjantena dhovitvā dadhitakkamakkhikākipillikādīni apanetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Pacitvā sappiṃ katvā paribhuñjitukāmena adhotampi pacituṃ vaṭṭati. Yaṃ tattha dadhigataṃ vā takkagataṃ vā taṃ khayaṃ gamissati, ettāvatā hi savatthukapaṭiggahitaṃ nāma na hotīti ayamettha adhippāyo. Āmisena saddhiṃ pakkattā pana tasmimpi kukkuccāyanti kukkuccakā. Idāni uggahetvā ṭhapitanavanīte ca purebhattaṃ khīradadhīni paṭiggahetvā katanavanīte ca pacchābhattaṃ tāni paṭiggahetvā katanavanīte ca uggahitehi katanavavīte ca akappiyamaṃsanavanīte ca sabbo āpattānāpattiparibhogāparibhoganayo sappimhi vuttakkameneva gahetabbo.
不过,对于那些进入乞油处的比丘们,人们就在那里把酥油、新鲜酥油、熟油和生油都倒进去,于是那里也会有酪浆滴、酪滴、饭粒、碎米和苍蝇之类的东西。把它放在太阳下晒过、过滤之后再取用,就成了七日药;接受后与存放的药物一起煮过,也可以用来做鼻药。如果在雨季,有惭耻心的沙弥为了不让掉在里面的碎米等被煮熟,就把混有食物的煮物在火上化开、过滤、再煮过之后才给,按照前面所说的道理,七天之内也可以使用。巴利
Telabhikkhāya paviṭṭhānaṃ pana bhikkhūnaṃ tattheva sappimpi navanītampi pakkatelampi apakkatelampi ākiranti, tattha takkadadhibindūnipi bhattasitthānipi taṇḍulakaṇāpi makkhikādayopi honti. Ādiccapākaṃ katvā parissāvetvā gahitaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ hoti, paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitabhesajjehi saddhiṃ pacitvā natthupānampi kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace vaddalisamaye lajji sāmaṇero yathā tattha patitataṇḍulakaṇādayo na paccanti, evaṃ sāmisapākaṃ mocento aggimhi vilīyāpetvā parissāvetvā puna pacitvā deti, purimanayeneva sattāhaṃ vaṭṭati.
在各种油当中,先说芝麻油:如果在午饭前接受,午饭前即使掺有食物也可以使用;从午饭之后开始,就只能是不掺食物的。超过七天的话,应当知道按容器数量来算,犯舍堕。午饭后接受的,七天之内只能是不掺食物的才可以使用。作为受持物而存放的,不可以吃,可以用来涂头等,超过七天也没有犯戒。用午饭前接受的芝麻做成的油,午饭前即使掺有食物也可以使用;从午饭之后开始就不能吃,可以用来涂头等,超过七天也没有犯戒。用午饭后接受的芝麻做成的油,完全不能吃,因为是有前物的接受;超过七天也没有犯戒,可以用来涂头等。无论午饭前还是午饭后,用受持过的芝麻做成的油,道理也一样。巴利
Telesu tilatelaṃ tāva purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya nirāmisameva. Sattāhātikkame panassa bhājanagaṇanāya nissaggiyabhāvo veditabbo. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Uggahitakaṃ katvā nikkhittaṃ ajjhoharituṃ na vaṭṭati, sīsamakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Purebhattaṃ tile paṭiggahetvā katatelaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ hoti, sīsamakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Pacchābhattaṃ tile paṭiggahetvā katatelaṃ anajjhoharaṇīyameva, savatthukapaṭiggahitattā, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti, sīsamakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā uggahitakatilehi katatelepi eseva nayo.
食前接受的芝麻,炒过之后,或者把芝麻粉蒸过,或者用热水泡过,再做成油,如果是由未受具足戒的人做的,那么在食前即使掺有食物也可以使用。但如果是自己做的油,因为已经提炼过,所以在食前只有不掺食物才可以使用。因为是自行烹煮的,所以掺有食物就不可以使用;又因为属于有残渣的接受,从食后开始,两种都不可食用,只能用于涂头等外用,超过七天也不犯戒。不过,如果热水很少,只是洒上一点点,那就无关紧要,不算作自行烹煮。在芥子油等由无残渣接受的情况下,关于无残渣芝麻油的判定,和上面所说的一样。巴利
Purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitakatile bhajjitvā vā tilapiṭṭhaṃ vā sedetvā uṇhodakena vā temetvā katatelaṃ sace anupasampannena kataṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati. Attanā katatelaṃ pana nibbaṭṭitattā purebhattaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Sāmaṃpakkattā sāmisaṃ na vaṭṭati, savatthukapaṭiggahitattā pana pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya ubhayampi anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ, sīsamakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Yadi pana appaṃ uṇhodakaṃ hoti abbhukkiraṇamattaṃ, abbohārikaṃ hoti, sāmapākagaṇanaṃ na gacchati. Sāsapatelādīsupi avatthukapaṭiggahitesu avatthukatilatele vuttasadisova vinicchayo.
如果能把食前接受的芥子等粉末用日光晒制的方法做成油,那么这油在食前即使掺有荤食也可以用;从食后开始,就只能是无荤食的才行;超过七天就犯舍堕。不过,因为他们是把芥子、甘草粉等蒸过,又把蓖麻籽炒过之后才制油的,所以这些油如果是由未受具足戒的人做的,在食前即使掺有荤食也可以用。又因为这些原料属于尽形寿药,所以在有前物的情况下接受并没有过失。如果是自己做的,七天之内只能以无荤食的方式受用。用受持物做成的,不可食用,可用于外用,超过七天也不犯戒。巴利
Sace pana purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitānaṃ sāsapādīnaṃ cuṇṇehi ādiccapākena sakkā telaṃ kātuṃ, taṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya nirāmisameva, sattāhātikkame nissaggiyaṃ. Yasmā pana sāsapamadhukacuṇṇādīni sedetvā eraṇḍakaṭṭhīni ca bhajjitvā eva telaṃ karonti, tasmā tesaṃ telaṃ anupasampannehi kataṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati. Vatthūnaṃ yāvajīvikattā pana savatthukapaṭiggahaṇe doso natthīti. Attanā kataṃ sattāhaṃ nirāmisaparibhogeneva paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Uggahitakehi kataṃ anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ bāhiraparibhoge vaṭṭati, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti.
为了制油而取来芥子、甘草、蓖麻籽等物所制成的油,属于七日药。第二天制成的,可以再用六天;第三天制成的,可以再用五天;第四、第五、第六、第七天制成的,只能当天使用。如果留到天亮,就犯舍堕。第八天制成的,不能吃,但因为不属于舍堕,所以可以外用。即使不制油,只是为了取油而拿来的芥子等物,如果超过七天,也同样犯恶作。巴利圣典里没有提到的其他油,比如椰子油、印度楝油、木苹果油、卡兰贾油、亚麻籽油等,取来后超过七天,也犯恶作。这就是它们之间的区别。其余内容,应当参照时药资具、尽形寿资具、自煮资具、食前食后接受与受持资具的规定,全部按照前面所说的方式来了知。巴利
Telakaraṇatthāya sāsapamadhukaeraṇḍakaṭṭhīni vā paṭiggahetvā kataṃ telaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ. Dutiyadivase kataṃ chāhaṃ vaṭṭati. Tatiyadivase kataṃ pañcāhaṃ vaṭṭati. Catuttha-pañcama-chaṭṭhasattāmadivase kataṃ tadaheva vaṭṭati. Sace yāva aruṇassa uggamanā tiṭṭhati, nissaggiyaṃ. Aṭṭhame divase kataṃ anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ. Anissaggiyattā pana bāhiraparibhoge vaṭṭati. Sacepi na karoti, telatthāya gahitasāsapādīnaṃ sattāhātikkamane dukkaṭameva. Pāḷiyaṃ pana anāgatāni aññānipi nāḷikeranimbakosambakakaramandaatasīādīnaṃ telāni atthi, tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaṃ atikkāmayato dukkaṭaṃ hoti. Ayametesu viseso. Sesaṃ yāvakālikavatthuṃ yāvajīvikavatthuñca sallakkhetvā sāmaṃpākasavatthukapurebhattapacchābhattapaṭiggahitauggahitakavatthuvidhānaṃ sabbaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
623 兽脂油,就是世尊这样开许过的兽脂所炼的油:“比丘们,我允许把兽脂当药用:熊脂、鱼脂、鳄鱼脂、猪脂、驴脂。”(《大品》262)在这里,通过“熊脂”这个说法,除了人脂以外,所有不属于允许食用的肉类的脂都被开许了。而“鱼”这个词已经包含了鳄鱼,不过因为它属于凶恶鱼类,所以另外单独列出。通过“鱼”等词,这里也开许了所有允许食用的肉类的脂。因为在肉类中,人肉、象肉、马肉、狗肉、蛇肉、狮肉、虎肉、豹肉、熊肉、鬣狗肉这十种肉是不允许食用的。在兽脂中,只有人脂这一种是不允许的。在乳等物品中,则没有所谓不允许的情况。巴利
623.Vasātelanti ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vasāni bhesajjāni, acchavasaṃ, macchavasaṃ, susukāvasaṃ, sūkaravasaṃ, gadrabhavasa’’nti (mahāva. 262) evaṃ anuññātavasānaṃ telaṃ. Ettha ca ‘‘acchavasa’’nti vacanena ṭhapetvā manussavasaṃ sabbesaṃ akappiyamaṃsāna vasā anuññātā. Macchaggahaṇena ca susukāpi gahitā honti, vāḷamacchattā pana visuṃ vuttaṃ. Macchādiggahaṇena cettha sabbesampi kappiyamaṃsānaṃ vasā anuññātā. Maṃsesu hi dasamanaussa-hatthi-assa-sunakha-ahi-sīha-byaggha-dīpi-accha-taracchānaṃ maṃsāni akappiyāni. Vasāsu ekā manussavasāva. Khīrādīsu akappiyaṃ nāma natthi.
由未受具足戒的人所制作的炼兽脂油,如果在午前受取,午前即使掺有食物也可以使用。从午后开始,七天之内只能不掺食物使用。不过,其中如果有像细微尘垢那样的肉、筋、骨或血,那是不算数的。如果受了兽脂之后自己制作,在午前受取、煮炼、过滤,七天之内应当以不掺食物的方式受用。这里所说的“不掺食物受用”,就是指:“在适当的时候受取,在适当的时候煮熟,在适当的时候混合,可以当作油来受用。”(《大品》262)在那里,不算数的仍然不算数。但在午后,无论受取还是制作,都绝对不允许。这确实已经说过:巴利
Anupasampannehi katanibbaṭṭitavasātelaṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati. Pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana tattha sukhumarajasadisaṃ maṃsaṃ vā nhāru vā aṭṭhi vā lohitaṃ vā hoti, taṃ abbohārikaṃ. Sace pana vasaṃ paṭiggahetvā sayaṃ karoti, purebhattaṃ paṭiggahetvā pacitvā parissāvetvā sattāhaṃ nirāmisaparibhogena paribhuñjitabbaṃ . Nirāmisaparibhogañhi sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘kāle paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ telaparibhogena paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 262). Tatrāpi abbohārikaṃ abbohārikameva. Pacchābhattaṃ pana paṭiggahituṃ vā kātuṃ vā na vaṭṭatiyeva. Vuttañhetaṃ –
比丘们,如果是在非时受取、非时煮熟、非时混合,吃了它,就犯三条恶作罪。比丘们,如果是在时受取、非时煮熟、非时混合,吃了它,就犯两条恶作罪。比丘们,如果是在时受取、在时煮熟、非时混合,吃了它,就犯一条恶作罪。比丘们,如果是在时受取、在时煮熟、在时混合,吃了它,就无犯。巴利
‘‘Vikāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattī’’ti.
优波提舍长老的弟子们问他:尊者,把酥油、生酥和兽脂放在一起煮好、炼成之后,还能用吗?长老说:不能用,贤友。据说长老对这件事,就像对煮过的油渣一样,心里有顾虑。于是他们又问他:尊者,如果生酥里混有酪团或酪浆滴,这能用吗?长老说:这也不能用,贤友。他们接着对他说:尊者,把它们放在一起煮过之后混合起来,就会变得很有药力,能压住疾病。长老便认可说:善哉,贤友。巴利
Upatissattheraṃ pana antevāsikā pucchiṃsu – ‘‘bhante, sappinavanītavasāni ekato pacitvā nibbaṭṭitāni vaṭṭanti, na vaṭṭantī’’ti? ‘‘Na vaṭṭanti, āvuso’’ti. Thero kirettha pakkatelakasaṭe viya kukkuccāyati. Tato naṃ uttari pucchiṃsu – ‘‘bhante, navanīte dadhiguḷikā vā takkabindu vā hoti, etaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti? ‘‘Etampi, āvuso, na vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tato naṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante, ekato pacitvā saṃsaṭṭhāni tejavantāni honti, rogaṃ niggaṇhantī’’ti? ‘‘Sādhāvuso’’ti thero sampaṭicchi.
大须摩长老则说:净肉之脂可在杂食受用中使用,其余之脂可在非杂食受用中使用。大莲华长老却遮止说:这是什么意思?然后说道:那些患风病的比丘们,不正是将熊脂、猪脂等加入五根汤粥中饮用吗?那汤粥因具强力而能制伏疾病。并说可用。巴利
Mahāsumatthero panāha – ‘‘kappiyamaṃsavasā sāmisaparibhoge vaṭṭati, itarā nirāmisaparibhoge vaṭṭatī’’ti. Mahāpadumatthero pana ‘‘idaṃ ki’’nti paṭikkhipitvā ‘‘nanu vātābādhikā bhikkhū pañcamūlakasāvayāguyaṃ acchasūkaratelādīni pakkhipitvā yāguṃ pivanti, sā tejussadattā rogaṃ niggaṇhātī’’ti vatvā ‘‘vaṭṭatī’’ti āha.
蜜叫做“蝇蜜”,是由称为蜜蜂、小蜂和黑蜂这些蜂类所酿成的蜜。如果在午饭前接受,午饭前也可以当作掺有食物的受用;从午饭后开始,七天内只能当作不掺食物的受用。超过七天,如果像黏胶一样的大块蜜被切成一块块放着,或者其他的蜜分放在不同容器里,就按物品数量分别犯舍堕;如果只有一整块,或者其他的蜜都放在同一个容器里,那就只犯一个舍堕。已受持的蜜,应按照前面所说的方式理解,可以用在涂疮等用途上。蜜脾或蜜蜡,如果没有沾到蜜、是清净的,就可以终身受用;如果沾了蜜,就按蜜的规则处理。所谓“蝉蜜”,是有翅膀的长蝇;还有名叫“盾虫”的有骨翅大黑蜂,它们巢里像树脂一样的蜜,可以终身受用。巴利
Madhu nāma makkhikāmadhūti madhukarīhi nāma madhumakkhikāhi khuddakamakkhikāhi bhamaramakkhikāhi ca kataṃ madhu. Taṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisaparibhogampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisaparibhogameva vaṭṭati. Sattāhātikkame sace silesasadisaṃ mahāmadhuṃ khaṇḍaṃ khaṇḍaṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ, itaraṃ vā nānābhājanesu, vatthugaṇanāya nissaggiyāni. Sace ekameva khaṇḍaṃ, ekabhājane vā itaraṃ ekameva nissaggiyaṃ. Uggahitakaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, arumakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Madhupaṭalaṃ vā madhusitthakaṃ vā sace madhunā amakkhitaṃ parisuddhaṃ, yāvajīvikaṃ. Madhumakkhitaṃ pana madhugatikameva. Cīrikā nāma sapakkhā dīghamakkhikā, tumbalanāmikā ca aṭṭhipakkhā kāḷamahābhamarā honti, tesaṃ āsayesu niyyāsasadisaṃ madhu hoti, taṃ yāvajīvikaṃ.
糖蜜,是指从甘蔗中产生的,依甘蔗汁而制成,不论是没有煮过的,还是无渣滓煮过的,一切无渣滓的甘蔗制品,都应当知道是糖蜜。这种糖蜜如果在午饭前接受,午饭前即使掺有食物也可以使用;从午饭后开始,七天内只能不掺食物使用。超过七天,就按物品一件一件计算,犯舍堕。如果把许多块压碎后放进同一个容器里,结成硬块,也只犯一个舍堕。已经接受并持有的,按照前面所说的方式理解,可用于涂屋、熏香等用途。如果在午饭前用已接受的、未过滤的甘蔗汁做成糖蜜,假如是未受具足戒的人做的,即使掺有食物也可以使用;如果是自己做的,就只能不掺食物使用。但从午饭后开始,因为是有依物而接受的,所以不能吞咽,即使超过七天也没有罪。午饭后用未过滤的已受物做成的,也同样不能吞咽,超过七天也没有罪。接受甘蔗后做成糖蜜,道理也一样。不过,午饭前用已过滤的已受物做成的,如果是未受具足戒的人做的,午饭前掺有食物也可以使用,从午饭后开始,七天内只能不掺食物使用。如果是自己做的,午饭前也只能不掺食物使用。午饭后用已过滤的已受物做成的,则七天内只能不掺食物使用。用已接受并持有的东西做成的,和前面所说一样。《大注》中说:“烧过的甘蔗糖蜜或捣过的甘蔗糖蜜,只在午饭前才能使用。”巴利
Phāṇitaṃ nāma ucchumhā nibbattanti ucchurasaṃ upādāya apakkā vā avatthukapakkā vā sabbāpi avatthukā ucchuvikati phāṇitanti veditabbā. Taṃ phāṇitaṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Sattāhātikkame vatthugaṇanāya nissaggiyaṃ. Bahū piṇḍā cuṇṇetvā ekabhājane pakkhittā honti ghanasannivesā, ekameva nissaggiyaṃ. Uggahitakaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, gharadhūpanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitena aparissāvitaucchurasena kataphāṇitaṃ sace anupasampannena kataṃ, sāmisampi vaṭṭati. Sayaṃkataṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya pana savatthukapaṭiggahitattā anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Pacchābhattaṃ aparissāvitapaṭiggahitena katampi anajjhoharaṇīyameva, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Esa nayo ucchuṃ paṭiggahetvā kataphāṇitepi. Purebhattaṃ pana parissāvitapaṭiggahitakena kataṃ sace anupasampannena kataṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva. Sayaṃkataṃ purebhattampi nirāmisameva. Pacchābhattaṃ parissāvitapaṭiggahitena kataṃ pana nirāmisameva sattāhaṃ vaṭṭati. Uggahitakakataṃ vuttanayameva. ‘‘Jhāmaucchuphāṇitaṃ vā koṭṭitaucchuphāṇitaṃ vā purebhattameva vaṭṭatī’’ti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ.
不过在《大筏》中,有人问:“这种有所依而煮制的糖蜜,可以用吗?”然后回答说:“甘蔗糖蜜在食后并没有所谓不可用的情况。”这个说法是合理的。用冷水做成的蜜花糖蜜,在食前可以当作杂食来用,从食后开始,七天内只能当作非杂食来用。超过七天,按所依物计数,犯恶作。加入乳做成的蜜糖蜜,属于时限食。不过,块糖去掉乳垢洗净后,是允许的。蜜花在食前,新鲜的可以用,炒过的也可以用。炒过后,无论有没有和芝麻等混合捣碎,也都可以用。但如果拿它去调配酿酒,从调配种子那一刻起,就不能用了。芭蕉、椰枣、芒果、面包果、菠萝蜜、酸角等所有时限果所制的糖蜜,都只属于时限食。用熟胡椒制成的糖蜜,则属于终生药。巴利
Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘etaṃ savatthukapakkaṃ vaṭṭati, no vaṭṭatī’’ti pucchaṃ katvā ‘‘ucchuphāṇitaṃ pacchābhattaṃ novaṭṭanakaṃ nāma natthī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ. Sītudakena kataṃ madhukapupphaphāṇitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisaṃ vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva. Sattāhātikkame vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭaṃ. Khīraṃ pakkhipitvā kataṃ madhukaphāṇitaṃ yāvakālikaṃ. Khaṇḍasakkharaṃ pana khīrajallikaṃ apanetvā sodhenti, tasmā vaṭṭati. Madhukapupphaṃ pana purebhattaṃ allaṃ vaṭṭati, bhajjitampi vaṭṭati. Bhajjitvā tilādīhi missaṃ vā amissaṃ vā katvā koṭṭitampi vaṭṭati. Yadi pana taṃ gahetvā merayatthāya yojenti, yojitaṃ bījato paṭṭhāya na vaṭṭati. Kadalī-khajjūrī-amba-labuja-panasa-ciñcādīnaṃ sabbesaṃ yāvakālikaphalānaṃ phāṇitaṃ yāvakālikameva. Maricapakkehi phāṇitaṃ karonti, taṃ yāvajīvikaṃ.
把那些接受了之后:即使把全部接受下来,放进同一个罐子里,不加区分地存放,超过七天,也只犯一个舍堕。如果已经分开存放,就犯五个舍堕。不过,只要没超过七天,无论病人还是没病的人,都可以按照所说的方式随意使用。所谓七种限定,就是:病限定、人限定、时限定、时机限定、处限定、脂限定、药限定。巴利
Tāni paṭiggahetvāti sacepi sabbānipi paṭiggahetvā eka ghaṭe avinibbhogāni katvā nikkhipati , sattāhātikkame ekameva nissaggiyaṃ. Vinibhuttesu pañca nissaggiyāni. Sattāhaṃ pana anatikkāmetvā gilānenapi agilānenapi vuttanayeneva yathāsukhaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Sattavidhañhi odissaṃ nāma – byādhiodissaṃ, puggalodissaṃ, kālodissaṃ, samayodissaṃ, desodissaṃ, vasodissaṃ, bhesajjodissanti.
这里,“病限定”是指:像“诸比丘,我允许在非人造成的病痛时用生肉、生血”(《大品》264)这样,是针对病而开许的。那只有患那种病的人才可以用,别人不可以。而且,那东西不管是在规定时间还是非规定时间,是合乎戒律的还是不合乎戒律的,都可以用。巴利
Tattha byādhiodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, amanussikābādhe āmakamaṃsaṃ āmakalohita’’nti (mahāva. 264) evaṃ byādhiṃ uddissa anuññātaṃ, taṃ teneva ābādhena ābādhikassa vaṭṭati, na aññassa. Tañca kho kālepi vikālepi kappiyampi akappiyampi vaṭṭatiyeva.
因人而开许,指的是这样一类情况:就像“比丘们,我允许反刍者反刍。但比丘们,不应该把食物从口里拿出来再吞回去”(《小品》273)——这是针对某个人而开许的,只对那个人适用,别人不适用。巴利
Puggalodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, romanthakassa romanthanaṃ. Na ca, bhikkhave, bahimukhadvāraṃ nīharitvā ajjhoharitabba’’nti (cūḷava. 273) evaṃ puggalaṃ uddissa anuññātaṃ, taṃ tasseva vaṭṭati, na aññassa.
因时开许:就像“诸比丘,我允许给出四种大粗物——粪、尿、灰、泥”(《大品》268)这样,是为被蛇咬的时候而开许的,那就只在那时即使没有接受也可以使用,其他时候不行。巴利
Kālodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cattāri mahāvikaṭāni dātuṃ – gūthaṃ, muttaṃ, chārikaṃ, mattika’’nti (mahāva. 268) evaṃ ahinā daṭṭhakālaṃ uddissa anuññātaṃ, taṃ tasmiṃyeva kāle appaṭiggahitakampi vaṭṭati, na aññasmiṃ.
名为“依时开许”的,就是像“在集体用餐方面,除了特定时间以外”等(《波逸提》217)这样的方式,针对某个特定时间而开许的无犯情况;那些只在那个特定时间才算无犯,其他时候不算。巴利
Samayodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘gaṇabhojane aññatra samayā’’tiādinā (pāci. 217) nayena taṃ taṃ samayaṃ uddissa anuññātā anāpattiyo, tā tasmiṃ tasmiṃyeva samaye anāpattiyo honti, na aññadā.
所谓“处所开许”,就是像“诸比丘,我允许在这样偏远的边地国土,由五位比丘组成、其中一位是持律者的僧团来授具足戒”(《大品》259)这样,专门为边地所开许的具足戒等,只在那些地方适用,不在中部地区适用。巴利
Desodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, evarūpesu paccantimesu janapadesu vinayadharapañcamena gaṇena upasampada’’nti (mahāva. 259) evaṃ paccantadese uddissa anuññātāni upasampadādīni, tāni tattheva vaṭṭanti, na majjhimadese.
名为“脂开许”的这条:就像“诸比丘,我允许以脂为药”(《大品》262)这样,以“脂”的名义被允许的,除了人脂以外,一切可食与不可食之脂的油,需要的人可以用来涂油受用。巴利
Vasodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vasāni bhesajjānī’’ti (mahāva. 262) evaṃ vasānāmena anuññātaṃ , taṃ ṭhapetvā manussavasaṃ sabbesaṃ kappiyākappiyavasānaṃ telaṃ taṃtadatthikānaṃ telaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
名叫“药”的规定:就像“诸比丘,我允许五种药”(《大品》260-261)所说的那样,以“药”的名义被允许、能够用来充当食物的,就是酥、生酥、油、蜜、糖蜜。接受这些之后,当天饭前可以随意食用;从饭后开始,如果有因缘,按照前面所说的方式,可以在七天内食用。巴利
Bhesajjodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañca bhesajjānī’’ti (mahāva. 260-261) evaṃ bhesajjanāmena anuññātāni āhāratthaṃ pharituṃ samatthāni sappinavanītatelamadhuphāṇitanti. Tāni paṭiggahetvā tadahupurebhattaṃ yathāsukhaṃ pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sati paccaye vuttanayeneva sattāhaṃ paribhuñjitabbāni.
624 过了七天,如果认为已经过了七天,就犯舍堕罪。哪怕只剩芥子那么一点点,或者只拿手指蘸一次、用舌头尝一下,也必须舍弃,并且要忏悔波逸提罪。巴利
624.Sattāhātikkante atikkantasaññī nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti sacepi sāsapamattaṃ hoti sakiṃ vā aṅguliyā gahetvā jivhāya sāyanamattaṃ nissajjitabbameva, pācittiyañca desetabbaṃ.
不能拿来当身体受用,所以不该涂在身体上,也不该涂在身上的疮上。凡是涂过这些的袈裟、拐杖、鞋、脚垫、床、椅等,也都不能再用。《大筏》中说:门窗和门板上的手抓处也不该涂。大注疏则说:不过,把染料放进去之后,门窗和门板就可以涂了。巴利
Na kāyikena paribhogena paribhuñjitabbanti kāyo vā kāye aru vā na makkhetabbaṃ. Tehi makkhitāni kāsāvakattarayaṭṭhiupāhanapādakathalikamañcapīṭhādīnipi aparibhogāni. ‘‘Dvāravātapānakavāṭesupi hatthena gahaṇaṭṭhānaṃ na makkhetabba’’nti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kasāve pana pakkhipitvā dvāravātapānakavāṭāni makkhetabbānī’’ti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ.
在七日之内决意,不算犯戒。也就是说,在七天当中,对酥油、油、脂肪、头油,或者涂身油、蜂蜜、疮口涂药、糖浆、熏屋用的香物作出决意,都不算犯戒。如果想把已经决意过的油倒进没有决意过的油容器里,而那个容器有细小的裂缝,油一滴一滴渗进去,被旧油盖住了,那就必须重新决意。如果容器口很大,大量的油一下子涌进去,把旧油盖住了,那就不需要再重新决意。因为那时它已经属于已决意的那一类了。按照这个道理,把没有决意过的油倒进已经决意过的油容器里,也应该这样理解。巴利
Anāpatti antosattāhaṃ adhiṭṭhetīti sattāhabbhantare sappiñca telañca vasañca muddhanitelaṃ vā abbhañjanaṃ vā madhuṃ arumakkhanaṃ phāṇitaṃ gharadhūpanaṃ adhiṭṭheti, anāpatti. Sace adhiṭṭhitatelaṃ anadhiṭṭhitatelabhājane ākiritukāmo hoti, bhājane ce sukhumaṃ chiddaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ telaṃ purāṇatelena ajjhottharīyati, puna adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Atha mahāmukhaṃ hoti, sahasāva bahutelaṃ pavisitvā purāṇatelaṃ ajjhottharati, puna adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi. Adhiṭṭhitagatikameva hi taṃ hoti, etena nayena adhiṭṭhitatelabhājane anadhiṭṭhitatelākiraṇampi veditabbaṃ.
625 “舍弃”:在这里,如果两人共有的东西由其中一人接受,还没有分配,过了七天,两人都没有犯戒,但不可以拿来用。如果接受的那个人对另一个人说:“贤友,这油你可以用七天。”而那个人并没有用,那是谁犯戒呢?谁都没有犯戒。为什么?因为接受的人已经把它舍弃了,而另一个人并没有接受。巴利
625.Vissajjetīti ettha sace dvinnaṃ santakaṃ ekena paṭiggahitaṃ avibhattaṃ hoti, sattāhātikkame dvinnampi anāpatti, paribhuñjituṃ pana na vaṭṭati. Sace yena paṭiggahitaṃ, so itaraṃ bhaṇati – ‘‘āvuso, imaṃ telaṃ sattāhamattaṃ paribhuñja tva’’nti. So ca paribhogaṃ na karoti, kassa āpatti? Na kassacipi āpatti . Kasmā? Yena paṭiggahitaṃ tena vissajjitattā, itarassa appaṭiggahitattā.
“毁坏”的意思是不能受用。在“已舍、已吐、已放”等说法中,以什么样的心把药舍弃、吐出、放掉,那个心就称为已舍、已吐、已放。以那样的心,这个人就称为无所贪恋,也就是说,无所贪恋地给了沙弥。为什么这样说呢?大须摩长老说:“这是为了说明在七天之内给了之后,后来得到再受用,也无犯。”大莲华长老则说:“这不应该再乞求,因为对于在七天之内所给的东西,再次受用确实没有犯。这段话是为了说明超过七天之后受用也无犯才说的。”因此,这样给的药,如果沙弥加工或不加工,把它送给那位比丘作鼻药,比丘就可以拿来用作鼻药。如果沙弥愚笨,不知道怎么给,就由另一位比丘告诉他:“沙弥,你有油吗?”他回答:“是的,尊者,有。”就说:“拿来,我们给长老做药。”这样也可以。其余内容意思很浅显。巴利
Vinassatīti aparibhogaṃ hoti. Cattenātiādīsu yena cittena bhesajjaṃ cattañca vantañca muttañca hoti, taṃ cittaṃ cattaṃ vantaṃ muttanti vuccati. Tena cittena puggalo anapekkhoti vuccatti, evaṃ anapekkho sāmaṇerassa datvāti attho. Idaṃ kasmā vuttaṃ? ‘‘Evaṃ antosattāhe datvā pacchā labhitvā paribhuñjantassa anāpattidassanattha’’nti mahāsumatthero āha. Mahāpadumatthero panāha – ‘‘nayidaṃ yācitabbaṃ, antosattāhe dinnassa hi puna paribhoge āpattiyeva natthi. Sattāhātikkantassa pana paribhoge anāpattidassanatthamidaṃ vutta’’nti. Tasmā evaṃ dinnaṃ bhesajjaṃ sace sāmaṇero abhisaṅkharitvā vā anabhisaṅkharitvā vā tassa bhikkhuno natthukammatthaṃ dadeyya, gahetvā natthukammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace bālo hoti, dātuṃ na jānāti, aññena bhikkhunā vattabbo – ‘‘atthi te, sāmaṇera, tela’’nti ‘‘āma, bhante, atthī’’ti. ‘‘Āhara, therassa bhesajjaṃ karissāmā’’ti. Evampi vaṭṭati. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
以咖提那衣为等起;不属于造作;不是想解脱;无心犯;遮罪;以身业和语业成犯。巴利
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ, akiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ,
三种心,三种受。巴利
Ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
第9条 雨浴衣学处的解释巴利
4. Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
626 “那时”指的是雨浴衣学处。其中“允许雨浴衣”是在衣犍度的毗舍佉因缘(《大品》349等)中允许的。“提前”就是事先。巴利
626.Tena samayenāti vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha vassikasāṭikā anuññātāti cīvarakkhandhake visākhāvatthusmiṃ (mahāva. 349 ādayo) anuññātā. Paṭikaccevāti pureyeva.
627 热季还剩一个月,意思是四个热月里只剩最后这一个月。作,是指通过缝制、染色、作净等工序完成。作的时候只能作一件,到了时候就应当决意,不可以决意两件。巴利
627.Māso seso gimhānanti catunnaṃ gimhamāsānaṃ eko pacchimamāso seso. Katvāti sibbanarajanakappapariyosānena niṭṭhapetvā. Karontena ca ekameva katvā samaye adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, dve adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vaṭṭanti.
热季还剩一个多月时,也就是在名为热季的时节还剩一个多月的时候。巴利
Atirekamāse sese gimhāneti gimhānanāmake atirekamāse sese.
在“热季还剩半个多月的时候,做好之后穿上”这句话里,应当知道有四种范围:寻求雨浴衣的范围、制作的范围、穿着的范围、决意的范围;还有两种时节:腹时节和背时节;以及背时节四法和腹时节四法,也就是两组四法。巴利
Atirekaddhamāsesese gimhāne katvā nivāsetīti ettha pana ṭhatvā vassikasāṭikāya pariyesanakkhettaṃ karaṇakkhettaṃ nivāsanakkhettaṃ adhiṭṭhānakkhettanti catubbidhaṃ khettaṃ, kucchisamayo piṭṭhisamayoti duvidho samayo, piṭṭhisamayacatukkaṃ kucchisamayacatukkanti dve catukkāni ca veditabbāni.
在这其中,从基月满月日的次日开始,直到黑半月的布萨日为止,这半个月是寻求的时域和制作的时域。在这段时间里,如果还没得到雨浴衣,可以去寻求;已经得到了,可以制作,但不能穿着,也不能决意。从黑半月布萨日的次日开始,直到阿沙荼月满月日为止,这半个月是寻求、制作、穿着这三者的时域。在这段时间里,可以寻求、制作、穿着,唯独不能决意。从阿沙荼月满月日的次日开始,直到迦提月满月日为止,这四个月是寻求、制作、穿着、决意这四者的时域。在这段时间里,还没得到的可以去寻求,已经得到的可以制作、穿着和决意。以上就是应当先了解的四种时域。巴利
Tattha jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamāsiyā pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva kāḷapakkhuposathā, ayameko addhamāso pariyesanakkhettañceva karaṇakkhettañca. Etasmiñhi antare vassikasāṭikaṃ aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ laddhaṃ kātuñca vaṭṭati, nivāsetuṃ adhiṭṭhātuñca na vaṭṭati. Kāḷapakkhuposathassa pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva āsāḷhīpuṇṇamā, ayameko addhamāso pariyesanakaraṇanivāsanānaṃ tiṇṇampi khettaṃ. Etasmiñhi antare pariyesituṃ kātuṃ nivāsetuñca vaṭṭati, adhiṭṭhātuṃyeva na vaṭṭati. Āsāḷhīpuṇṇamāsiyā pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva kattikapuṇṇamā, ime cattāro māsā pariyesanakaraṇanivāsanādhiṭṭhānānaṃ catunnaṃ khettaṃ. Etasmiñhi antare aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ laddhaṃ kātuṃ nivāsetuṃ adhiṭṭhātuñca vaṭṭati. Idaṃ tāva catubbidhaṃ khettaṃ veditabbaṃ.
不过,从迦提月满月日的第二天开始,一直到基月满月日,这七个月叫作“背时节”。在这段时间里,如果先起了“现在是做雨浴衣的时候了”这类念头,然后从非亲属、没有受邀的人那里把雨浴衣弄到手,按这条学处就犯舍堕。如果是以“请把雨浴衣给我”这类方式开口索求而弄到手,按非亲属乞求那条学处就犯舍堕。如果同样先起了念头,但从亲属或已受邀的人那里弄到手,就只按这条学处犯舍堕。如果是开口索求而弄到手,按非亲属乞求那条学处则不犯。这在《附随》中已经说过:巴利
Kattikapuṇṇamāsiyā pana pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamā, ime satta māsā piṭṭhisamayo nāma. Etasmiñhi antare ‘‘kālo vassikasāṭikāyā’’tiādinā nayena satuppādaṃ katvā aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ nipphādentassa iminā sikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ‘‘Detha me vassikasāṭikacīvara’’ntiādinā nayena viññattiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Vuttanayeneva satuppādaṃ katvā ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato nipphādentassa imināva sikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ . Viññattiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena anāpatti. Vuttañhetaṃ parivāre –
可以向母亲乞求衣服,但不能是已经指定给僧团的。
对谁来说算犯戒,对谁来说又不算犯戒呢?对亲戚们来说又如何?
这些问题是由善巧者们思考出来的。巴利
‘‘Mātaraṃ cīvaraṃ yāce, no ca saṅghe pariṇataṃ; Kenassa hoti āpatti, anāpatti ca ñātake; Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 481);
这个问题的提出,正是针对这个含义而说的。应当如此了知“背时节四法”。巴利
Ayañhi pañho imamatthaṃ sandhāya vuttoti. Evaṃ piṭṭhisamayacatukkaṃ veditabbaṃ.
从基月满月日的后一个斋日算起,直到迦提月满月,这五个月叫做“胎藏时”。在这段时间里,如果按照前面说的方式先作意念,然后从非亲属、未受邀请的地方得到雨浴衣,那么在仪轨上有违犯,犯恶作。有些人以前也会布施雨浴衣,如果这些人对这位比丘来说是非亲属、未受邀请的,那也没有仪轨上的违犯,因为允许对他们作意念。如果通过乞求而得到雨浴衣,那就按“向非亲属乞求”这条学处,犯舍堕波逸提。不过,这条罪对于本来就布施雨浴衣的人也一样适用。如果按照前面说的方式先作意念,然后从亲属、受邀请的地方得到雨浴衣,按这条学处不犯。如果通过乞求而得到,按“向非亲属乞求”这条学处也不犯。所谓“不应当说:给我”,这是在寻求的时候,针对非亲属、未受邀请的情况说的。应当这样理解胎藏时的四法。巴利
Jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamāsiyā pana pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva kattikapuṇṇamā, ime pañca māsā kucchisamayo nāma. Etasmiñhi antare vuttanayena satuppādaṃ katvā aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ nipphādentassa vattabhede dukkaṭaṃ. Ye manussā pubbepi vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ denti, ime pana sacepi attano aññātakaappavāritā honti, vattabhedo natthi, tesu satuppādakaraṇassa anuññātattā. Viññatiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Idaṃ pana pakatiyā vassikasāṭikadāyakesupi hotiyeva. Vuttanayeneva satuppādaṃ katvā ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato nipphādentassa iminā sikkhāpadena anāpatti. Viññattiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena anāpatti. ‘‘Na vattabbā detha me’’ti idañhi pariyesanakāle aññātakaappavāriteyeva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Evaṃ kucchisamayacatukkaṃ veditabbaṃ.
裸身淋雨浇身,犯恶作罪。这里不按水滴的粒数来算,而是按每次沐浴结束时的行为,每一次都犯恶作。不过,这仅限于在露天场地、以从空中落下的雨水沐浴的人。如果在浴室、水池等处,用罐子倒水来沐浴,则无犯。巴利
Naggo kāyaṃ ovassāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha udakaphusitagaṇanāya akatvā nhānapariyosānavasena payoge payoge dukkaṭena kāretabbo. So ca kho vivaṭaṅgaṇe ākāsato patitaudakeneva nhāyanto. Nhānakoṭṭhakavāpiādīsu ghaṭehi āsittaudakena vā nhāyantassa anāpatti.
关于“雨季被延后”这一说法:如果已经求得雨浴衣,在热季最后一个月过完之后,又把雨季第一个月延后,仍以热季最后一个月作为(雨季第一个月),那就应当把雨浴衣洗净后收起来。没有作决定、没有作净施的,可以保留两个月,到入雨安居那天应当作决定。如果因为忘记或因为衣不够而没有作决定,那么那两个月加上雨季四个月,一共可以保留六个月。如果是在迦提月敷展咖提那衣,还可以再得四个月,这样一共就是十个月。再往后,如果因为忆念或期待,把根本衣做好后存放起来,还可以再得一个月,这样一共可以保留十一个月。如果在入雨安居前一天、两天乃至前十天才得到并且完成,应当什么时候作决定呢?这一点在注释书里没有讨论。从得到那天算起,在十天内完成的,就应当在这十天之内作决定。超过十天才完成的,就应当在完成当天作决定。如果不到十天,就不应当超过衣时。这是我个人的看法。为什么呢?因为世尊说过:“诸比丘,我允许对三衣作决定,不作净施;允许对雨浴衣在雨季四个月里作决定,此后作净施。”所以,在入雨安居之前,即使超过十天,也没有犯。又说:“额外衣至多可持守十天。”因此,如果在入雨安居前,一天、两天乃至十天之内得到并且完成,或者在雨安居期间得到并且完成,按照上面所说的道理,就应当在十天之内或者当天作决定;如果不到十天,就不应当超过衣时。巴利
Vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhiyatīti ettha sace katapariyesitāya vassikasāṭikāya gimhānaṃ pacchima māsaṃ khepetvā puna vassānassa paṭhamamāsaṃ ukkaḍḍhitvā gimhānaṃ pacchimamāsameva karonti, vassikasāṭikā dhovitvā nikkhipitabbā. Anadhiṭṭhitā avikappitā dve māse parihāraṃ labhati, vassūpanāyikadivase adhiṭṭhātabbā. Sace satisammosena vā appahonakabhāvena vā akatā hoti, te ca dve māse vassānassa ca cātumāsanti cha māse parihāraṃ labhati. Sace pana kattikamāse kathinaṃ attharīyati, aparepi cattāro māse labhati, evaṃ dasa māsā honti. Tato parampi satiyā paccāsāya mūlacīvaraṃ katvā ṭhapentassa ekamāsanti evaṃ ekādasa māse parihāraṃ labhati. Sace pana ekāhadvīhādivasena yāva dasāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya antovasse vā laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca, kadā adhiṭṭhātabbāti etaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu na vicāritaṃ. Laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya antodasāhe niṭṭhitā pana tasmiṃyeva antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabbā. Dasāhātikkame niṭṭhitā tadaheva adhiṭṭhātabbā. Dasāhe appahonte cīvarakālaṃ nātikkametabbāti ayaṃ no attanomati. Kasmā? ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ, tato paraṃ vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 358) hi vuttaṃ. Tasmā vassūpanāyikato pubbe dasāhātikkamepi anāpatti. ‘‘Dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba’’nti (pārā. 462) ca vuttaṃ. Tasmā ekāhadvīhādivasena yāva dasāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya antovasse vā laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca vuttanayeneva antodasāhe vā tadahu vā adhiṭṭhātabbā, dasāhe appahonte cīvarakālaṃ nātikkametabbā.
在这里,有人可能会说:既然有“于雨季四个月作决定”的说法,那么在四个月当中的任何时候作决定都可以。如果真是这样,那么“痒病覆疮衣乃至病愈时作决定”所说的那种衣,也应当可以超过十天了。这样一来,就和“超过十天的额外衣应持守”这句话相冲突。所以,应当按前面所说的来理解,或者找到其他确凿的理由后再舍弃这个观点。另外,在《俱伦提注》的舍堕篇末尾也说:“应当什么时候作决定?从得衣那天算起,在十天内完成的,就应该在这十天内作决定。如果不够,那么直到迦提月满月,可以获得保管期。”巴利
Tattha siyā ‘‘vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātu’’nti vacanato ‘‘cātumāsabbhantare yadā vā tadā vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Yadi evaṃ, ‘‘kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṃ yāva ābādhā adhiṭṭhātu’’nti vuttaṃ sāpi, ca dasāhaṃ atikkāmetabbā siyā. Evañca sati ‘‘dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba’’nti idaṃ virujjhati. Tasmā yathāvuttameva gahetabbaṃ, aññaṃ vā acalaṃ kāraṇaṃ labhitvā chaḍḍetabbaṃ. Apica kurundiyampi nissaggiyāvasāne vuttaṃ – ‘‘kadā adhiṭṭhātabbā? Laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya antodasāhe niṭṭhitā pana tasmiṃyeva antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabbā. Yadi nappahoti yāva kattikapuṇṇamā parihāraṃ labhatī’’ti.
630 “衣被夺者”这句话,是针对雨浴衣说的。因为衣服被夺走而裸身淋雨,并不犯戒。在这里,如果穿着昂贵的雨浴衣洗澡时遇到盗贼,这就叫“灾祸”。其余内容容易理解。巴利
630.Acchinnacīvarassāti etaṃ vassikasāṭikameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tesañhi naggānaṃ kāyovassāpane anāpatti. Ettha ca mahagghavassikasāṭikaṃ nivāsetvā nhāyantassa corupaddavo āpadā nāma. Sesamettha uttānameva.
有六种生起,是造作(而非果报),不是想解脱,没有心识,是施设罪,是身业和语业,与三种心相应,与三种受相应。巴利
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ , kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
5. 夺衣学处注释巴利
5. Cīvaraacchindanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
631 “那时”这一句,是夺衣学处。其中“yampi tyāhaṃ”就是“yampi te ahaṃ”(我对你什么)。据说他当时想:“他为我拿钵、衣、鞋、坐具,会和我一起上路游行。”所以才给了,因此这样说。“夺”就是用强力强行取走。不过,因为取的时候他心里认定“这是我的东西”,所以不犯波罗夷;但因为是用让人疲惫的方式取走的,所以制定了这条学处。巴利
631.Tena samayenāti cīvaraacchindanasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha yampi tyāhanti yampi te ahaṃ. So kira ‘‘mama pattacīvaraupāhanapaccattharaṇāni vahanto mayā saddhiṃ cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti adāsi. Tenevamāha. Acchindīti balakkārena aggahesi, sakasaññāya gahitattā panassa pārājikaṃ natthi, kilametvā gahitattā āpatti paññattā.
633 自己动手夺取,就犯舍堕波逸提。如果夺取一件衣,或者夺取多件连成一块的衣,只犯一个罪。如果夺取多件没有连成一块、各自分开摆放的衣,或者叫人拿来,说“把僧伽梨拿来,把郁多罗僧拿来”,这样叫人拿的时候,就按物品的数量犯罪。即使只说一句“把我给的全部拿来”,仅凭这一句话,也犯下众多罪。巴利
633.Sayaṃ acchindati nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti ekaṃ cīvaraṃ ekābaddhāni ca bahūni acchindato ekā āpatti. Ekato abaddhāni visuṃ visuṃ ṭhitāni ca bahūni acchindato ‘‘saṅghāṭiṃ āhara, uttarāsaṅgaṃ āharā’’ti evaṃ āharāpayato ca vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo. ‘‘Mayā dinnāni sabbāni āharā’’ti vadatopi ekavacaneneva sambahulā āpattiyo.
指使别人去拿,犯恶作:如果命令说“把衣拿来”,就犯一个恶作。被指使的人拿了很多件衣,就犯一个波逸提。如果命令者说的是“拿僧伽梨,拿郁多罗僧”,那么每说一句就犯一个恶作。如果他说“把我给的全部都拿去”,只凭这一句话,就犯下众多罪。巴利
Aññaṃ āṇāpeti āpatti dukkaṭassāti ‘‘cīvaraṃ gaṇhā’’ti āṇāpeti, ekaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Āṇatto bahūni gaṇhāti, ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ ‘‘saṅghāṭiṃ gaṇha, uttarāsaṅgaṃ gaṇhā’’ti vadato vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Mayā dinnāni sabbāni gaṇhā’’ti vadato ekavācāya sambahulā āpattiyo.
634 其他资具:除了适于净施的最下等衣之外,不管是什么东西,哪怕是一根针,也算。对于缠裹好放着的针,按物品数量来算,每件都犯一个恶作。松散地缠裹着,也是这样。但如果是紧紧绑在一起,那就只有一个恶作,这是《大护持》里说的。放进针筒里的针,也是同样的道理。放进袋子里的三果等药物,不管是松散绑着还是紧紧绑着,道理也一样。巴利
634.Aññaṃ parikkhāranti vikappanupagapacchimacīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā yaṃ kiñci antamaso sūcimpi. Veṭhetvā ṭhapitasūcīsupi vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭāni. Sithilaveṭhitāsu evaṃ. Gāḷhaṃ katvā baddhāsu pana ekameva dukkaṭanti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sūcighare pakkhittāsupi eseva nayo. Thavikāya pakkhipitvā sithilabaddha gāḷhabaddhesu tikaṭukādīsu bhesajjesupi eseva nayo.
635 “他给”是指:他这样说而给:“尊者,这正适合你们。”或者这样说:“贤友,我们心想‘他会履行义务,会在我们跟前依止戒师,会学习法义’,才给了衣。如今你却不履行义务,不依止戒师,不学法义。”那人被这样说了之后,说:“尊者,我想你们是在说衣的事,这是你们的衣。”这样给,也是“他给”。或者,见到一位离开本处的年轻比丘,说“叫他回来”,而他不回来。若说“拿到衣就拦住他”,若他因此回来,那就好;若他说“我想你们是在说钵与衣的事,拿去吧”,这样给,也是“他给”。或者,见到一位还俗者,说:“我们心想‘他会履行义务’,才给了钵和衣。如今你却还俗游荡。”那人说:“拿回你们的钵和衣吧。”这样给,也是“他给”。然而,这样给是不允许的:“我只给在我跟前依止戒师的人,不给在别处依止的人。我只给履行义务的人,不给不履行的人。我只给学习法义的人,不给不学习的人。我只给不还俗的人,不给还俗的人。”若这样给,犯恶作。但可以让人取回。若舍弃后已给出,又强行夺回,应按物品价值处罚。其余此处容易理解。巴利
635.Sovā detīti ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃyeva idaṃ sāruppa’’nti evaṃ vā deti, atha vā pana ‘‘āvuso, mayaṃ tuyhaṃ ‘vattapaṭipattiṃ karissati, amhākaṃ santike upajjhaṃ gaṇhissati, dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇissatī’ti cīvaraṃ adamha, so dāni tvaṃ na vattaṃ karosi, na upajjhaṃ gaṇhāsi, na dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāsī’’ti evamādīni vutto ‘‘bhante, cīvaratthāya maññe bhaṇatha, idaṃ vo cīvara’’nti deti, evampi so vā deti. Disāpakkantaṃ vā pana daharaṃ ‘‘nivattetha na’’nti bhaṇati, so na nivattati. Cīvaraṃ gahetvā rundhathāti, evaṃ ce nivattati, sādhu. Sace ‘‘pattacīvaratthāya maññe tumhe bhaṇatha, gaṇhatha na’’nti deti. Evampi so vā deti, vibbhantaṃ vā disvā ‘‘mayaṃ tuyhaṃ ‘vattaṃ karissatī’ti pattacīvaraṃ adamha, so dāni tvaṃ vibbhamitvā carasī’’ti vadati. Itaro ‘‘gaṇhatha tumhākaṃ pattacīvara’’nti deti, evampi so vā deti. ‘‘Mama santike upajjhaṃ gaṇhantasseva demi, aññattha gaṇhantassa na demi. Vattaṃ karontasseva demi, akarontassa na demi, dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇantasseva demi, apariyāpuṇantassa na demi, avibbhamantasseva demi, vibbhamantassa na demī’’ti evaṃ pana dātuṃ na vaṭṭati, dadato dukkaṭaṃ. Āharāpetuṃ pana vaṭṭati. Cajitvā dinnaṃ acchinditvā gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.
由三种情况生起:从身与心生起,从语与心生起,从身、语与心三者也生起;是造作;是有想的解脱;有自己之心;是世间所呵责的;是身业和语业;是不善心;是苦受。巴利
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
第六,关于从线(布料)请求的学处解释巴利
6. Suttaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
636 “那时”说的是乞线学处。其中,亚麻线是用亚麻纤维做成的线。棉线是从棉花产生的线。丝线是用蚕丝纺成的线。羊毛线是山羊毛线。麻线是大麻纤维做的线。有些人说,bhaṅga 单独就是指树皮纤维线。不过要知道,把这五种混合起来做成的线,才叫 bhaṅga。巴利
636.Tenasamayenāti suttaviññattisikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha khomanti khomavākehi katasuttaṃ. Kappāsikanti kappāsato nibbattaṃ. Koseyyanti kosiyaṃsūhi kantitvā katasuttaṃ. Kambalanti eḷakalomasuttaṃ. Sāṇanti sāṇavākasuttaṃ. Bhaṅganti pāṭekkaṃ vākasuttamevāti eke. Etehi pañcahi missetvā katasuttaṃ pana ‘‘bhaṅga’’nti veditabbaṃ.
如果织工没有梭子、综框等工具,比丘为了“我要从树林里取来这些”而磨斧头或刀,从那时起,凡是为了工具或为了织衣所做的每一件事,在织工的每一个操作中,比丘都犯恶作。当纵向织到约一搩手、横向约一肘时,犯舍堕波逸提。不过,《大护持》中说:“令织直到完成,于每一纬板犯舍堕波逸提。”应知那也是就这一尺寸而说,因为已达到可作决意的最低等衣的计数。巴利
Vāyāpeti payoge payoge dukkaṭanti sace tantavāyassa turivemādīni natthi, tāni ‘‘araññato āharissāmī’’ti vāsiṃ vā pharasuṃ vā niseti, tato paṭṭhāya yaṃ yaṃ upakaraṇatthāya vā cīvaravāyanatthāya vā karoti, sabbattha tantavāyassa payoge payoge bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ. Dīghato vidatthimatte tiriyañca hatthamatte vīte nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘yāva pariyosānaṃ vāyāpentassa phalake phalake nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti vuttaṃ. Tampi idameva pamāṇaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Vikappanupagapacchimañhi cīvarasaṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti.
这里应当这样判定:首先,自己主动索要来的线是不如法的,其余的线因为是从亲戚等人那里得来的,所以是如法的。织工方面,如果是向非亲戚、没有受邀的人索求而得到的织工,那是不如法的,其余的是如法的。其中,用不如法的线和不如法的织工来织,按照前面所说的方式,犯舍堕。如果用如法的线让不如法的织工来织,就像前面说的舍堕那样,同时犯恶作。如果用同一个织工织如法的线和不如法的线,假如按最低衣的尺寸来分,一块区域纯粹由如法的线织成,另一块由不如法的线织成,这样衣服就像田埂一样分块,那么在不如法线织成的区域犯波逸提,在另一区域同样犯恶作。如果那些区域比这还小,哪怕小到像轮毂图案那么大,也按区域数量在所有的区域犯恶作。如果用隔一根线的方式织,或者纵向是如法的、横向是不如法的,那么每一纬板都犯恶作。如果用如法的织工来织不如法的线,就像前面说的舍堕那样,同时犯恶作。如果用同一个织工织如法的线和不如法的线,假如不如法线织成的区域达到或没达到最低衣的尺寸,就按那些区域的数量犯恶作;在如法线织成的区域则无犯。如果用隔一根线的方式织,或者纵向是如法的、横向是不如法的,那么每一纬板都犯恶作。巴利
Apicettha evaṃ vinicchayo veditabbo – suttaṃ tāva sāmaṃ viññāpitaṃ akappiyaṃ, sesaṃ ñātakādivasena uppannaṃ kappiyaṃ. Tantavāyopi aññātakaappavārito viññattiyā laddho akappiyo, seso kappiyo. Tattha akappiyasuttaṃ akappiyatantavāyena vāyāpentassa pubbe vuttanayena nissaggiyaṃ. Teneva pana kappiyasuttaṃ vāyāpentassa yathā pubbe nissaggiyaṃ, evaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Teneva kappiyaṃ akappiyañca suttaṃ vāyāpentassa yadi pacchimacīvarappamāṇena eko paricchedo suddhakappiyasuttamayo, eko akappiyasuttamayoti evaṃ kedārabaddhaṃ viya cīvaraṃ hoti, akappiyasuttamaye paricchede pācittiyaṃ, itarasmiṃ tatheva dukkaṭaṃ. Yadi tato ūnaparicchedā honti, antamaso acchimaṇḍalappamāṇāpi, sabbaparicchedesu paricchedagaṇanāya dukkaṭaṃ. Atha ekantarikena vā suttena dīghato vā kappiyaṃ tiriyaṃ akappiyaṃ katvā vītaṃ hoti, phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ. Kappiyatantavāyenapi akappiyasuttaṃ vāyāpentassa yathā pubbe nissaggiyaṃ, evaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Teneva kappiyañca akappiyañca suttaṃ vāyāpentassa sace pacchimacīvarappamāṇā ūnakā vā akappiyasuttaparicchedā honti, tesu paricchedagaṇanāya dukkaṭaṃ. Kappiyasuttaparicchedesu anāpatti. Atha ekantarikena vā suttena dīghato vā kappiyaṃ tiriyaṃ akappiyaṃ katvā vītaṃ hoti, phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ.
如果织工有两个,一个如法,一个不如法,而线是不如法的,他们轮流织的话,不如法织工织时,每织一梭就犯波逸提,没织满一梭就犯恶作;另一个织工织时,两种情况都犯恶作。如果两人一起拿梭同织,每织一梭就犯波逸提。如果线是如法的,而衣料像田垄那样分块,不如法织工织时,每完成一个区域就犯恶作;另一个织工织时,无犯。如果两人一起拿梭同织,每织一梭就犯恶作。如果线既有如法的也有不如法的,他们轮流织的话,不如法织工织那些由不如法线织成、达到最低衣量的区域时,按区域数量犯波逸提;在不足的区域以及由如法线织成的部分犯恶作。如法织工织由不如法线织成的部分时,不论够不够尺寸,都只犯恶作;织由如法线织成的部分时,无犯。巴利
Yadi pana dve tantavāyā honti, eko kappiyo eko akappiyo, suttañca akappiyaṃ, te ce vārena vinanti, akappiyatantavāyena vīte phalake phalake pācittiyaṃ, ūnatare dukkaṭaṃ. Itarena vīte ubhayattha dukkaṭaṃ. Sace dvepi vemaṃ gahetvā ekato vinanti, phalake phalake pācittiyaṃ. Atha suttaṃ kappiyaṃ, cīvarañca kedārabaddhādīhi saparicchedaṃ, akappiyatantavāyena vīte paricchede paricchede dukkaṭaṃ, itarena vīte anāpatti. Sace dvepi vemaṃ gahetvā ekato vinanti, phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ. Atha suttampi kappiyañca akappiyañca, te ce vārena vinanti, akappiyatantavāyena akappiyasuttamayesu pacchimacīvarappamāṇesu paricchedesu vītesu paricchedagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ. Ūnakataresu kappiyasuttamayesu ca dukkaṭaṃ. Kappiyatantavāyena akappiyasuttamayesu pamāṇayuttesu vā ūnakesu vā dukkaṭameva. Kappiyasuttamayesu anāpatti.
另外,如果他们把不适合的线纵着织进去、适合的线横着织进去,或者两个人共用一个梭子一起织,那么在还没有划分区域的衣料上,每织一梭就犯一个恶作;在已经划分区域的衣料上,则按所划分的区域来算恶作。不过这个义理在《大注疏》里说得不清楚,在《大帕卡利》等注疏里才说得清楚。在这里,则是从各个方面都讲得很清楚。巴利
Atha ekantarikena vā suttena dīghato vā akappiyaṃ tiriyaṃ kappiyaṃ katvā vinanti, ubhopi vā te vemaṃ gahetvā ekato vinanti, aparicchede cīvare phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ, saparicchede paricchedavasena dukkaṭānīti. Ayaṃ pana attho mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ apākaṭo, mahāpaccariyādīsu pākaṭo. Idha sabbākāreneva pākaṭo.
如果线也是如法的,织工也是如法的——或者是亲属邀请的,或者是花钱雇来的——那么因为织造的因缘,不犯戒。不过,为了防止超过十天而犯戒,当织好的布刚达到可以分配的大小,就应该在它还在织机上原样未动时就作决意。因为如果超过十天以后才织完,就会成为应舍弃的。如果是亲属等人把线架上织机后,说“尊者,请接受这件为您织的衣”,然后交给你,也同样适用这个原则。巴利
Sace suttampi kappiyaṃ, tantavāyopi kappiyo ñātakappavārito vā mūlena vā payojito, vāyāpanapaccayā anāpatti. Dasāhātikkamanapaccayā pana āpattiṃ rakkhantena vikappanupagappamāṇamatte vīte tante ṭhitaṃyeva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Dasāhātikkamena niṭṭhāpiyamānañhi nissaggiyaṃ bhaveyyāti. Ñātakādīhi tantaṃ āropetvā ‘‘tumhākaṃ, bhante, idaṃ cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti niyyātitepi eseva nayo.
如果织工是被这样雇来的,或者他自己想布施,说:“尊者,我会在某个日子为您把衣织好放着”,而比丘从他指定的那天起超过了十天,就犯尼萨耆波逸提。巴利
Sace tantavāyo evaṃ payojito vā sayaṃ dātukāmo vā hutvā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ asukadivase nāma vāyitvā ṭhapessāmī’’ti vadati, bhikkhu ca tena paricchinnadivasato dasāhaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
如果织工说“我为你把衣织好后,会派人送信给你”,并且真的这样做了,但被派来的比丘没有告诉那位比丘,而是别人看到或听说后告诉他“尊者,你的衣已经织好了”,这种告知不算数。只有当那个被派来的人亲自告知时,从他告知的那天算起,如果超过十天,就犯应舍弃的波逸提。巴利
Sace pana tantavāyo ‘‘ahaṃ tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ vāyitvā sāsanaṃ pesessāmī’’ti vatvā tatheva karoti, tena pesitabhikkhu pana tassa bhikkhuno na āroceti, añño disvā vā sutvā vā ‘‘tumhākaṃ, bhante, cīvaraṃ niṭṭhita’’nti āroceti, etassa ārocanaṃ na pamāṇaṃ. Yadā pana tena pesitoyeva āroceti, tassa vacanaṃ sutadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
如果织工说“我为你把衣织好后,会送到某人手里”,并且真的那样做了,但拿了衣离开的比丘把衣放在自己的住处后,没有告诉他,这时另有人说:“尊者,刚送来的衣好吗?”他问:“贤友,衣在哪里?”那人答:“送到某某人手里了。”这种说法也不能作为依据。只有当那位比丘把衣交出去时,从得到衣的那天算起,超过十天,就犯应舍的波逸提。但如果织造的工钱还没有付,哪怕只剩下一迦迦尼迦那么一点没付,衣就仍然受保护。巴利
Sace tantavāyo ‘‘ahaṃ tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ vāyitvā kassaci hatthe pahiṇissāmī’’ti vatvā tatheva karoti, cīvaraṃ gahetvā gatabhikkhu pana attano pariveṇe ṭhapetvā tassa na āroceti, añño koci bhaṇati ‘‘api, bhante, adhunā ābhataṃ cīvaraṃ sundara’’nti? ‘‘Kuhiṃ, āvuso, cīvara’’nti? ‘‘Itthannāmassa hatthe pesita’’nti. Etassapi vacanaṃ na pamāṇaṃ. Yadā pana so bhikkhu cīvaraṃ deti, laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana vāyāpanamūlaṃ adinnaṃ hoti, yāva kākaṇikamattampi avasiṭṭhaṃ, tāva rakkhati.
640 “为缝衣而乞线,无犯”的意思是:为了缝制衣服而向人乞求线,无犯。在“为腰带”等说法中,处格表示目的,也就是说,为了腰带等目的而乞求,无犯。这里其余的内容意思都很清楚。巴利
640.Anāpatti cīvaraṃ sibbetunti cīvarasibbanatthāya suttaṃ viññāpentassa anāpattīti attho. Āyogetiādīsupi nimittatthe bhummavacanaṃ, āyogādinimittaṃ viññāpentassa anāpattīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.
有六种生起,是造作而非果报,不是由想而解脱,没有心,属于制罪,属于身业和语业,有三种心,有三种受。巴利
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
第七、大织工学处的注释巴利
7. Mahāpesakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
641 那时,是指大织工学处。其中,持线是指把线称量好,确定它的分量。紧密是指厚实。善织是指织得精良,在各方面都织得均匀。善梳理是指梳理得当,在各方面都均匀地在织机上展开。善刮理是指用刮刀刮理得当。善刷理是指用刷子刷理得当,意思是清洗干净。不足是指缺陷。在织机上是指把线按长度纵向展开。巴利
641.Tena samayenāti mahāpesakārasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha suttaṃ dhārayitvāti suttaṃ tuletvā palaparicchedaṃ katvā. Appitanti ghanaṃ. Suvītanti suṭṭhu vītaṃ, sabbaṭṭhānesu samaṃ katvā vītaṃ. Suppavāyitanti suṭṭhu pavāyitaṃ sabbaṭṭhānesu samaṃ katvā tante pasāritaṃ. Suvilekhitanti lekhaniyā suṭṭhu vilikhitaṃ. Suvitacchitanti kocchena suṭṭhu vitacchitaṃ, suniddhotanti attho. Paṭibaddhanti vekallaṃ . Tanteti tante dīghato pasāraṇeyeva upanetvāti attho.
642 如果那位比丘在那里,就是指那些织工所在的村庄或城镇。会提出特别要求,是指提出特别的制作方式、额外的加工要求。而在巴利文中,为了说明是以什么方式提出特别要求,就说了“贤友,这确实”等话。巴利
642.Tatra ce so bhikkhūti yatra gāme vā nigame vā te tantavāyā tatra. Vikappaṃ āpajjeyyāti visiṭṭhaṃ kappaṃ adhikavidhānaṃ āpajjeyya. Pāḷiyaṃ pana yenākārena vikappaṃ āpanno hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘idaṃ kho, āvuso’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
说法:他也在讲说法,也就是讲说佛法开示;用他的言语,把(织线)拉长、拉宽、压紧,这样来展示加纱线的方式。巴利
Dhammampi bhaṇatīti dhammakathampi katheti, ‘‘tassa vacanena āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā’’ti suttavaḍḍhanaākārameva dasseti.
先前没有被邀请,意思是之前没有受到衣主人的邀请。其余内容意思很清楚。巴利
Pubbeappavāritoti cīvarasāmikehi pubbe appavārito hutvā. Sesaṃ uttānatthamevāti.
有六种等起,是造作,不是无认知的解脱,没有心,离概念之罪,属于身业和语业,巴利
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ,
三种心,三种受。巴利
Ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
8. 急施衣学处注释巴利
8. Accekacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
646-9 “那时”说的是急施衣学处。其中“十日未至”:十日就是十天,用这十天的角度说还没有到来的十天,就是“十日未至”,意思是十天还没有到。“那十日未至”是依据持续关系,把业格当作处格来用,所以在它的分别里说“在十日未至时”。而“自恣”这个词,是为了把所说的“十日未至”按它本身的样子显示出来、避免混淆,才用了非业格。巴利
646-9.Tena samayenāti accekacīvarasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha dasāhānāgatanti dasa ahāni dasāhaṃ, tena dasāhena anāgatā dasāhānāgatā, dasāhena asampattāti attho, taṃ dasāhānāgataṃ, accantasaṃyogavasena bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ, tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘dasāhānāgatāyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Pavāraṇāyāti idaṃ pana yā sā dasāhānāgatāti vuttā, taṃ sarūpato dassetuṃ asammohatthaṃ anupayogavacanaṃ.
“迦提迦月三月满月”是指第一个迦提迦月的三月满月。这里同样因为第一句不适用,所以按照前面的方式,用业格来表示处格的意思。这段话是这样说的:从“第一个大自恣日还有十天没到”所说的那个时候开始,即使在那几天里,有比丘正好得到急施衣,比丘知道“这是急施衣”之后,也应当全部接受。这样就说明了从自恣月白分第五天起所得衣物的存放时限。虽然依照“超过十天的多余衣应当持”这条戒本,这个意思已经成立,但为了依事而发端、显示前所未闻的含义,才制立了这条学处。巴利
Kattikatemāsikapuṇṇamanti paṭhamakattikatemāsikapuṇṇamaṃ. Idhāpi paṭhamapadassa anupayogattā purimanayeneva bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘‘yato paṭṭhāya paṭhamamahāpavāraṇā dasāhānāgatā’ti vuccati, sacepi tāni divasāni accantameva bhikkhuno accekacīvaraṃ uppajjeyya, ‘accekaṃ ida’nti jānamānena bhikkhunā sabbampi paṭiggahetabba’’nti. Tena pavāraṇāmāsassa juṇhapakkhapañcamito paṭhāya uppannassa cīvarassa nidhānakālo dassito hoti. Kāmañcesa ‘‘dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba’’nti imināva siddho, atthuppattivasena pana apubbaṃ viya atthaṃ dassetvā sikkhāpadaṃ ṭhapitaṃ.
“急施衣”就是指急用的衣。为了说明它为什么是急用的,才说了“或者想去军中”等等这些话。其中,“信”只是表示有信就够了。“净信”则是表示非常清净、深厚的信心。所谓急施衣,就是由于这些原因,想布施的人或者派使者去,或者自己前来,告诉说“我要布施雨安居衣”,这样告知过的衣,就叫作急施衣。不过,从第六天开始,即使是后来才得到的非急用衣,以及取出来之后放着的衣,也都能得到这个开许。巴利
Accekacīvaranti accāyikacīvaraṃ vuccati, tassa pana accāyikabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘senāya vā gantukāmo hotī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha saddhāti iminā saddhāmattakameva dassitaṃ. Pasādoti iminā suppasannā balavasaddhā. Etaṃ accekacīvaraṃ nāmāti etaṃ imehi kāraṇehi dātukāmena dūtaṃ vā pesetvā sayaṃ vā āgantvā ‘‘vassāvāsikaṃ dassāmī’’ti evaṃ ārocitaṃ cīvaraṃ accekacīvaraṃ nāma hotī. Chaṭṭhito paṭṭhāya pana uppannaṃ anaccekacīvarampi paccuddharitvā ṭhapitacīvarampi etaṃ parihāraṃ labhatiyeva.
先做个标记再放起来,意思是:做个某种标记,然后把它放在一边。为什么这么说呢?因为如果在自恣之前就把那件衣分掉,那么拿到衣的人就不应该算是破了夏安居;可要是他确实破了夏安居,那件衣就归僧团所有。所以,先辨认清楚、做好标记,之后就可以方便地把它送出去了。巴利
Saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitabbanti kiñci nimittaṃ katvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Kasmā etaṃ vuttaṃ? Yadi hi taṃ pure pavāraṇāya vibhajanti. Yena gahitaṃ, tena chinnavassena na bhavitabbaṃ. Sace pana hoti, taṃ cīvaraṃ saṅghikameva hoti. Tato sallakkhetvā sukhaṃ dātuṃ bhavissatīti.
650 “对于急施衣,有急施衣想”等等,这是针对已经分别说明之后所拿到的衣而说的。如果衣还没有分配,或者放在僧团库房里,即使超过了衣时,也无犯。这样,多余衣的宽限是十天。对于还没做雨浴衣的人,在咖提那还没敷展时,宽限五个月;雨安居推迟时,宽限六个月;咖提那已敷展后,再宽限四个月。在冬季最后一天,依根本衣的决意,另外还有一个月的宽限,所以总共是十一个月的宽限。依忆念和期望,根本衣有一个月宽限;急施衣在咖提那未敷展时,有一个月零十一天的宽限;咖提那已敷展时,有五个月零十一天的宽限。此后,即使一天也没有宽限,应当知道。巴利
650.Accekacīvare accekacīvarasaññīti evamādi vibhajitvā gahitameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sace pana avibhattaṃ hoti, saṅghassa vā bhaṇḍāgāre, cīvarasamayātikkamepi anāpatti. Iti atirekacīvarassa dasāhaṃ parihāro. Akatassa vassikasāṭikacīvarassa anatthate kathine pañca māsā, vasse ukkaḍḍhite cha māsā, atthate kathine apare cattāro māsā. Hemantassa pacchime divase mūlacīvarādhiṭṭhānavasena aparopi eko māsoti ekādasa māsā parihāro. Satiyā paccāsāya mūlacīvarassa eko māso, accekacīvarassa anatthate kathine ekādasadivasādhiko māso, atthate kathine ekādasadivasādhikā pañca māsā, tato paraṃ ekadivasampi parihāro natthīti veditabbaṃ.
关于“非急施衣”,是指与急施衣相似的其他衣。这里剩下的内容,意思都很浅显易懂。巴利
Anaccekacīvareti accekacīvarasadise aññasmiṃ. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.
咖提那的起因:非造作,不是想解脱,没有心,除概念法,是身业和语业,三种心,三种受。巴利
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – akiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
9. 有疑学处注释巴利
9. Sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
652 “那时”这一句,是关于有怖畏的学处。其中,“已住雨安居者,在阿兰若处”是说他们以前也住在阿兰若。但因为衣服单薄,为了资具的缘故,住在村落附近的住处过雨安居,等衣服做成之后,心想“现在没有牵挂了,该修沙门法了”,于是住在阿兰若的住处。“迦提迦月盗贼”是指迦提迦月里的盗贼。“遍恼”就是加以恼害,四处奔走,用怖畏来吓唬、驱赶他们。“存放于内室”就是存放在村内。世尊因为如法、平等得来的资具很难得到,而头陀比丘即使对母亲也无法开口劝请,所以为了护衣而允许存放在内室。不过,因为比丘们适合住阿兰若,所以没有遮止阿兰若住。巴利
652.Tenasamayenāti sāsaṅkasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha vutthavassā āraññakesūti te pubbepi araññeyeva vihariṃsu. Dubbalacīvarattā pana paccayavasena gāmantasenāsane vassaṃ vasitvā niṭṭhitacīvarā hutvā ‘‘idāni nippalibodhā samaṇadhammaṃ karissāmā’’ti āraññakesu senāsanesu viharanti. Kattikacorakāti kattikamāse corā. Paripātentīti upaddavanti, tattha tattha ādhāvitvā uttāsenti palāpenti. Antaraghare nikkhipitunti antogāme nikkhipituṃ. Bhagavā yasmā paccayā nāma dhammena samena dullabhā, sallekhavā hi bhikkhu mātarampi viññāpetuṃ na sakkoti. Tasmā cīvaraguttatthaṃ antaraghare nikkhipituṃ anujānāti. Bhikkhūnaṃ pana anurūpattā araññavāsaṃ na paṭikkhipi.
653 “入雨安居后住过”这句话里,“upavassaṃ”就是“入雨安居而住过”的意思,也就是“入雨安居并住过之后”。像“upasampajjanti”这些词一样,这里应当看出有个鼻音。意思是:入雨安居、住过之后。这个短语和“比丘住在这样的住处”这句话相连。说的是什么呢?入雨安居并住过之后,从那时起直到后迦提迦月满月结束,那些被认为有危险、有怖畏的阿兰若住处,比丘住在这样的住处时,如果愿意,可以把三衣中的任意一件存放在村内人家里。不过,凡是入雨安居并住到初迦提迦月满月的人,就已经属于“已住雨安居者”了,所以这里不做过于繁琐的词义分析,在分别句中只是为了指出可以存放衣的人,才说“已住雨安居者”。这个词也和“比丘住在住处”相连。这里的意思就是:“已住雨安居的比丘,住在住处”,也就是指这样的比丘当中的任何一位比丘。巴利
653.Upavassaṃ kho panāti ettha upavassanti upavassa; upavasitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Upasampajjantiādīsu viya hi ettha anunāsiko daṭṭhabbo. Vassaṃ upagantvā vasitvā cāti attho. Imassa ca padassa ‘‘tathārūpesu bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto’’ti iminā sambandho. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Vassaṃ upagantvā vasitvā ca tato paraṃ pacchimakattikapuṇṇamapariyosānakālaṃ yāni kho pana tāni āraññakāni senāsanāni sāsaṅkasammatāni sappaṭibhayāni; tathārūpesu bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto ākaṅkhamāno tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhipeyyāti. Yasmā pana yo vassaṃ upagantvā yāva paṭhamakattikapuṇṇamaṃ vasati, so vuṭṭhavassānaṃ abbhantaro hoti, tasmā idaṃ atigahanaṃ byañjanavicāraṇaṃ akatvā padabhājane kevalaṃ cīvaranikkhepārahaṃ puggalaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘vuṭṭhavassāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Tassāpi ‘‘bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto’’ti iminā sambandho. Ayañhi ettha attho ‘‘vuṭṭhavassānaṃ bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto’’ti evarūpānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ abbhantare yo koci bhikkhūti vuttaṃ hoti.
阿兰若的定义,在不与取的解释中已经说过了。但这里有一个差别:如果精舍有围墙,就要从有围墙村落的界柱开始,或者从无围墙村落应当设立围栏的地方开始,一直量到精舍的围墙。如果精舍没有围墙,那就以最早的住处、食堂、常集会处、菩提树或塔庙作为界限来量,即使这些地方离住处很远。即使附近有村落,住在精舍里的人能听到村里人家的声音,但因为山、河等阻隔,没法直着走过去,那就沿着通常走的道路,即使要乘船通行,也从村落沿着这条路量五百弓。如果有人为了凑成近村的条件,从各处把路堵住,这种人应当知道是“头陀支贼”。巴利
Araññalakkhaṇaṃ adinnādānavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – sace vihāro parikkhitto hoti, parikkhittassa gāmassa indakhīlato aparikkhittassa parikkhepārahaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya yāva vihāraparikkhepā minitabbaṃ. Sace vihāro aparikkhitto hoti, yaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ senāsanaṃ vā bhattasālā vā dhuvasannipātaṭṭhānaṃ vā bodhivā cetiyaṃ vā dūre cepi senāsanato hoti, taṃ paricchedaṃ katvā minitabbaṃ. Sacepi āsanne gāmo hoti, vihāre ṭhitehi gharamānusakānaṃ saddo sūyati, pabbatanadīādīhi pana antaritattā na sakkā ujuṃ gantuṃ, yo cassa pakatimaggo hoti, sacepi nāvāya sañcaritabbo, tena maggena gāmato pañcadhanusatikaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Yo āsannagāmassa aṅgasampādanatthaṃ tato tato maggaṃ pidahati, ayaṃ ‘‘dhutaṅgacoro’’ti veditabbo.
“被认作有恐惧的”是指被认定为“有恐惧的”,意思就是被这样认知的。不过在词语分别里,为了说明它们为什么被认作有恐惧的,才说了“在寺院、在寺院附近区域”等这些话。巴利
Sāsaṅkasammatānīti ‘‘sāsaṅkānī’’ti sammatāni; evaṃ saññātānīti attho. Padabhājane pana yena kāraṇena tāni sāsaṅkasammatāni, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘ārāme ārāmūpacāre’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
与恐惧同在,就是具有恐惧;意思是说,它们带有现前而强大的恐惧。不过在词语分别中,为了说明它们为什么具有恐惧,才说了“在寺院、在寺院附近”等。巴利
Saha paṭibhayena sappaṭibhayāni, sannihitabalavabhayānīti attho. Padabhājane pana yena kāraṇena tāni sappaṭibhayāni; taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘ārāme ārāmūpacāre’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
对于林野住所,应该在它四周各个方向、自己中意的那条行乞村落路线,在具足条件的情况下存放(衣)。巴利
Samantā gocaragāme nikkhipeyyāti āraññakassa senāsanassa samantā sabbadisābhāgesu attanā abhirucite gocaragāme satiyā aṅgasampattiyā nikkhipeyya.
这里具足的条件是这样的:在前安居入雨安居后,在大自恣时已经受自恣,这是第一个条件。如果是在后安居才入雨安居,或者是破了雨安居的,就不能安置。只有在迦提月才可以,这是第二个条件。迦提月过后就不可以了。住所最远只能是五百弓的量、符合这个限度,这是第三个条件。如果小于这个量,或者超过一拘卢舍的量,就不可以。这里指的是:托钵乞食之后,能在吃饭时间之前回到精舍的那种距离。不过,如果受到邀请,即使走半由旬或一由旬去住,也是可以的,这没有固定的量。住所必须是有危险、有怖畏的,这是第四个条件。因为在没有危险、没有怖畏的住所,即使条件都具足,住着也不可以安置。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ aṅgasampatti – purimikāya upagantvā mahāpavāraṇāya pavārito hoti, idamekaṃ aṅgaṃ. Sace pacchimikāya vā upagato hoti chinnavasso vā, nikkhipituṃ na labhati. Kattikamāsoyeva hoti, idaṃ dutiyaṃ aṅgaṃ. Kattikamāsato paraṃ na labhati, pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchimameva pamāṇayuttaṃ senāsanaṃ hoti, idaṃ tatiyaṃ aṅgaṃ. Ūnappamāṇe vā gāvutato atirekappamāṇe vā na labhati, yatra hi piṇḍāya caritvā puna vihāraṃ bhattavelāyaṃ sakkā āgantuṃ, tadeva idha adhippetaṃ. Nimantito pana addhayojanampi yojanampi gantvā vasituṃ pacceti, idamappamāṇaṃ. Sāsaṅkasappaṭibhayameva hoti, idaṃ catutthaṃ aṅgaṃ. Anāsaṅkaappaṭibhaye hi aṅgayuttepi senāsane vasanto nikkhipituṃ na labhatīti.
除了比丘僧团的认可之外:这是指在《仓库学处》(《波罗夷》475)中憍赏弥僧团所允许的那项认可,除了那项认可之外;如果已经获得了那项认可,即使离开住处超过六夜,也是可以的。巴利
Aññatra bhikkhusammutiyāti yā udositasikkhāpade kosambakasammuti (pārā. 475) anuññātā tassā sammutiyā aññatra; sace sā laddhā hoti, chārattātirekampi vippavasituṃ vaṭṭati.
再者,“进入村界”的意思是:如果托钵村在住所的东边,而这位比丘去了西边,他回到住所后没办法待到第七天破晓,那就可以进入村界,在会堂或随便哪个地方住下,弄清楚衣的处置情况后再离开。如果还是做不到,就应该就地舍弃,这样它就会处于多余衣的状态。其余内容很容易理解。巴利
Puna gāmasīmaṃ okkamitvāti sace gocaragāmato puratthimāya disāya senāsanaṃ; ayañca pacchimadisaṃ gato hoti, senāsanaṃ āgantvā sattamaṃ aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetuṃ asakkontena gāmasīmampi okkamitvā sabhāyaṃ vā yattha katthaci vā vasitvā cīvarappavattiṃ ñatvā pakkamituṃ vaṭṭatīti attho. Evaṃ asakkontena tattheva ṭhitena paccuddharitabbaṃ, atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhassatīti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
咖提那的起因:由身和语生起,或由身、语、心生起;属于无作业,不是想解脱,无心,犯制戒,属于身业和语业,三种心,三种受。巴利
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, akiriyā, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
10. 已指定学处注释巴利
10. Pariṇatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
657 657.“那时”是已指定学处。其中,“pūgassa”指团体,也就是法众的意思。“Paṭiyatta”指已准备好。“僧团有许多食物”是说僧团有许多食物、许多利得来源;这是在表明僧团不会因为任何人而减少。“Oṇojetha”就是给与。那么,这样说是否允许呢?为什么不允许呢?因为这份食物是已经带来、放在一处、为僧团准备好的;对于已经带来、已经准备好以及指定放置的部分,并不存在所谓“用言语(指定)”。巴利
657.Tena samayenāti pariṇatasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha pūgassāti samūhassa; dhammagaṇassāti attho. Paṭiyattanti paṭiyāditaṃ. Bahū saṅghassa bhattāti saṅghassa bahūni bhattāni anekāni lābhamukhāni; na saṅghassa kenaci parihānīti dīpenti. Oṇojethāti detha. Kiṃ panevaṃ vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti kasmā na vaṭṭati? Ayañhi abhihaṭabhikkhā abhiharitvā ekasmiṃ okāse saṅghassatthāya paṭiyattā abhihaṭapaṭiyatte ca uddissa ṭhapitabhāge ca payuttavācā nāma natthi.
658 “属于僧团的”意思是属于僧团所有的。因为这东西已经被指定归给僧团,所以即使还没有拿到手里,从某种角度来说也算是僧团所有的。不过在词语分解里,则是从直接释义的角度,用“所谓僧团物,就是已经布施给僧团、已经舍给僧团的东西”这种方式,来说明它不加权说就是僧团物。“利得”指的是应当得到的东西。因此在对它的解释中说了“衣等”。“已指定”意思是它已经倾向于僧团、偏向僧团、朝向僧团而安住。为了说明它成为“已指定”的原因,才说了词语分解:“‘我们要给、我们要做’这样的话已经说出。”巴利
658.Saṅghikanti saṅghassa santakaṃ. So hi saṅghassa pariṇatattā hatthaṃ anārūḷhopi ekena pariyāyena saṅghassa santako hoti, padabhājane pana ‘‘saṅghikaṃ nāma saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccatta’’nti evaṃ atthuddhāravasena nippariyāyatova saṅghikaṃ dassitaṃ. Lābhanti paṭilabhitabbavatthuṃ āha. Tenevassa niddese ‘‘cīvarampī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Pariṇatanti saṅghassa ninnaṃ saṅghassa poṇaṃ saṅghassa pabbhāraṃ hutvā ṭhitaṃ. Yena pana kāraṇena so pariṇato hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘dassāma karissāmāti vācā bhinnā hotī’’ti padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.
659 “故意操作时犯恶作”,意思是:把已经指定给僧团的东西转给自己用的那个操作,犯恶作;一旦拿到手、已经握在手里,就犯舍堕。如果是已经布施给僧团的,就不该拿来用,应该还给僧团。如果有人和寺里的净人一起吃,就要把物品估价后让他赔偿。对于已经指定给僧团的东西,不管是同法者还是在家人,甚至是母亲的东西,只要说“把这个给我”,又知道它已经指定给僧团,却转给自己用而拿走的,犯舍堕波逸提。如果转给别人说“给这位比丘”,就只犯净波逸提。如果把一个钵或一件衣转给自己,另一个转给别人,就同时犯舍堕波逸提和净波逸提。东西多的时候也是同样的道理。这也是说过的——巴利
659.Payogedukkaṭanti pariṇatalābhassa attano pariṇāmanapayoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena tasmiṃ hatthaṃ ārūḷhe nissaggiyaṃ. Sace pana saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti, taṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati, saṅghasseva dātabbaṃ. Yopi ārāmikehi saddhiṃ ekato khādati, bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Pariṇataṃ pana sahadhammikānaṃ vā gihīnaṃ vā antamaso mātusantakampi ‘‘idaṃ mayhaṃ dehī’’ti saṅghassa pariṇatabhāvaṃ ñatvā attano pariṇāmetvā gaṇhantassa nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ‘‘Imassa bhikkhuno dehī’’ti evaṃ aññassa pariṇāmentassa suddhikapācittiyaṃ. Ekaṃ pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā attano, ekaṃ aññassa pariṇāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyañceva suddhikapācittiyañca. Eseva nayo bahūsu. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
把物品转为自己所有,就犯舍堕罪;把物品转给别人,就犯净波逸提罪。
可能一并违犯。
这个问题是由善者们思考出来的。巴利
‘‘Nissaggiyena āpattiṃ, suddhikena pācittiyaṃ; Āpajjeyya ekato; Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 480);
这段话正是针对“转用(回向)”而说的。如果在雨季衣的时节,有人在母亲家里,知道已经指定给僧团的雨季衣,却把它转给自己用,就犯舍堕波逸提。如果转给别人用,就犯纯净波逸提。人们想“我们要办僧团饭”,于是带来酥油等物。如果一位生病的比丘知道这些已经指定给僧团,还去乞求其中任何东西,就正是犯舍堕波逸提。但如果他先问:“你们带来的酥油等物,有吗?”对方回答“有”,然后他说“也给我一些”,这是可以的。或者,当他心里不安时,近事男们对他说:“僧团也是受用我们所供养的;尊者,请拿吧。”这样也是可以的。巴利
Ayañhi pariṇāmanaṃ sandhāya vutto. Yopi vassikasāṭikasamaye mātugharepi saṅghassa pariṇataṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ ñatvā attano pariṇāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Parassa pariṇāmeti, suddhikapācittiyaṃ. Manussā ‘‘saṅghabhattaṃ karissāmā’’ti sappitelādīni āharanti, gilāno cepi bhikkhu saṅghassa pariṇatabhāvaṃ ñatvā kiñci yācati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyameva. Sace pana so ‘‘tumhākaṃ sappiādīni ābhaṭāni atthī’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘āma, atthī’’ti vutte ‘‘mayhampi dethā’’ti vadati, vaṭṭati. Athāpi naṃ kukkuccāyantaṃ upāsakā vadanti – ‘‘saṅghopi amhehi dinnameva labhati; gaṇhatha, bhante’’ti evampi vaṭṭati.
660 把已经指定给某个僧团的东西转给另一个僧团:在一座精舍里,把已经指定给这个僧团的东西,转而指定给另一座精舍,说“请把它给某某大寺的僧团”,这就是转给另一个僧团。巴利
660.Saṅghassa pariṇataṃ aññasaṅghassāti ekasmiṃ vihāre saṅghassa pariṇataṃ aññaṃ vihāraṃ uddisitvā ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma mahāvihāre saṅghassa dethā’’ti pariṇāmeti .
如果是说“给僧团的东西有什么用?你们去供养塔吧”,这样就是把供品转给塔。巴利
Cetiyassa vāti ‘‘kiṃ saṅghassa dinnena, cetiyassapūjaṃ karothā’’ti evaṃ cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti.
对于“已回向给塔”这一条:在这里,已经确定是专为某一座塔种下的花圃,就不可以把里面的花拿去供到另一座塔上。不过,如果看到已经为某一座塔撑好了伞盖或挂好了幡旗,那么把剩下的部分拿去给另一座塔,是可以的。巴利
Cetiyassapariṇatanti ettha niyametvā aññacetiyassatthāya ropitamālāvacchato aññacetiyamhi pupphampi āropetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Ekassa cetiyassa pana chattaṃ vā paṭākaṃ vā āropetvā ṭhitaṃ disvā sesaṃ aññassa cetiyassa dāpetuṃ vaṭṭati.
把已经指定给某个人的东西转给另一个人:哪怕已经指定给一只狗,说“别给这只狗,给那只”,这样转给另一个人,就犯恶作。但如果施主们说:“我们想给僧团供饭,想供养塔,想给某位比丘供养资具,我们会随你们的意愿来给;你们说,我们该给到哪里?”他们这样说时,那位比丘应当回答:“你们想给哪里,就给哪里。”如果只是问“给到哪里”,就按律典里说到的方式来回答。这里其余的部分意思都很清楚。巴利
Puggalassa pariṇatanti antamaso sunakhassāpi pariṇataṃ ‘‘imassa sunakhassa mā dehi, etassa dehī’’ti evaṃ aññapuggalassa pariṇāmeti, dukkaṭaṃ. Sace pana dāyakā ‘‘mayaṃ saṅghassa bhattaṃ dātukāmā, cetiyassa pūjaṃ kātukāmā, ekassa bhikkhuno parikkhāraṃ dātukāmā, tumhākaṃ ruciyā dassāma; bhaṇatha, kattha demā’’ti vadanti. Evaṃ vutte tena bhikkhunā ‘‘yattha icchatha, tattha dethā’’ti vattabbā. Sace pana kevalaṃ ‘‘kattha demā’’ti pucchanti, pāḷiyaṃ āgatanayeneva vattabbaṃ. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
三种生起方式:从身与心、从语与心、从身语与心而生起;是造作;由想而解脱;有自心;属世间过失;是身业和语业;是不善心;与三种受相应。巴利
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.